Abu Alhaija, Elham S J; Al-Khateeb, Susan N
2011-05-01
Mild Class III malocciusions can be treated by upper incisor proclination and lower incisor retroclination following extraction of the lower first premolars. To compare the skeletal, dental and soft tissue changes in Class III patients treated with fixed appliances, Class III traction and lower first premolar extractions with the changes in a group of untreated Class III patients. The Treatment group consisted of 30 Class III patients (Mean age 13.69 +/- 1.48 years) who were treated by upper and lower fixed appliances, Class III intermaxillary traction and lower first premolar extractions for 2.88 +/- 1.12 years. The Control group consisted of 20 untreated Class III patients (Mean age 13.51 +/- 0.95) matched for age and gender. The T1 to T2 changes in the treated and untreated groups were compared using a paired t-test while differences between the two groups were compared with an independent t-test. During treatment, the upper incisors were proclined about 1 degree and the lower incisors were retroclined 8 degrees. Small, but statistically significant changes in SNB, Wits and the overlying soft tissues accompanied the changes in incisor inclination. At the end of treatment a positive overbite and overjet were achieved. The increase in lower facial height in the Treatment group was comparable with the change in the Control group. A range of mild to moderate Class III malocclusions can be treated by dentoalveolar compensation.
Crown-root morphology of lower incisors in patients with class III malocclusion.
Wang, Bo; Shen, Guofang; Fang, Bing; Zhang, Li
2012-07-01
The purpose of this study was to investigate the crown-root morphology of lower incisors in patients with class III malocclusion using cone-beam computed tomography. Cone-beam computed tomography images were analyzed from 53 adult class I patients (group 1), 37 preadolescent class III patients (group 2), and 66 adult class III patients (group 3) comprising 3 divisions (divisions 1, 2, and 3 corresponded to mild, moderate, and severe class III malocclusions). The size and crown-root angulations of lower incisors in different groups and divisions were statistically appraised with group 1 used as the control group. No significant differences were found for the size of lower incisors among different groups and divisions (P > 0.05). Compared with group 1, the crown-root angulations of lower incisors in groups 2 and 3 were significantly larger (P < 0.01), and among 3 divisions, the lower incisors of division 3 rather than divisions 2 and 3 exhibited larger crown-root angulations (P < 0.01). Attention should be paid to the enlarged crown-root angulations of lower incisors in class III patients during orthodontic and orthognathic treatment, especially in severe ones.
Aragón, Mônica L. C.; Bichara, Lívia M.; Flores-Mir, Carlos; Almeida, Guilherme; Normando, David
2017-01-01
ABSTRACT Objective: The purpose of this study was to assess the efficiency of compensatory orthodontic treatment of patients with mild Class III malocclusion with two preadjusted bracket systems. Method: Fifty-six matched patients consecutively treated for mild Class III malocclusion through compensatory dentoalveolar movements were retrospectively evaluated after analysis of orthodontic records. The sample was divided into two groups according to the brackets used: Group 1 = non-Class III compensated preadjusted brackets, Roth prescription (n = 28); Group 2 = compensated Class III preadjusted brackets, Capelozza III prescription (n = 28). Cephalometric analysis, number of appointments and missed appointments, months using Class III elastics, and bond/band failures were considered. Treatment time, Peer Assessment Rating (PAR) index at the beginning (PAR T1) and end of treatment (PAR T2) were used to calculate treatment efficiency. Comparison was performed using a MANOVA at p< 0.05. Results: Missed appointments, bond or band failures, number of months using the Class III intermaxillary elastics, and cephalometric measurements showed no statistically significant difference (p> 0.05) between groups. Patients treated with Roth brackets had a treatment time 7 months longer (p= 0.01). Significant improvement in the patient’s occlusion (PAR T2-T1) was observed for both groups without difference (p= 0.22). Conclusions: Orthodontic brackets designed for compensation of mild Class III malocclusions appear to be more efficient than non-compensated straight-wire prescription brackets. Treatment time for Class III patients treated with brackets designed for compensation was shorter than with Roth prescription and no difference in the quality of the occlusal outcome was observed. A prospective randomized study is suggested to provide a deeper look into this subject. PMID:29364379
He, Shushu; Gao, Jinhui; Wamalwa, Peter; Wang, Yunji; Zou, Shujuan; Chen, Song
2013-07-01
To evaluate the effect of the multiloop edgewise arch wire (MEAW) technique with maxillary mini-implants in the camouflage treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusion. Twenty patients were treated with the MEAW technique and modified Class III elastics from the maxillary mini-implants. Twenty-four patients were treated with MEAW and long Class III elastics from the upper second molars as control. Lateral cephalometric radiographs were obtained and analyzed before and after treatment, and 1 year after retention. Satisfactory occlusion was established in both groups. Through principal component analysis, it could be concluded the anterior-posterior dental position, skeletal sagittal and vertical position, and upper molar vertical position changed within groups and between groups; vertical lower teeth position and Wits distance changed in the experimental group and between groups. In the experimental group, the lower incisors tipped lingually 2.7 mm and extruded 2.4 mm. The lingual inclination of the lower incisors increased 3.5°. The mandibular first molars tipped distally 9.1° and intruded 0.4 mm. Their cusps moved 3.4 mm distally. In the control group, the upper incisors proclined 3°, and the upper first molar extruded 2 mm. SN-MP increased 1.6° and S-Go/N-ME decreased 1. The MEAW technique combined with modified Class III elastics by maxillary mini-implants can effectively tip the mandibular molars distally without any extrusion and tip the lower incisors lingually with extrusion to camouflage skeletal Class III malocclusions. Clockwise rotation of the mandible and further proclination of upper incisors can be avoided. The MEAW technique and modified Class III elastics provided an appropriate treatment strategy especially for patients with high angle and open bite tendency.
Molina-Berlanga, Núria; Llopis-Perez, Jaume; Flores-Mir, Carlos; Puigdollers, Andreu
2013-11-01
To compare lower incisor dentoalveolar compensation and mandible symphysis morphology among Class I and Class III malocclusion patients with different facial vertical skeletal patterns. Lower incisor extrusion and inclination, as well as buccal (LA) and lingual (LP) cortex depth, and mandibular symphysis height (LH) were measured in 107 lateral cephalometric x-rays of adult patients without prior orthodontic treatment. In addition, malocclusion type (Class I or III) and facial vertical skeletal pattern were considered. Through a principal component analysis (PCA) related variables were reduced. Simple regression equation and multivariate analyses of variance were also used. Incisor mandibular plane angle (P < .001) and extrusion (P = .03) values showed significant differences between the sagittal malocclusion groups. Variations in the mandibular plane have a negative correlation with LA (Class I P = .03 and Class III P = .01) and a positive correlation with LH (Class I P = .01 and Class III P = .02) in both groups. Within the Class III group, there was a negative correlation between the mandibular plane and LP (P = .02). PCA showed that the tendency toward a long face causes the symphysis to elongate and narrow. In Class III, alveolar narrowing is also found in normal faces. Vertical facial pattern is a significant factor in mandibular symphysis alveolar morphology and lower incisor positioning, both for Class I and Class III patients. Short-faced Class III patients have a widened alveolar bone. However, for long-faced and normal-faced Class III, natural compensation elongates the symphysis and influences lower incisor position.
Zuo, Changyan; Cong, Chao; Wang, Shihui; Gu, Yan
2015-10-01
To compare the difference of corresponding age at cervical vertebral maturation (CVM) stages among different skeletal malocclusions and provide clinic guideline on optimal treatment timing for skeletal malocclusion. Based on ANB angle, 2 575 cephalograms collected from Department of Orthodontics, Peking University School and Hospital of Stomatology from May, 2006 to November, 2014 were classified into skeletal Class I (ANB 0°~5°, 1 317 subjects), Class II (ANB > 5°, 685 subjects) and Class III (ANB < 0°, 573 subjects) groups. CVM stages were evaluated with the modified version of CVM method. Independent sample t test was performed to analyze the difference of age at different CVM stages among various skeletal groups. Significant gender difference of age was found at CS3 to CS6 for skeletal Class I group (P < 0.05), at CS5 and CS6 for skeletal Class II group (P < 0.05), and at CS3 and CS5 for skeletal Class III group (P < 0.05). At CS3 stage, the average age of male in skeletal Class II and skeletal Class III groups was (11.6 ± 1.5) years old and (10.3 ± 1.9) years old, respectively; the average age of females in those two groups was (11.7 ± 1.3) years old and (9.3 ± 1.5) years old, respectively, and significant difference was found in both comparisons (P < 0.05). Compared average age at CS5 and CS6 between skeletal Class II and skeletal Class III groups [the ages of male was (15.1 ± 1.7) and (16.8 ± 1.6) years old, the ages of male was (14.6 ± 1.2) and (15.7 ± 2.5) years old], significant difference was also found (P < 0.05). Significant gender differences were found when evaluated CVM stage and age in skeletal Class I, II and III groups. Significant differences of age at different CVM stage was noted when skeletal Class II was compared with skeletal Class III groups.
Postoperative surgical complications of lymphadenohysterocolpectomy
Marin, F; Pleşca, M; Bordea, CI; Voinea, SC; Burlănescu, I; Ichim, E; Jianu, CG; Nicolăescu, RR; Teodosie, MP; Maher, K; Blidaru, A
2014-01-01
Rationale The current standard surgical treatment for the cervix and uterine cancer is the radical hysterectomy (lymphadenohysterocolpectomy). This has the risk of intraoperative accidents and postoperative associated morbidity. Objective The purpose of this article is the evaluation and quantification of the associated complications in comparison to the postoperative morbidity which resulted after different types of radical hysterectomy. Methods and results Patients were divided according to the type of surgery performed as follows: for cervical cancer – group A- 37 classic radical hysterectomies Class III Piver - Rutledge -Smith ( PRS ), group B -208 modified radical hysterectomies Class II PRS and for uterine cancer- group C -79 extended hysterectomies with pelvic lymphadenectomy from which 17 patients with paraaortic lymphnode biopsy . All patients performed preoperative radiotherapy and 88 of them associated radiosensitization. Discussion Early complications were intra-abdominal bleeding ( 2.7% Class III PRS vs 0.48% Class II PRS), supra-aponeurotic hematoma ( 5.4% III vs 2.4% II) , dynamic ileus (2.7% III vs 0.96% II) and uro - genital fistulas (5.4% III vs 0.96% II).The late complications were the bladder dysfunction (21.6% III vs 16.35% II) , lower limb lymphedema (13.5% III vs 11.5% II), urethral strictures (10.8% III vs 4.8% II) , incisional hernias ( 8.1% III vs 7.2% II), persistent pelvic pain (18.91% III vs 7.7% II), bowel obstruction (5.4% III vs 1.4% II) and deterioration of sexual function (83.3% III vs 53.8% II). PRS class II radical hysterectomy is associated with fewer complications than PRS class III radical hysterectomy , except for the complications of lymphadenectomy . A new method that might reduce these complications is a selective lymphadenectomy represented by sentinel node biopsy . In conclusion PRS class II radical hysterectomy associated with neoadjuvant radiotherapy is a therapeutic option for the incipient stages of cervical cancer. Abbreviations: PRS- Piver Rutledge-Smith, II- class II, III- class III PMID:24653760
Variations in tooth size and arch dimensions in Malay schoolchildren.
Hussein, Khalid W; Rajion, Zainul A; Hassan, Rozita; Noor, Siti Noor Fazliah Mohd
2009-11-01
To compare the mesio-distal tooth sizes and dental arch dimensions in Malay boys and girls with Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusions. The dental casts of 150 subjects (78 boys, 72 girls), between 12 and 16 years of age, with Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusions were used. Each group consisted of 50 subjects. An electronic digital caliper was used to measure the mesio-distal tooth sizes of the upper and lower permanent teeth (first molar to first molar), the intercanine and intermolar widths. The arch lengths and arch perimeters were measured with AutoCAD software (Autodesk Inc., San Rafael, CA, U.S.A.). The mesio-distal dimensions of the upper lateral incisors and canines in the Class I malocclusion group were significantly smaller than the corresponding teeth in the Class III and Class II groups, respectively. The lower canines and first molars were significantly smaller in the Class I group than the corresponding teeth in the Class II group. The lower intercanine width was significantly smaller in the Class II group as compared with the Class I group, and the upper intermolar width was significantly larger in Class III group as compared with the Class II group. There were no significant differences in the arch perimeters or arch lengths. The boys had significantly wider teeth than the girls, except for the left lower second premolar. The boys also had larger upper and lower intermolar widths and lower intercanine width than the girls. Small, but statistically significant, differences in tooth sizes are not necessarily accompanied by significant arch width, arch length or arch perimeter differences. Generally, boys have wider teeth, larger lower intercanine width and upper and lower intermolar widths than girls.
Fraga, Marcelo Reis; Rodrigues, Andréia Fialho; Ribeiro, Luiz Claudio; Campos, Marcio José da Silva; Vitral, Robert Willer Farinazzo
2013-10-29
The present study aimed to determine and compare the anteroposterior position of the condyle in the mandibular fossa between groups of asymptomatic subjects with normal occlusion and asymptomatic subjects with Class I, Class II Division 1, and Class III malocclusions. Thirty persons with normal occlusion, 30 with Class I malocclusion, 30 with Class II Division 1, and 30 with Class III had computed tomography scans of their temporomandibular joints. The anterior joint space/posterior joint space (AJS/PJS) ratio was determined for the right and left joints. The paired t test was used to analyze the AJS/PJS ratio between both sides for each group. The ANOVA test was applied to verify the differences between the groups for the measurements of the right and left sides. In case the ANOVA test confirmed significance, the Dunnett's t test was performed to compare the groups of malocclusion with that of normal occlusion. The paired t test between the AJS/PJS relationships in the right and left sides showed the following p values: Class I (0.168), Class II Division 1 (0.662), Class III (0.991), and normal occlusion (0.390). The ANOVA test showed a p value of 0.445 for the comparisons of the right side and 0.040 for the left side. The Dunnett's t test demonstrated a statistically significant difference between the Class II group and the normal occlusion group (p value of 0.026) in the joints of the left side. Bilateral symmetry and lack of condyle centralization were common characteristics among all groups. The greatest condylar decentralization was observed in the Class II group, whereas the least condylar decentralization was found in the normal occlusion group.
Iwasaki, T; Sato, H; Suga, H; Takemoto, Y; Inada, E; Saitoh, I; Kakuno, K; Kanomi, R; Yamasaki, Y
2017-05-01
To examine the influence of negative pressure of the pharyngeal airway on mandibular retraction during inspiration in children with nasal obstruction using the computational fluid dynamics (CFD) method. Sixty-two children were divided into Classes I, II (mandibular retrusion) and III (mandibular protrusion) malocclusion groups. Cone-beam computed tomography data were used to reconstruct three-dimensional shapes of the nasal and pharyngeal airways. Airflow pressure was simulated using CFD to calculate nasal resistance and pharyngeal airway pressure during inspiration and expiration. Nasal resistance of the Class II group was significantly higher than that of the other two groups, and oropharyngeal airway inspiration pressure in the Class II (-247.64 Pa) group was larger than that in the Class I (-43.51 Pa) and Class III (-31.81 Pa) groups (P<.001). The oropharyngeal airway inspiration-expiration pressure difference in the Class II (-27.38 Pa) group was larger than that in the Class I (-5.17 Pa) and Class III (0.68 Pa) groups (P=.006). Large negative inspiratory pharyngeal airway pressure due to nasal obstruction in children with Class II malocclusion may be related to their retrognathia. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Xu, Liang; Chen, Yanchun; Ji, Yanni; Yang, Song
2018-06-01
Factors influencing N-terminal pro-brain natriuretic peptide (NT-proBNP) level in heart failure patients with different cardiac functions were identified to explore the correlations with prognosis. Eighty heart failure patients with different cardiac functions treated in Yixing People's Hospital from January 2016 to June 2017 were selected, and divided into two groups (group with cardiac function in class II and below and group with cardiac function in class III and above), according to the cardiac function classification established by New York Heart Association (NYHA). Blood biochemical test and outcome analysis were conducted to measure serum NT-proBNP and matrix metalloproteinase-9 (MMP-9) levels in patients with different cardiac functions, and correlations between levels of NT-proBNP and MMP-9 and left ventricular ejection fraction (LVEF) level were analyzed in patients with different cardiac functions at the same time. In addition, risk factors for heart failure in patients with different cardiac functions were analyzed. Compared with the group with cardiac function in class III and above, the group with cardiac function in class II and below had significantly lower serum NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels (p<0.05). For echocardiogram indexes, left ventricular end-diastolic diameter (LVEDD) and left ventricular end-systolic diameter (LVESD) in the group with cardiac function in class II and below were obviously lower than those in the group with cardiac function in class III and above (p<0.05), while LVEF was higher in group with cardiac function in class II and below than that in group with cardiac function in class III and above (p<0.05). NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels were negatively correlated with LVEF level [r=-0.8517 and -0.8517, respectively, p<0.001 (<0.05)]. Cardiac function in class III and above, increased NT-proBNP, increased MMP-9 and decreased LVEF were relevant risk factors and independent risk factors for heart failure in patients with different cardiac functions. NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels are negatively correlated with LVEF in patients regardless of the cardiac function class. Therefore, attention should be paid to patients who have cardiac function in class III and above, increased NT-proBNP and MMP-9 levels and decreased LVEF in clinical practices, so as to actively prevent and treat heart failure.
Thin-plate spline analysis of the cranial base in subjects with Class III malocclusion.
Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S
1997-08-01
The role of the cranial base in the emergence of Class III malocclusion is not fully understood. This study determines deformations that contribute to a Class III cranial base morphology, employing thin-plate spline analysis on lateral cephalographs. A total of 73 children of European-American descent aged between 5 and 11 years of age with Class III malocclusion were compared with an equivalent group of subjects with a normal, untreated, Class I molar occlusion. The cephalographs were traced, checked and subdivided into seven age- and sex-matched groups. Thirteen points on the cranial base were identified and digitized. The datasets were scaled to an equivalent size, and statistical analysis indicated significant differences between average Class I and Class III cranial base morphologies for each group. Thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine (uniform) and non-affine transformations contribute toward the total spline for each average cranial base morphology at each age group analysed. For non-affine transformations, Partial warps 10, 8 and 7 had high magnitudes, indicating large-scale deformations affecting Bolton point, basion, pterygo-maxillare, Ricketts' point and articulare. In contrast, high eigenvalues associated with Partial warps 1-3, indicating localized shape changes, were found at tuberculum sellae, sella, and the frontonasomaxillary suture. It is concluded that large spatial-scale deformations affect the occipital complex of the cranial base and sphenoidal region, in combination with localized distortions at the frontonasal suture. These deformations may contribute to reduced orthocephalization or deficient flattening of the cranial base antero-posteriorly that, in turn, leads to the formation of a Class III malocclusion.
Occlusal status in Asian male adults: prevalence and ethnic variation.
Soh, Jen; Sandham, Andrew; Chan, Yiong Huak
2005-09-01
The purpose of this study was to determine the occlusal status in young Asian male adults of three ethnic groups. Study models of a sample of male army recruits (N = 339, age 17-22 years) with no history of orthodontic treatment were assessed. The ethnic proportions of the sample were Chinese 76.1% (n = 258), Malay 17.7% (n = 60), and Indian 6.2% (n = 21). British Standard Institute (BSI) and Angle's classification were used to determine incisor and molar relationships, respectively. Chi-square test or Fisher's Exact test was performed to compare the occlusal traits between ethnic groups. The distribution of incisor relationships of the total sample consisted of Class I = 48.1%, Class II/1 = 26.3%, Class II/2 = 3.2%, and Class III = 22.4%. Right Angle's molar relationships were 49.9%, 24.5%, and 24.2% whereas left Angle's molar relationships were 53.1%, 25.1%, and 21.2% for Class I, II, and III, respectively. Comparison between ethnic groups found that Indian subjects were more likely to have Class II/1 malocclusions and clinically missing permanent teeth (P < .05). The study found that the overall prevalence of malocclusion (BSI) was Class I, Class II/1, Class III, and Class II/2 in descending order of proportions. Angle's Class I molar was most prevalent followed by Class II and Class III relations. A significant difference in occlusal status between the ethnic groups was found regarding incisor relationship and missing permanent teeth (P < .05).
Franchi, Lorenzo; Pavoni, Chiara; Cerroni, Silvia; Cozza, Paola
2014-08-01
To evaluate the long-term mandibular morphological changes induced by early treatment of class III malocclusion with rapid maxillary expansion (RME) and facial mask (FM). Twenty-five subjects [10 boys, 15 girls; mean age at T1 (start of treatment) 9.3±1.6 years] with class III disharmony were treated with RME and FM therapy followed by fixed appliances. The patients were re-evaluated at the end of growth (T2), about 8.5 years after the end of the treatment (mean age, 18.6±2.0 years). Sixteen subjects with untreated class III malocclusion comprised the control group. Mandibular shape changes were analysed on the lateral cephalograms of the subjects of both groups by means of thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis. Procrustes average mandibular configurations were subjected to TPS analysis by means of both cross-sectional between-group comparisons at T1 and at T2 and longitudinal within-group comparisons. Statistical analysis of shape differences was performed using a generalized Goodall F test. In the long term, the treated group exhibited a significant upward and forward direction of condylar growth. On the contrary, untreated class III subjects showed an upward and backward direction of condylar growth associated with a downward and forward deformation of the mandibular symphysis. Limitations are related to the small sample size of both treated and control groups and to the retrospective nature of the study. Early treatment of class III malocclusion with RME and FM is able to produce significant and favourable long-term mandibular shape changes characterized by an anterior morphogenetic rotation. © The Author 2013. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Orthodontic Society. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
McSwiney, Timothy P; Millett, Declan T; McIntyre, Grant T; Barry, Mark K; Cronin, Michael S
2014-06-01
To compare mean anterior (AR) and mean overall (OR) tooth size ratios, prevalence of clinically significant tooth size discrepancies (TSDs) and correlation between AR and OR in subjects with Class II division 1 and Class III malocclusion treated by surgical-orthodontic or orthodontic means. Retrospective, cross-sectional. State-funded and private clinics. From pre-treatment cohorts of 770 surgical and 610 non-surgical subjects, Class II division 1 and Class III malocclusion groups were identified with 60 surgical and 60 non-surgical subjects, comprising 30 males and 30 females, in each. AR and OR were calculated by landmarking digital models. Differences in AR and OR and their relationship were analysed using two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and a correlation coefficient, respectively. The proportions of the surgical and non-surgical groups with a TSD were assessed using logistic regression. Intra-examiner reproducibility involved re-landmarking 30 randomly selected image sets and differences in ARs and ORs were compared using a paired t-test. Random error was assessed using the intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC). Analyses were performed using SAS (SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA) at the 5% level of significance. There were no statistically significant differences associated with the measurement of either the mean AR (P = 0·913) or the mean OR (P = 0·874). ICC values were very high (AR = 0·95; OR = 0·90). Differences existed between both Class II and Class III surgical (AR: P<0·001; OR: P<0·001) and non-surgical groups (AR: P = 0·012; OR: P = 0·003). The AR and OR relationship was strong (correlation coefficient = 0·72). The highest percentage of clinically significant TSDs was seen in the AR of both Class II and Class III surgical groups (23·3%). In the cohort examined: AR and OR differed significantly for malocclusion groups. The prevalence of clinically significant TSDs did not differ significantly between surgical and non-surgical groups although the highest percentage of clinically significant TSDs was recorded for AR in Class II and Class III surgical cases. AR and OR were closely related. © 2014 British Orthodontic Society.
Spline analysis of the mandible in human subjects with class III malocclusion.
Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S
1997-05-01
This study determines deformations that contribute to a Class III mandibular morphology, employing thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis. A total of 133 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either a Class I molar occlusion or a Class III malocclusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and eight homologous landmarks on the mandible were identified and digitized. The datasets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to statistical analyses. These tests indicated significant differences between average Class I and Class III mandibular morphologies. When the sample was subdivided into seven age and sex-matched groups statistical differences were maintained for each group. TPS analysis indicated that both affine (uniform) and non-affine transformations contribute towards the total spline, and towards the average mandibular morphology at each age group. For non-affine transformations, partial warp 5 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations of the mandibular configuration between articulare and pogonion. In contrast, partial warp 1 indicated localized shape changes in the mandibular symphyseal region. It is concluded that large spatial-scale deformations affect the body of the mandible, in combination with localized distortions further anteriorly. These deformations may represent a developmental elongation of the mandibular corpus antero-posteriorly that, allied with symphyseal changes, leads to the appearance of a Class III prognathic mandibular profile.
Ahn, Jaechan; Kim, Sung-Jin; Lee, Ji-Yeon; Chung, Chooryung J; Kim, Kyung-Ho
2017-01-01
The purposes of this study were to compare the buccolingual inclinations of the posterior teeth in skeletal Class III patients with and without facial asymmetry with those of skeletal Class I patients and to investigate their relationships with sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancies. Sixty-three skeletal Class III adult patients were divided into 2 groups according to the degree of menton deviation: a symmetry group with deviation less than 2 mm (n = 30), and an asymmetry group with deviation greater than 4 mm (n = 33). The control group comprised 25 skeletal Class I patients. The buccolingual inclinations of the posterior teeth measured on cone-beam computed tomography images were compared among the 3 groups, and regression analysis was performed to investigate the relationships between the inclinations and the sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancies. The symmetry group showed greater buccal inclinations of the maxillary posterior teeth and lingual inclinations of the mandibular second molars than did the control, and this was correlated with the ANB angles. The deviated sides in the asymmetry group showed the greatest transverse dental compensation, which was correlated with menton deviation, whereas the nondeviated sides showed no significant transverse dental compensation. Transverse dental compensation is closely related to sagittal and transverse skeletal discrepancy in skeletal Class III patients. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Comparison of psychosocial status in treatment-seeking women with class III vs. class I-II obesity.
Wadden, Thomas A; Butryn, Meghan L; Sarwer, David B; Fabricatore, Anthony N; Crerand, Canice E; Lipschutz, Patti E; Faulconbridge, Lucy; Raper, Steven; Williams, Noel N
2006-01-01
This study compared the psychosocial status and weight loss expectations of women with extreme (class III) obesity who sought bariatric surgery with those of women with class I-II obesity who enrolled in a research study on behavioral weight control. Before treatment, all participants completed the Beck Depression Inventory-II and the Weight and Lifestyle Inventory. This latter questionnaire assesses several domains including symptoms of depression and low self-esteem, history of psychiatric complications, current stressors, and weight loss expectations. Women with class III obesity, as compared with class I-II, reported significantly more symptoms of depression. Fully 25% of women in the former group appeared to have a significant mood disorder that would benefit from treatment. As compared with women with class I-II obesity, significantly more women with class III obesity also reported a history of psychiatric complications, which included physical and sexual abuse and greater stress related to their physical health and financial/legal matters. Both groups of women had unrealistic weight loss expectations. Those who sought surgery expected to lose 47.6 +/- 9.3% of initial weight, compared with 24.8 +/- 8.7% for those who enrolled in behavioral weight control. These findings suggest that women with extreme obesity who seek bariatric surgery should be screened for psychosocial complications. Those determined to have significant psychiatric distress should be referred for behavioral or pharmacological treatment to alleviate their suffering. Long-term studies are needed to provide definitive guidance concerning the relationship between preoperative psychopathology and the outcome of bariatric surgery.
Benyahia, Hicham; Azaroual, Mohamed Faouzi; Garcia, Claude; Hamou, Edith; Abouqal, Redouane; Zaoui, Fatima
2011-06-01
The choice of treatment in adult skeletal Class III occlusions often poses a particularly tricky problem for the orthodontist. Faced with the option of either orthodontic camouflage or orthognathic surgery, the clinician's clinical experience is of paramount importance, especially in borderline cases. The aim of our study was to uncover a guide model enabling the practitioner to distinguish between skeletal Class III cases which can be suitably treated with orthodontics and those requiring orthognathic surgery. The lateral headfilms of 47 adult patients exhibiting skeletal Class III occlusions were analyzed. The orthodontic group comprised 22 patients and the surgical group 25. Twenty-seven linear, proportional and angular measurements were scrutinized. Stepwise discriminant analysis was used to identify the dentoskeletal and esthetic variables which most distinguished the two groups. The Holdaway angle was chosen to differentiate between patients prior to treatment. This model enables us to classify 87.2% of patients correctly. Copyright © 2011 CEO. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Xu, Lu; Yin, Jun; Mikami, Dean J; Portenier, Dana D; Zhou, Xiaojun; Mao, Zhongqi
2015-01-01
Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y gastric bypass (LRYGB) can dramatically improve type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2D) in obese class II and III patients. There is increasing evidence that shows bariatric surgery can also ameliorate T2D in patients with BMI between 30 kg/m(2) and 35 kg/m(2) (obese class I). To compare the effectiveness of LRYGB on T2D in obese class I patients with that of obese class II and III T2D patients. University Hospital, China A prospective study was performed in the authors' center from March 2010 to July 2011. Forty-two consecutive obese patients were included in the study. Anthropometric and metabolism parameters were compared between obese class II and III patients and obese class I patients before and after LRYGB. No patients were lost to follow up. After 36 months, metabolic parameters significantly improved in both groups. Partial remission rates between the 2 groups at each time point (12 months, 24 months, and 36 months) were comparable. Obese class II and III patients had higher complete remission rates at 12 months and 24 months, but no difference was observed at 36 months. Both obese class II and III patients and obese class I T2D patients showed significant improvement in multiple parameters after LRYGB. Obese class II and III patients had a higher complete remission rate than obese class I patients. Standardized remission criteria are needed to make outcomes form different centers comparable. Large prospective studies are needed and long-term outcomes have to be observed to better evaluate effectiveness of LRYGB on obese class I T2D patients. Copyright © 2015 American Society for Bariatric Surgery. All rights reserved.
Azamian, Zeinab; Shirban, Farinaz
2016-01-01
It is very difficult to diagnose and treat Class III malocclusion. This type of malocclusion involves a number of cranial base and maxillary and mandibular skeletal and dental compensation components. In Class III malocclusion originating from mandibular prognathism, orthodontic treatment in growing patients is not a good choice and in most cases orthognathic surgery is recommended after the end of growth. Approximately 30–40% of Class III patients exhibit some degree of maxillary deficiency; therefore, devices can be used for maxillary protraction for orthodontic treatment in early mixed dentition. In cases in which dental components are primarily responsible for Class III malocclusion, early therapeutic intervention is recommended. An electronic search was conducted using the Medline database (Entrez PubMed), the Cochrane Collaboration Oral Health Group Database of Clinical Trials, Science Direct, and Scopus. In this review article, we described the treatment options for Class III malocclusion in growing patient with an emphasis on maxillary protraction. It seems that the most important factor for treatment of Class III malocclusion in growing patient is case selection. PMID:27144056
A study of Class III treatment: orthodontic camouflage vs orthognathic surgery.
Georgalis, Katherine; Woods, Michael G
2015-11-01
To evaluate the differences in pretreatment and post-treatment characteristics of Class III patients treated with orthodontic camouflage or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the range of skeletal, dental and soft tissue changes that are likely to occur with treatment, with particular reference to the influence of extractions on the resultant incisor angulations. Pretreatment and post-treatment cephalograms of 31 Class III orthodontically-camouflaged patients and 36 Class III surgical patients (without genioplasty) were obtained from one specialist practice. From the surgical group, 26 pre-surgical lateral cephalograms were also obtained. Inclusion criteria for the two groups were at least three of the following: (1) an ANB angle of 1 degree or less, (2) a Wits appraisal less than -4 mm, (3) an incisal overjet ≤ 0 mm, and (14) a Class III molar relationship. All lateral cephalograms were traced and digitised and a number of skeletal, dental and soft tissue variables were measured. The camouflage and surgical groups were also divided into premolar extraction and non-extraction subgroups to allow for a specific analysis of extraction effects. Before treatment, the surgical group demonstrated, on average, a more severe skeletal discrepancy and increased dental compensations, compared with the orthodontically camouflaged group. After treatment, the mean SNA angle was greater, the ANB angle was more positive, the Wits appraisal was closer to ideal and the lower incisors were less retroclined in the surgery group. There was a small mean reduction in horizontal chin projection in the surgery group compared with a small increase in the camouflage group. The mentolabial fold and the lower lip curve were deeper, on average, and the lips less retrusive after surgery. There was a mean increase in upper incisor proclination during treatment in both the surgical and camouflage groups with a greater increase in the camouflage group. There was a significant reduction in upper incisor proclination and a subsequent greater increase in the ANB angle associated with upper premolar extractions in the surgical group compared with the non-extraction group. Lower premolar extractions in the camouflage group resulted only in a deeper mentolabial fold compared with those treated without lower extractions. Class III patients selected for surgical treatment are likely to have more severe pretreatment dental and skeletal discrepancies than those selected for camouflage treatment. Surgical treatment is associated with significant decompensation of the lower incisors but, ultimately, not the upper incisors. Class III patients treated with either camouflage or surgery treatment are likely to finish with slightly proclined upper incisors. Generally, surgical treatment results in greater skeletal change, involving normalisation of the skeletal base relationship, a reduction in chin prominence, fuller lips, and a more favourable lip and chin contour.
Sar, Cağla; Sahinoğlu, Zahire; Özçirpici, Ayça Arman; Uçkan, Sina
2014-01-01
The aim of this clinical study was to investigate the skeletal, dentoalveolar, and soft-tissue effects of 2 skeletal anchorage rationales for Class III treatment compared with an untreated Class III control group. Fifty-one subjects who were in the prepubertal or pubertal growth period were included in the study. In group 1 (n = 17), facemasks were applied from miniplates placed in the lateral nasal walls of the maxilla, and intermaxillary Class III elastics were applied from symphyseal miniplates to a bonded appliance on the maxilla in group 2 (n = 17). These skeletal anchored groups were compared with an untreated control group (n = 17). Lateral cephalometric radiographs were obtained at the beginning and the end of the observation periods in all groups and analyzed according to the structural superimposition method. Differences between the groups were assessed with the Wilcoxon signed rank test or the paired-samples t test. The treatment periods were 7.4 and 7.6 months in groups 1 and 2, respectively, and the untreated control group was observed for 7.5 months. The maxilla moved forward by 3.11 mm in group 1 and by 3.82 mm in group 2. The counterclockwise rotation of the maxilla was significantly less in group 1 compared with group 2 (P <0.01). The mandible showed clockwise rotation and was positioned downward and backward in the treatment groups, and it was significantly greater in group 2 compared with group 1 (P <0.01). Changes in the maxillary incisor measurements were negligible in group 1 compared with group 2. A significant amount of mandibular incisor retroclination was seen in group 1, and a significant proclination was seen in group 2. The maxillomandibular relationships and the soft-tissue profiles were improved remarkably in both treatment groups. The protocols of miniplates with facemasks and miniplates with Class III elastics offer valid alternatives to conventional methods in severe skeletal Class III patients. However, the 2 maxillary protraction protocols demonstrated significant skeletal and dentoalveolar effects. The miniplate with facemask protocol is preferred for patients with severe maxillary retrusion and a high-angle vertical pattern, whereas in patients with a decreased or normal vertical pattern and retroclined mandibular incisors, miniplates with Class III elastics can be the intraoral treatment option. Therefore, the exact indication of the procedure should be considered carefully. Copyright © 2014 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
Quality of Life and Self-Esteem of Female Orthognathic Surgery Patients.
Jung, Min-Ho
2016-06-01
To evaluate the effect of severe malocclusion requiring orthognathic surgery on the self-esteem (SE) and quality of life (QOL) of female adult patients undergoing orthognathic surgery compared with a group with minor malocclusions seeking only orthodontic treatment. Female patients, aged 18 to 30 years, who had presented for an orthodontic consultation for correction of a malocclusion were enrolled during an 18-month period. In group 1, all the patients required 2-jaw surgery, and they were subdivided into those with a Class II or Class III malocclusion. This group was further subdivided into those with and without clinically significant asymmetry. A second comparison group was selected. These patients had minor malocclusion. Group 2 (the minor malocclusion group; MMG) included patients with a Class I molar relationship with less than 5 mm on the irregularity index in the upper anterior teeth. Each participant completed the Rosenberg's self-esteem scale (RSE) and the Orthognathic Quality of Life Questionnaire (OQLQ) before starting treatment. The RSE and OQLQ measurements were compared using 1-way analysis of variance and Scheffe's multiple comparison. The level of statistical significance was set at P < .05. The MMG group (n = 52) showed significantly better RSE and OQOL values compared with those with Class II (n = 37) and Class III (n = 47) malocclusion (P < .01). In the OQLQ measurements, the social aspects, aesthetics, and oral function scores were also better in the MMG group (P < .01). Only the awareness component did not reveal a significant difference. No significant differences were found in QOL or SE between those with Class II and Class III malocclusion. The influence of asymmetry on the RSE and OQLQ results was not significant in the Class II and III patients. Female adult orthognathic patients showed significant impairments in QOL and SE compared with those with mild malocclusion. Copyright © 2016 The American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
How much incisor decompensation is achieved prior to orthognathic surgery?
McNeil, Calum; McIntyre, Grant T; Laverick, Sean
2014-07-01
To quantify incisor decompensation in preparation for orthognathic surgery. Pre-treatment and pre-surgery lateral cephalograms for 86 patients who had combined orthodontic and orthognathic treatment were digitised using OPAL 2.1 [http://www.opalimage.co.uk]. To assess intra-observer reproducibility, 25 images were re-digitised one month later. Random and systematic error were assessed using the Dahlberg formula and a two-sample t-test, respectively. Differences in the proportions of cases where the maxillary (1100 +/- 60) or mandibular (900 +/- 60) incisors were fully decomensated were assessed using a Chi-square test (p<0.05). Mann-Whitney U tests were used to identify if there were any differences in the amount of net decompensation for maxillary and mandibular incisors between the Class II combined and Class III groups (p<0.05). Random and systematic error were less than 0.5 degrees and p<0.05, respectively. A greater proportion of cases had decompensated mandibular incisors (80%) than maxillary incisors (62%) and this difference was statistically significant (p=0.029). The amount of maxillary incisor decompensation in the Class II and Class III groups did not statistically differ (p=0.45) whereas the mandibular incisors in the Class III group underwent statistically significantly greater decompensation (p=0.02). Mandibular incisors were decompensated for a greater proportion of cases than maxillary incisors in preparation for orthognathic surgery. There was no difference in the amount of maxillary incisor decompensation between Class II and Class III cases. There was a greater net decompensation for mandibular incisors in Class III cases when compared to Class II cases. Key words:Decompensation, orthognathic, pre-surgical orthodontics, surgical-orthodontic.
Lee, Gung-Chol; Yoo, Jo-Kwang; Kim, Seong-Hun; Moon, Cheol-Hyun
2017-03-01
To evaluate the effects of orthodontic camouflage treatment (OCT), one-jaw surgery, and two-jaw surgery on the correction of lip line cant (LLC) and to examine factors affecting the correction of LLC in Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients. A sample of 30 Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients was divided into OCT (n = 10), one-jaw surgery (n = 10), and two-jaw surgery (n = 10) groups such that the pretreatment LLC was similar in each group. Pretreatment and posttreatment cone-beam computed tomography scans were used to measure dental and skeletal parameters and LLC. Pretreatment and posttreatment measurements were compared within groups and between groups. Pearson's correlation tests and multiple regression analyses were performed to investigate factors affecting the amount and rate of LLC correction. The average LLC correction was 1.00° in the one-jaw surgery group, and in the two-jaw surgery group, it was 1.71°. In the OCT group it was -0.04°, which differed statistically significantly from the LLC correction in the other two groups. The amount and rate of LLC correction could be explained by settling of skeletal discrepancies or LLC at pretreatment with goodness of fit percentages of approximately 82% and 41%, respectively. Orthognathic surgery resulted in significant correction of LLC in Class III craniofacial asymmetry patients, while OCT did not.
Expansion/Facemask Treatment of an Adult Class III Malocclusion.
Jackson, Gregory W; Kravitz, Neal D
2014-01-01
The orthodontic treatment of class III malocclusion with a maxillary deficiency is often treated with maxillary protraction with or without expansion. Skeletal and dental changes have been documented which have combined for the protraction of the maxilla and the correction of the class III malocclusion. Concerning the ideal time to treat a developing class III malocclusion, studies have reported that, although early treatment may be the most effective, face mask therapy can provide a viable option for older children as well. But what about young adults? Can the skeletal and dental changes seen in expansion/facemask therapy in children and adolescents be demonstrated in this age group as well, possibly eliminating the need for orthodontic dental camouflage treatment or orthognathic surgery? A case report is presented of an adult class III malocclusion with a Class III skeletal pattern and maxillary retrusion. Treatment was with nonextraction, comprehensive edgewise mechanics with slow maxillary expansion with a bonded expander and protraction facemask.
Veli, Ilknur; Ozturk, Mehmet Ali; Uysal, Tancan
2015-03-01
Our objectives were to assess the depth of the curve of Spee (COS) in different malocclusion groups, to relate this to the eruption of anterior or posterior teeth quantitatively, and to determine whether the depth of the COS is affected by the vertical eruption of anterior or posterior teeth. Two hundred conventional lateral cephalograms and 3-dimensional models of untreated patients (70 boys, mean age: 16.4 ± 1.4 years; 130 young women, mean age: 18.1 ± 1.8 years) were included and assigned to 4 malocclusion groups as Class I, Class II Division 1, Class II Division 2, and Class III. The depth of the COS, overjet, and overbite were measured on 3-dimensional models. The perpendicular distance between the incisal tip of the mandibular central incisor (L1-MP), the deepest point of the COS (S-MP), and the distobuccal cusp tip of the mandibular second molar (L7-MP) to the mandibular plane were calculated and proportioned with each other. The Pearson correlation coefficient was calculated, and multiple linear regression analysis was carried out. Also, multivariate analysis of variance was performed at the P <0.05 level. The mesiobuccal cusp of the first molar was the deepest part of the COS in all groups, with a maximum depth of 2.44 ± 0.73 mm in the Class II Division 1 subjects and a minimum depth of 1.76 ± 0.94 in the Class III subjects. The depth of the COS changed as follows: Class II Division 1 > Class II Division 2 > Class I > Class III malocclusion groups. Statistically significant positive correlations were found between the depth of the COS and L1-MP/S-MP (r = 0.541) and L7-MP/S-MP (r = 0.269) in the Class I and Class III subjects, and between the depth of the COS and overjet (r = 0.483) and L7-MP/S-MP (r = 0.289) in the Class II Division 1 subjects. All variables except overjet had positive correlations with the depth of the COS in Class II Division 2 subjects. The multivariate analysis of variance showed statistically significant differences in overjet, overbite, L1-MP/S-MP, L7-MP/S-MP, and the depth of the COS (P <0.001) among the groups. Although the overjet differed, vertical eruption of the anterior teeth did not differ among the different malocclusion groups and had a significant contribution to the depth of the COS in subjects with Class I and Class III malocclusions. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
49 CFR 173.213 - Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... 49 Transportation 2 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials... Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III. (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous...
49 CFR 173.213 - Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... 49 Transportation 2 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials... Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 § 173.213 Non-bulk packagings for solid hazardous materials in Packing Group III. (a) When § 172.101 of this subchapter specifies that a solid hazardous...
Singh, Gurinder; Verma, Sanjeev; Singh, Devinder Preet; Yadav, Sumit Kumar; Yadav, Achla Bharti
2016-11-01
Beta angle utilizes three skeletal landmarks - point A, point B, and point C (the apparent axis of the condyle). It is formed between A-B line and point A perpendicular to C-B line. Further this angle indicates the severity and the type of skeletal dysplasia in the sagittal dimension and it changes with the growth pattern of the patient. Hence, it is important to study the dependence of beta angle on the growth pattern. The present study was designed to evaluate the correlation of Beta angle with point A-Nasion-point B (ANB) angle, points A and B to palatal plane (App-Bpp), Wit's appraisal and Maxillary-Mandibular plane angle Bisector (MMB) and Frankfort-Mandibular plane Angle (FMA) in Skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups. Pre-treatment lateral head cephalo-grams of 120 subjects in age group of 15-25 years were obtained. Three skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups (40 each) were assorted on the basis of ANB, MMB, App-Bpp, Wit's appraisal and FMA. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and mean differences were calculated to compare the study groups. Bivariate correlations among different parameters of these groups were obtained. Normal values of beta angle in skeletal Class I group, skeletal Class II group and skeletal Class III group was 31.33±3.25, 25.28±4.28 and 40.93±4.55 respectively. Overall beta angle showed a strong correlation with all parameters of anterio-posterior dysplasia indicators except FMA. Beta angle shows weak correlation with FMA and is not affected by growth pattern/jaw rotation. The normal values are in same range irrespective of the differences in craniofacial morphology.
Singh, Gurinder; Verma, Sanjeev; Singh, Devinder Preet; Yadav, Achla Bharti
2016-01-01
Introduction Beta angle utilizes three skeletal landmarks – point A, point B, and point C (the apparent axis of the condyle). It is formed between A-B line and point A perpendicular to C-B line. Further this angle indicates the severity and the type of skeletal dysplasia in the sagittal dimension and it changes with the growth pattern of the patient. Hence, it is important to study the dependence of beta angle on the growth pattern. Aim The present study was designed to evaluate the correlation of Beta angle with point A–Nasion–point B (ANB) angle, points A and B to palatal plane (App-Bpp), Wit’s appraisal and Maxillary-Mandibular plane angle Bisector (MMB) and Frankfort-Mandibular plane Angle (FMA) in Skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups. Materials and Methods Pre-treatment lateral head cephalo-grams of 120 subjects in age group of 15-25 years were obtained. Three skeletal Class I, Class II and Class III malocclusion groups (40 each) were assorted on the basis of ANB, MMB, App-Bpp, Wit’s appraisal and FMA. Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and mean differences were calculated to compare the study groups. Bivariate correlations among different parameters of these groups were obtained. Results Normal values of beta angle in skeletal Class I group, skeletal Class II group and skeletal Class III group was 31.33±3.25, 25.28±4.28 and 40.93±4.55 respectively. Overall beta angle showed a strong correlation with all parameters of anterio-posterior dysplasia indicators except FMA. Conclusion Beta angle shows weak correlation with FMA and is not affected by growth pattern/jaw rotation. The normal values are in same range irrespective of the differences in craniofacial morphology. PMID:28050509
Troy, Beth A; Shanker, Shiva; Fields, Henry W; Vig, Katherine; Johnston, William
2009-02-01
Reports comparing Class III patients treated by camouflage and those treated by orthognathic surgery are not numerous. The purpose of this study was to compare the dental and skeletal values of Class III patients treated with these methods against normative data and over the course of treatment. Thirty-three surgical and 39 camouflage Class III patients were selected from a graduate orthodontic clinic and regional private practices, and lateral cephalograms were digitized. Skeletal and dental values were obtained, and mean and efficacy evaluations referenced to ethnic norms were calculated. At pretreatment, the surgery patients had more severe skeletal discrepancies and more compensated incisors. During presurgical orthodontic treatment, most of the surgery group's mandibular incisors were significantly decompensated, although half of the maxillary incisors remained compensated. The surgical move improved 90% of these patients but to only 60% to 65% of the norm. The camouflage group was compensated at pretreatment, and they became more compensated in the end. After treatment, there were no differences between the incisor positions of the 2 groups. There was no statistical difference in incisor inclination and position between the Class III surgical and camouflage groups after treatment; there was a significant difference in the pretreatment and posttreatment incisor inclination and position compared with normative values for both the surgical and the camouflage groups; the maxillary and mandibular incisors were not adequately decompensated in the surgical group, but significant improvement in mandibular incisor position and axial inclination was achieved presurgically. The outcome of the surgical correction was limited by the inadequate presurgical orthodontic incisor decompensation, and orthodontic compensation of incisors occurred postsurgically to achieve an optimal occlusal result.
Rabie, A-Bakr M; Wong, Ricky W K; Min, G U
2008-01-01
To investigate the differences in morphological characteristics of borderline class III patients who had undergone camouflage orthodontic treatment or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the treatment effects between these two modalities. Cephalograms of 25 patients (13 orthodontic, 12 surgical) with class III malocclusion were analyzed. All had a pretreatment ANB angle greater than -5 masculine. Using discriminant analysis, only Holdaway angle was selected to differentiate patients in the pretreatment stage. Seventy-two per cent patients were correctly classified. In the orthodontic group, reverse overjet was corrected by retraction of the lower incisors and downward and backward rotation of the mandible. The surgical group was corrected by setback of the lower anterior dentoalveolus and uprighting of the lower incisors. No difference was found in posttreatment soft tissue measurements between the two groups. Twelve degree for the Holdaway angle can be a guideline in determining the treatment modalities for borderline class III patients, but the preferences of operators and patients are also important. (2) Both therapeutic options should highlight changes in the lower dentoalveolus and lower incisors. (3) Both treatment modalities can achieve satisfactory improvements to the people.
Baherimoghaddam, T; Tabrizi, R; Naseri, N; Pouzesh, A; Oshagh, M; Torkan, S
2016-04-01
The aim of this longitudinal study was to assess and compare the oral health-related quality of life (OHRQoL) of patients with class II and III deformities during and after orthodontic-surgical treatment. Thirty class III and 28 class II patients were evaluated at baseline (T0), just prior to surgery (T1), at 6 months after surgery (T2), and at 12 months after debonding (T3). OHRQoL was assessed using the Oral Health Impact Profile (OHIP-14). Friedman two-way analysis of variance and the Wilcoxon signed-rank test were performed to compare the relative changes in OHRQoL during treatment. Significant changes in the overall OHIP-14 scores were observed during and after orthodontic-surgical treatment in both groups. During the pre-surgical stage, psychological discomfort and psychological disability decreased in class III patients, and class II patients experienced a significant deterioration in psychological discomfort during the same period. Six months after surgery, patients in both groups showed improvements in psychological discomfort, social disability, and handicap. Physical disability and functional limitation showed further improvement at 12 months after debonding in class II patients. This study reaffirms that orthodontic-surgical treatment has a significant effect on the OHRQoL of class III and class II patients. Copyright © 2015 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Johal, Ama; Chaggar, Amrit; Zou, Li Fong
2018-03-01
The present study used the optical surface laser scanning technique to compare the facial features of patients aged 8-18 years presenting with Class I and Class III incisor relationship in a case-control design. Subjects with a Class III incisor relationship, aged 8-18 years, were age and gender matched with Class I control and underwent a 3-dimensional (3-D) optical surface scan of the facial soft tissues. Landmark analysis revealed Class III subjects displayed greater mean dimensions compared to the control group most notably between the ages of 8-10 and 17-18 years in both males and females, in respect of antero-posterior (P = 0.01) and vertical (P = 0.006) facial dimensions. Surface-based analysis, revealed the greatest difference in the lower facial region, followed by the mid-face, whilst the upper face remained fairly consistent. Significant detectable differences were found in the surface facial features of developing Class III subjects.
Short-term and long-term treatment outcomes with Class III activator
Ryu, Hyo-kyung; Chong, Hyun-Jeong; An, Ki-Yong
2015-01-01
Objective The purpose of this retrospective study was to investigate short-term and long-term skeletodental outcomes of Class III activator treatment. Methods A Class III activator treatment group (AG) comprised of 22 patients (9 boys, 13 girls) was compared with a Class III control group (CG) comprised of 17 patients (6 boys, 11 girls). The total treatment period was divided into three stages; the initial stage (T1), the post-activator treatment or post-mandibular growth peak stage (T2), and the long-term follow-up stage (T3). Cephalometric changes were evaluated statistically via the Mann-Whitney U-test and the Friedman test. Results The AG exhibited significant increases in the SNA angle, ANB angle, Wits appraisal, A point-N perpendicular, Convexity of A point, and proclination of the maxillary incisors, from T1 to T2. In the long-term follow-up (T1-T3), the AG exhibited significantly greater increases in the ANB angle, Wits appraisal, and Convexity of A point than the CG. Conclusions Favorable skeletal outcomes induced during the Class III activator treatment period were generally maintained until the long-term follow-up period of the post-mandibular growth peak stage. PMID:26445717
49 CFR 173.167 - Consumer commodities.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...-toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing Group II and III only), Division 6.1 (Packing Group III only... packagings intended to contain liquids must be capable of meeting the pressure differential requirements (75...
Ma, J; Jiang, J H
2018-02-18
To evaluate the difference of features of alveolar bone support under lower anterior teeth between high-angle adults with skeletal class II malocclusions and high-angle adults presenting skeletal class III malocclusions by using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT). Patients who had taken the images of CBCT were selected from the Peking University School and Hospital of Stomatology between October 2015 and August 2017. The CBCT archives from 62 high-angle adult cases without orthodontic treatment were divided into two groups based on their sagittal jaw relationships: skeletal class II and skeletal class III. vertical bone level (VBL), alveolar bone area (ABA), and the width of alveolar bone were measured respectively at the 2 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm below the cemento-enamel junction (CEJ) level and at the apical level. After that, independent samples t-tests were conducted for statistical comparisons. The ABA of the mandibular alveolar bone in the area of lower anterior teeth was significantly thinner in the patients of skeletal class III than those of skeletal class II, especially in terms of the apical ABA, total ABA on the labial and lingual sides and the ABA at 6 mm below CEJ level on the lingual side (P<0.05). The thickness of the alveolar bone of mandibular anterior teeth was significantly thinner in the subjects of skeletal class III than those of skeletal class II, especially regarding the apical level on the labial and lingual side and at the level of 4 mm, 6 mm below CEJ level on the lingual side (P<0.05). The ABA and the thickness of the alveolar bone of mandibular anterior teeth were significantly thinner in the group of skeletal class III adult patients with high-angle when compared with the sample of high-angle skeletal class II adult cases. We recommend orthodontists to be more cautious in treatment of high-angle skeletal class III patients, especially pay attention to control the torque of lower anterior teeth during forward and backward movement, in case that the apical root might be absorbed or fenestration happen in the area of lower anterior teeth.
De Clerck, H. J.; Cevidanes, L. H.; Franchi, L.
2011-01-01
The aim of the present morphometric investigation was to evaluate the effects of bone-anchored maxillary protraction (BAMP) in the treatment of growing patients with Class III malocclusion. The shape and size changes in the craniofacial configuration of a sample of 26 children with Class III malocclusions consecutively treated with the BAMP protocol were compared with a matched sample of 15 children with untreated Class III malocclusions. All subjects in the two groups were at a prepubertal stage of skeletal development at time of first observation. Average duration of treatment was 14 months. Significant treatment-induced modifications involved both the maxilla and the mandible. The most evident deformation consisted of marked forward displacement of the maxillary complex with more moderate favourable effects in the mandible. Deformations in the vertical dimension were not detected. The significant deformations were associated with significant differences in size in the group treated with the BAMP protocol. PMID:21187527
[Size of lower jaw as an early indicator of skeletal class III development].
Stojanović, Zdenka; Nikodijević, Angelina; Udovicić, Bozidar; Milić, Jasmina; Nikolić, Predrag
2008-08-01
Malocclusion of skeletal class III is a complex abnormality, with a characteristic sagital position of the lower jaw in front of the upper one. A higher level of prognatism of the lower jaw in relation to the upper one can be the consequence of its excessive length. The aim of this study was to find the differences in the length of the lower jaw in the children with skeletal class III and the children with normal sagital interjaw relation (skeletal class I) in the period of mixed dentition. After clinical and x-ray diagnostics, profile tele-x-rays of the head were analyzed in 60 examinees with mixed dentition, aged from 6 to 12 years. The examinees were divided into two groups: group 1--the children with skeletal class III and group 2--the children with skeletal class I. The length of the lower jaw, upper jaw and cranial base were measured. The proportional relations between the lengths measured within each group were established and the level of difference in the lengths measured and their proportions between the groups were estimated. No significant difference between the groups was found in the body length, ramus and the total length of the lower jaw. Proportional relation between the body length and the length of the lower jaw ramus and proportional relation between the forward cranial base and the lower jaw body were not significantly different. A significant difference was found in proportional relations of the total length of the lower jaw with the total lengths of cranial base and the upper jaw and proportional relation of the length of the lower and upper jaw body. Of all the analyzed parameters, the following were selected as the early indicators of the development of skeletal class III on the lower jaw: greater total length of the lower jaw, proportional to the total lengths of cranial base and theupper jaw, as well as greater length of the lower jaw body, proportional to the length of the upper jaw body.
Rabie, A-Bakr M.; Wong, Ricky W.K.; Min, G.U.
2008-01-01
Aims: To investigate the differences in morphological characteristics of borderline class III patients who had undergone camouflage orthodontic treatment or orthognathic surgery, and to compare the treatment effects between these two modalities. Materials and Methods: Cephalograms of 25 patients (13 orthodontic, 12 surgical) with class III malocclusion were analyzed. All had a pretreatment ANB angle greater than -5º. Results: Using discriminant analysis, only Holdaway angle was selected to differentiate patients in the pretreatment stage. Seventy-two per cent patients were correctly classified. In the orthodontic group, reverse overjet was corrected by retraction of the lower incisors and downward and backward rotation of the mandible. The surgical group was corrected by setback of the lower anterior dentoalveolus and uprighting of the lower incisors. No difference was found in posttreatment soft tissue measurements between the two groups. Conclusions: Twelve degree for the Holdaway angle can be a guideline in determining the treatment modalities for borderline class III patients, but the preferences of operators and patients are also important. (2) Both therapeutic options should highlight changes in the lower dentoalveolus and lower incisors. (3) Both treatment modalities can achieve satisfactory improvements to the people. PMID:19088881
Prasad, Mandava; Reddy, Karnati Praveen Kumar; Talapaneni, Ashok Kumar; Chaitanya, Nellore; Bhaskar Reddy, Myla Vijay; Patil, Rajendra
2013-01-01
Background and Objectives: In orthodontic diagnosis and treatment planning, assessment of anteroposterior discrepancy is of importance to the orthodontist. Both angular and linear measurements have been incorporated into various cephalometric analyses to help the clinician diagnose anteroposterior discrepancies and establish the most appropriate treatment plan. Hence the present study is designed to establish the norms of Beta angle to assess the sagittal discrepancy for Nellore district population. Materials and Methods: The sample was screened from the old records of the Orthodontic department of Narayana Dental College and Hospital. One hundred and fifty pretreatment cephalometric radiographs (50 each of Class I, II, and III) were subdivided based on ANB, Wits appraisal, and Beta angle into skeletal Class I, II, III. The same cephalograms were again classified into skeletal Class I, II, and III based purely on Beta angle. Each group was again divided into 2 subgroups consisting of 25 male and 25 female subjects with a mean age limit between 15 and 45 years old. Results: The Newman-keuls post hoc test and ANOVA showed that the 3 groups were significantly different (P ≤ 0.001). The Newman-keuls post hoc test also found the groups to be significantly different. Conclusions: There was statistically significant difference for, the mean values and the standard deviation for Beta angle within the three skeletal patterns (Class I, Class II and Class III skeletal patterns). There was no statistically significant difference among the mean values of beta angle between Nellore district population and Caucasian norms and between male and female sex groups. PMID:24082742
Comparison of natural head position in different anteroposterior malocclusions.
Hedayati, Zohreh; Paknahad, Maryam; Zorriasatine, Farbod
2013-05-01
The facial esthetics after orthodontic treatment and orthognathic surgery may be affected by the patient's natural head position. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the natural head position for the three skeletal classes of malocclusion. Our sample consisted of 102 lateral cephalometric radiographs of patients aged 15 to 18 years; class I (n=32), class II (n=40) and class III (n=30). Nine landmarks of the craniofacial skeleton and three landmarks of the cervical vertebrae were determined. Variables consisted of two angles for cervical posture (OPT/Hor and CVT/Hor), three angles for craniofacial posture (SN/Ver, PNS-ANS/Ver, and ML/Ver ) and five for craniofacial angulation (SN/OPT, SN/CVT, PNS-ANS/OPT, PNS-ANS/CVT, ML/CVT). The data were analyzed statistically using ANOVA and post hoc tests. PNS-ANS/Ver and SN/Ver differed significantly (p<0.05) among the three groups. There were no significant differences between class I and class II malocclusions for the indicator angles of cranial posture except for ML/Ver. The SN/CVT was significantly different for class I compared to class III patients. A head posture camouflaging the underlying skeletal class III was observed in our population. A more forward head posture was observed in skeletal class III participants compared to skeletal class I and II and that class III patients tended to incline their head more ventral compared to class I participants. These findings may have implications for the amount of jaw movements during surgery particularly in patients with a class III malocclusion.
Soft tissue effects of three different Class II/1-camouflage treatment strategies.
Atik, Ezgi; Akarsu-Guven, Bengisu; Kocadereli, Ilken
2017-03-01
Aim of this retrospective study was to compare soft tissue effects of Class II treatments with the forsus fatigue resistant device (FRD), the pendulum appliance, and the extraction of two maxillary premolars, all of which were combined with pre-adjusted fixed appliances. The sample of 54 patients with Class II malocclusions was divided in three groups: group I patients (mean age = 15.91 years) were treated with the FRD concurrently used with fixed appliances; group II patients (mean age = 16.08 years) were treated with the pendulum appliance combined with a Nance and headgear followed by fixed appliances; and group III patients (mean age = 19.04 years) were treated with the extraction of two maxillary premolars with miniscrew anchorage. Soft tissue and dentoskeletal parameters were measured on pretreatment (T1) and posttreatment (T2) lateral cephalograms. The changes from T1 to T2 were compared between the groups using Kruskal-Wallis test, and treatment differences were evaluated with the Wilcoxon test at p < 0.05. Soft tissue measurement changes related to the upper and lower lips were significantly greater in group II than in group III (p < 0.05). Upper incisor measurement changes were significantly different between groups II and III. Lower incisor measurement changes were significantly different between groups I and III and groups II and III (p < 0.05). Pendulum and extraction treatment groups showed significant differences in relation with the upper and lower lip positional changes, which were significantly greater in the pendulum group. Treatment time with the extraction treatment was statistically shorter than with the nonextraction protocols.
Relationship between formation/eruption of maxillary teeth and skeletal pattern of maxilla.
Suda, Naoto; Hiyama, Shigetoshi; Kuroda, Takayuki
2002-01-01
Previous reports have indicated that formation and eruption of the maxillary teeth, especially the molars, are delayed in skeletal Class III patients compared with Class I and Class II patients. However, the relationship between the formation/eruption of maxillary teeth and the skeletal pattern of the maxilla is not yet clear. To examine this relationship, we studied 81 skeletal Class III Japanese patients (mean age, 8.8 years). The sample was divided into 2 groups: a maxillary retrusion (MR) group, characterized by a small SNA angle and a short palatal length, and a control group in which those values were in the normal range for patients of Japanese descent. There was no significant difference in the rate of formation for the maxillary and mandibular teeth between the 2 groups. The eruption of the maxillary second molars was delayed in the MR group compared with the control group. There were no significant differences between the 2 groups for any other teeth. A multiple-regression analysis was carried out to examine whether the skeletal pattern of the maxilla is a useful indicator for predicting the eruption of the maxillary teeth. The results showed that palatal length and chronologic age were significant independent (explanatory) variables for predicting eruption of the maxillary second molars. These findings indicated that the skeletal pattern of the maxilla is a useful indicator for predicting the timing of maxillary molar eruption when considering treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusions.
49 CFR 173.127 - Class 5, Division 5.1-Definition and assignment of packing groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Packing Group II, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure... Packing Group I are not met. (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise... packing groups. 173.127 Section 173.127 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation...
49 CFR 173.127 - Class 5, Division 5.1-Definition and assignment of packing groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Packing Group II, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the pressure... Packing Group I are not met. (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise... packing groups. 173.127 Section 173.127 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation...
Zhang, Wei; Qu, Hong-Chen; Yu, Mo; Zhang, Yang
2015-01-01
We conducted a comprehensive meta-analysis of 12 studies to examine whether maxillary protraction face mask associated with rapid maxillary expansion (FM/RME) could be an effective treatment for Class III malocclusion and to evaluate the effect of timing on treatment response. Patients with a maxillary deficiency who were treated with FM with or without RME were compared with those who had an untreated Class III malocclusion. In both treatment groups, forward displacement of the maxilla and skeletal changes were found to be statistically significant. In addition, posterior rotation of the mandible and increased facial height were more evident in the FM group compared with the control group. However, no significant differences were observed between the early treatment groups and late treatment groups. The results indicated that both FM/RME and FM therapy produced favorable skeletal changes for correcting anterior crossbite, and the curative time was not affected by the presence of deciduous teeth, early mixed dentition or late mixed dentition in the patient. PMID:26068221
Iguchi, Ran; Yoshizawa, Kunio; Moroi, Akinori; Tsutsui, Takamitsu; Hotta, Asami; Hiraide, Ryota; Takayama, Akihiro; Tsunoda, Tatsuya; Saito, Yuki; Sato, Momoko; Baba, Nana; Ueki, Koichiro
2017-12-01
The purpose of this study was to compare changes in temporomandibular joint (TMJ) and ramus morphology between class II and III cases before and after sagittal split ramus osteotomy (SSRO) and Le Fort I osteotomy. The subjects were 39 patients (78 sides) who underwent bi-maxillary surgery. They consisted of 2 groups (18 class II cases and 21 class III cases), and were selected randomly from among patients who underwent surgery between 2012 and 2016. The TMJ disc tissue and joint effusion were assessed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and the TMJ space, condylar height, ramus height, ramus inclination and condylar square were assessed by computed tomography (CT), pre- and post-operatively. The number of joints with anterior disc displacement in class II was significantly higher than that in class III (p < 0.0001). However, there were no significant differences between the two classes regarding ratio of joint symptoms and ratio of joint effusion pre- and post-operatively. Class II was significantly better than class III regarding reduction ratio of condylar height (p < 0.0001) and square (p = 0.0005). The study findings suggest that condylar morphology could change in both class II and III after bi-maxillary surgery. The findings of the numerical analysis also demonstrated that reduction of condylar volume occurred frequently in class II, although TMJ disc position classification did not change significantly, as previously reported. Copyright © 2017 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
[Effects of red ginseng on the congestive heart failure and its mechanism].
Ding, D Z; Shen, T K; Cui, Y Z
1995-06-01
Forty-five patients with class IV cardiac function were divided into three groups: group I (digoxin group), group II (Red Ginseng group) and group III (Red Ginseng plus digoxin group). Each group consisted of 15 cases. After treatment, the improvement of the hemodynamical and biochemical indexes of group II and group III were greater than those of group I, and group III was the most significant amongst all. The results suggested that Red Ginseng and digoxin had synergism for treatment of congestive heart failure, and Red Ginseng was an effective and safe adjuvant without any side effects.
49 CFR 173.154 - Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... material meets the definition of a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, marine pollutant, or are offered... waste, or a marine pollutant, a material classed as a Class 8, Packing Group III, material solely...
49 CFR 173.127 - Class 5, Division 5.1-Definition and assignment of packing groups.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... pressure rise time of a 1:1 perchloric acid (50 percent)/cellulose mixture. (ii) Packing Group II, any... not met. (iii) Packing Group III, any material which exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or... packing groups. 173.127 Section 173.127 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation...
Wendl, B; Muchitsch, A P; Winsauer, H; Walter, A; Droschl, H; Jakse, N; Wendl, M; Wendl, T
2017-05-01
To assess early versus late treatment of Class III syndrome for skeletal and dental differences. Thirty-eight Class III patients treated with a chincup were retrospectively analyzed. Baseline data were obtained by reviewing pretreatment (T0) anamnestic records, cephalograms, and casts. The cases were assigned to an early or a late treatment group based on age at T0 (up to 9 years or older than 9 years but before the pubertal growth spurt). Both groups were further compared based on posttreatment data (T1) and long-term follow-up data collected approximately 25 years after treatment (T2). Early treatment was successful in 74% and late treatment in 67% of cases. More failures were noted among male patients. The late treatment group was characterized post therapeutically by significantly more pronounced skeletal parameters of jaw size relative to normal Class I values; in addition, a greater skeletal discrepancy between maxilla and mandible, higher values for mandibular length, Cond-Pog, ramus height, overjet, anterior posterior dysplasia indicator (APDI), lower anterior face height, and gonial angle were measured at T1. The angle between the AB line and mandibular plane was found to be larger at T0, T1, and T2, as well as more pronounced camouflage positions of the lower anterior teeth at T0. The early treatment group was found to exhibit greater amounts of negative overjet at T0 but more effective correction at T1. Early treatment of Class III syndrome resulted in greater skeletal changes with less dental compensation.
Modified Angle's Classification for Primary Dentition.
Chandranee, Kaushik Narendra; Chandranee, Narendra Jayantilal; Nagpal, Devendra; Lamba, Gagandeep; Choudhari, Purva; Hotwani, Kavita
2017-01-01
This study aims to propose a modification of Angle's classification for primary dentition and to assess its applicability in children from Central India, Nagpur. Modification in Angle's classification has been proposed for application in primary dentition. Small roman numbers i/ii/iii are used for primary dentition notation to represent Angle's Class I/II/III molar relationships as in permanent dentition, respectively. To assess applicability of modified Angle's classification a cross-sectional preschool 2000 children population from central India; 3-6 years of age residing in Nagpur metropolitan city of Maharashtra state were selected randomly as per the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Majority 93.35% children were found to have bilateral Class i followed by 2.5% bilateral Class ii and 0.2% bilateral half cusp Class iii molar relationships as per the modified Angle's classification for primary dentition. About 3.75% children had various combinations of Class ii relationships and 0.2% children were having Class iii subdivision relationship. Modification of Angle's classification for application in primary dentition has been proposed. A cross-sectional investigation using new classification revealed various 6.25% Class ii and 0.4% Class iii molar relationships cases in preschool children population in a metropolitan city of Nagpur. Application of the modified Angle's classification to other population groups is warranted to validate its routine application in clinical pediatric dentistry.
Class III camouflage treatment: what are the limits?
Burns, Nikia R; Musich, David R; Martin, Chris; Razmus, Thomas; Gunel, Erdogan; Ngan, Peter
2010-01-01
The purpose of this study was to determine the skeletal, dental, and soft-tissue changes in response to camouflage Class III treatment. Thirty patients (average age, 12.4 + or - 1.0 years) with skeletal Class III malocclusions who completed comprehensive nonextraction orthodontic treatment were studied. Skeletal, dental, and soft-tissue changes were determined by using published cephalometric analyses. The quality of orthodontic treatment was standardized by registering the peer assessment rating index on the pretreatment and posttreatment study models. The change in the level of gingival attachment with treatment was determined on the study casts. The results were compared with a group of untreated subjects. Data were analyzed with repeated measures analysis and paired t tests. The average change in the Wits appraisal was greater in the treated group (1.2 + or - 0.1 mm) than in the control group (-0.5 + or - 0.3 mm). The average peer assessment rating index score improved from 33.5 to 4.1. No significant differences were found for the level of gingival attachments between the treatment and control groups. The sagittal jaw relationship (ANB angle) did not improve with camouflage treatment. A wide range of tooth movements compensated for the skeletal changes in both groups. The upper and lower limits for incisal movement to compensate for Class III skeletal changes were 120 degrees to the sella-nasion line and 80 degrees to the mandibular plane, respectively. Greater increases in the angle of convexity were found in the treated group, indicating improved facial profiles. Greater increases in length of the upper lip were found in the treated group, corresponding to the changes in the hard tissues with treatment. Significant dental and soft-tissue changes can be expected in young Class III patients treated with camouflage orthodontic tooth movement. A wide range of skeletal dysplasias can be camouflaged with tooth movement without deleterious effects to the periodontium. However, proper diagnosis and realistic treatment objectives are necessary to prevent undesirable sequelae. Copyright 2010 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
[Class III surgical patients facilitated by accelerated osteogenic orthodontic treatment].
Wu, Jia-qi; Xu, Li; Liang, Cheng; Zou, Wei; Bai, Yun-yang; Jiang, Jiu-hui
2013-10-01
To evaluate the treatment time and the anterior and posterior teeth movement pattern as closing extraction space for the Class III surgical patients facilitated by accelerated osteogenic orthodontic treatment. There were 10 skeletal Class III patients in accelerated osteogenic orthodontic group (AOO) and 10 patients in control group. Upper first premolars were extracted in all patients. After leveling and alignment (T2), corticotomy was performed in the area of maxillary anterior teeth to accelerate space closing.Study models of upper dentition were taken before orthodontic treatment (T1) and after space closing (T3). All the casts were laser scanned, and the distances of the movement of incisors and molars were digitally measured. The distances of tooth movement in two groups were recorded and analyzed. The alignment time between two groups was not statistically significant. The treatment time in AOO group from T2 to T3 was less than that in the control group (less than 9.1 ± 4.1 months). The treatment time in AOO group from T1 to T3 was less than that in the control group (less than 6.3 ± 4.8 months), and the differences were significant (P < 0.01). Average distances of upper incisor movement (D1) in AOO group and control group were (2.89 ± 1.48) and (3.10 ± 0.95) mm, respectively. Average distances of upper first molar movement (D2) in AOO group and control group were (2.17 ± 1.13) and (2.45 ± 1.04) mm, respectively.No statistically significant difference was found between the two groups (P > 0.05). Accelerated osteogenic orthodontic treatment could accelerate space closing in Class III surgical patients and shorten preoperative orthodontic time. There were no influence on the movement pattern of anterior and posterior teeth during pre-surgical orthodontic treatment.
Direct restoration of endodontically treated maxillary central incisors: post or no post at all?
von Stein-Lausnitz, Manja; Bruhnke, M; Rosentritt, M; Sterzenbach, G; Bitter, K; Frankenberger, R; Naumann, M
2018-04-30
The aim of this ex-vivo study was to evaluate the impact of cavity size and glass-fiber post (GFP) placement on the load capability of endodontically treated maxillary incisors directly restored with resin composite. Ninety-six extracted human maxillary central incisors were endodontically treated and distributed to four groups (n = 24): access cavity (A), access cavity and uni-proximal class III cavity (U), access cavity and bi-proximal class III cavity (B), and decoronated tooth (D). Specimens were restored with resin composite, and 12 specimen of each group received an adhesively placed glass-fiber post (P). Prior to linear loading, specimens were exposed to thermo-mechanical loading (TCML). Statistical analysis was performed using log-rank test after TCML, Kruskall-Wallis and Mann-Whitney U test to compare load capabilities (F max) . Significantly more failures occurred in group D for specimens without GFP during TCML (p = 0.001). F max (mean (SD) in N was (A) 513 (124), (AP) 554 (201), (U) 438 (171), (UP) 537 (232) (B) 483 (219), (BP) 536 (281), D 143 (181), and DP 500 (331), and differed significantly among groups (p = 0.003). Pair-wise comparison revealed lower F max values for group D compared to all other groups (p < 0.034) except group DP. Endodontically treated maxillary central incisors with cavity sizes up to bi-proximal class III may be successfully directly restored with resin composite. Post placement shows no additional effect except for decoronated endodontically treated incisors. Endodontically treated incisors with access cavities to class III cavities can be successfully restored with resin composite. Post placement for decoronated ETT is recommended.
Ağlarcı, Cahide; Esenlik, Elçin; Fındık, Yavuz
2016-06-01
The aim of this study was to compare the short-term dental and skeletal effects of a face mask (FM) with those of skeletal anchorage (SA) therapy with intermaxillary elastics in prepubertal patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion. Fifty patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion and maxillary deficiency were divided into two groups. In the FM group, an FM was applied by a bite plate with a force of 400g for each side. In the SA group, mini-plates were placed between mandibular lateral incisors and canines, and mini-implants were inserted between maxillary second premolars and first molars. A bite plate was inserted into the upper arch, and Class III elastics were applied with a force of 200g between each mini-plate and mini-implant. Mean treatment durations were 0.52±0.09 years for FM and 0.76±0.09 years for SA. After the treatment, statistically significant increases in SNA°, ANB°, A-y, 1-NA, SnGoGn°, Co-A, Co-Gn, and A-Nperp, and reductions in SNB° and FH┴N-Pg were observed in both groups, and these changes were similar in both groups. In the FM group, 1-NB decreased significantly, and in the SA group, it increased significantly (P < 0.05). The undesired dentoalveolar effects of the FM treatment were eliminated with SA treatment, except with regard to lower incisor inclination. Favourable skeletal outcomes can be achieved by SA therapies, which could be an alternative to the extraoral appliances frequently applied to treat skeletal Class III patients with maxillary deficiency. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Orthodontic Society. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
Wendl, Brigitte; Kamenica, A; Droschl, H; Jakse, N; Weiland, F; Wendl, T; Wendl, M
2017-03-01
Despite recommendations for early treatment of hereditary Angle Class III syndrome, late pubertal growth may cause a relapse requiring surgical intervention. This study was performed to identify predictors of successful Class III treatment. Thirty-eight Class III patients treated with a chincup were retrospectively analyzed. Data were collected from the data archive, cephalograms, and casts, including pretreatment (T0) and posttreatment (T1) data, as well as long-term follow-up data collected approximately 25 years after treatment (T2). Each patient was assigned to a success or a failure group. Data were analyzed based on time (T0, T1, T2), deviations from normal (Class I), and prognathism types (true mandibular prognathism, maxillary retrognathism, combined pro- and retrognathism). Compared to Class I normal values, the data obtained in both groups yielded 11 significant parameters. The success group showed values closer to normal at all times (T0, T1, T2) and vertical parameters decreased from T0 to T2. The failure group showed higher values for vertical and horizontal mandibular growth, as well as dentally more protrusion of the lower anterior teeth and more negative overjet at all times. In adittion, total gonial and upper gonial angle were higher at T0 and T1. A prognostic score-yet to be evaluated in clinical practice-was developed from the results. The failure group showed greater amounts of horizontal development during the years between T1 and T2. Treatment of true mandibular prognathism achieved better outcomes in female patients. Cases of maxillary retrognathism were treated very successfully without gender difference. Failure was clearly more prevalent, again without gender difference, among the patients with combined mandibular prognathism and maxillary retrognathism. Crossbite situations were observed in 44% of cases at T0. Even though this finding had been resolved by T1, it relapsed in 16% of the cases by T2. The failure rate increased in cases of combined mandibular prognathism and maxillary retrognathism. Precisely in these combined Class III situations, it should be useful to apply the diagnostic and prognostic parameters identified in the present study and to provide the patients with specific information about the increased risk of failure.
49 CFR 173.151 - Exceptions for Class 4.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... of Division 4.1. Limited quantities of flammable solids (Division 4.1) in Packing Group II or III are... are authorized: (1) For flammable solids in Packing Group II, inner packagings not over 1.0 kg (2.2... strong outer packaging. (2) For flammable solids in Packing Group III, inner packagings not over 5.0 kg...
Lee, J Y; Do, H S; Lim, J H; Jang, H S; Rim, J S; Kwon, J J; Lee, E S
2014-01-01
Our aim was to investigate the correlation among antibiotic prophylaxis, difficulty of extraction, and postoperative complications in the removal of lower 3rd molars. A total of 1222 such extractions in 890 patients between January 2010 and January 2012 were analysed retrospectively. The difficulty of extraction measured by Pederson's index, antibiotic prophylaxis with cefditoren, and postoperative complications were recorded. The difficulty of extraction was significantly associated with postoperative complications (p=0.03). There were no significant associations between antibiotic prophylaxis and postoperative complications in groups of equal difficulty ("easy" group (class I) p=1.00; "moderate" group (class II) p=1.00; and "difficult" group (class III) p=0.65). There was a small but insignificant increase in the number of dry sockets and infections in class III cases. In conclusion, this study provides further evidence that antibiotic prophylaxis for the prevention of postoperative inflammatory complications is unnecessary for extraction of 3rd molars. Copyright © 2013. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
[Cephalometric analysis in cases with Class III malocclusions].
Rak, D
1989-01-01
Various orthodontic class III anomalies, classified into several experimental groups, and eugnathic occlusions serving as controls were studied by roentgencephalometry. The objective of the study was to detect possible distinctions in the quantitative values of two variables chosen and to select the variables which most significantly discriminate the group of class III orthodontic anomalies. Attempts were made to ascertain whether or not there were sex-related differences. The teleroentgenograms of 269 examines, aged 10-18 years, of both sexes were analyzed. The experimental group consisted of 89 examinees class III orthodontic anomalies. The control group consisted of 180 examines with eugnathic occlusion. Latero-lateral skull roentgenograms were taken observing the rules of roentgenocephalometry. Using acetate paper, the drawings of profile teleroentgenograms were elaborated and the reference points and lines were entered. A total of 38 variables were analyzed, of which there were 10 linear, 19 angular, and 8 variables were obtained by mathematical calculation; the age variable was also analyzed. In statistical analyses an electronic computer was used. The results are presented in tables and graphs. The results obtained showed that: --compared to the findings in the control group, the subjects in the experimental group displayed significant changes in the following craniofacial characteristics a negative difference in the position of the apical base of the jaw, manifest concavity of the osseous profile and diminished convexity of the profile of soft parts, retroinclination of the lower incisors, mandibular prognathism, increased mandibular angle and increased mandibular proportion compared to maxillary and the anterior cranial base; --with regard to the sex of the examinees, only four linear variables of significantly discriminating character were selected, so that in can be concluded that there were no significant sex differences among the morphological characteristics of the viscerocranium.
49 CFR 173.167 - Consumer commodities.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...-toxic aerosols only), Class 3 (Packing Group II and III only), Division 6.1 (Packing Group III only.... Additionally, except for the pressure differential requirements in § 173.27(c), the requirements of § 173.27 do... appropriate, in accordance with subpart E of part 172 of this subchapter; and (2) Pressure differential...
Modified Angle's Classification for Primary Dentition
Chandranee, Kaushik Narendra; Chandranee, Narendra Jayantilal; Nagpal, Devendra; Lamba, Gagandeep; Choudhari, Purva; Hotwani, Kavita
2017-01-01
Aim: This study aims to propose a modification of Angle's classification for primary dentition and to assess its applicability in children from Central India, Nagpur. Methods: Modification in Angle's classification has been proposed for application in primary dentition. Small roman numbers i/ii/iii are used for primary dentition notation to represent Angle's Class I/II/III molar relationships as in permanent dentition, respectively. To assess applicability of modified Angle's classification a cross-sectional preschool 2000 children population from central India; 3–6 years of age residing in Nagpur metropolitan city of Maharashtra state were selected randomly as per the inclusion and exclusion criteria. Results: Majority 93.35% children were found to have bilateral Class i followed by 2.5% bilateral Class ii and 0.2% bilateral half cusp Class iii molar relationships as per the modified Angle's classification for primary dentition. About 3.75% children had various combinations of Class ii relationships and 0.2% children were having Class iii subdivision relationship. Conclusions: Modification of Angle's classification for application in primary dentition has been proposed. A cross-sectional investigation using new classification revealed various 6.25% Class ii and 0.4% Class iii molar relationships cases in preschool children population in a metropolitan city of Nagpur. Application of the modified Angle's classification to other population groups is warranted to validate its routine application in clinical pediatric dentistry. PMID:29326514
Al-Masri, Maram M N; Ajaj, Mowaffak A; Hajeer, Mohammad Y; Al-Eed, Muataz S
2015-08-01
To evaluate the bone thickness and density in the lower incisors' region in orthodontically untreated adults, and to examine any possible relationship between thickness and density in different skeletal patterns using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT). The CBCT records of 48 patients were obtained from the archive of orthodontic department comprising three groups of malocclusion (class I, II and III) with 16 patients in each group. Using OnDemand 3D software, sagittal sections were made for each lower incisor. Thicknesses and densities were measured at three levels of the root (cervical, middle and apical regions) from the labial and lingual sides. Accuracy and reliability tests were undertaken to assess the intraobserver reliability and to detect systematic error. Pearson correlation coefficients were calculated and one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was employed to detect significant differences among the three groups of skeletal malocclusion. Apical buccal thickness (ABT) in the four incisors was higher in class II and I patients than in class III patients (p < 0.05). There were significant differences between buccal and lingual surfaces at the apical and middle regions only in class II and III patients. Statistical differences were found between class I and II patients for the cervical buccal density (CBD) and between class II and III patients for apical buccal density (ABD). Relationship between bone thickness and density values ranged from strong at the cervical regions to weak at the apical regions. Sagittal skeletal patterns affect apical bone thickness and density at buccal surfaces of the four lower incisors' roots. Alveolar bone thickness and density increased from the cervical to the apical regions.
Ahn, Hyo-Won; Baek, Seung-Hak
2011-01-01
To determine the initial compensation, preoperative decompensation, and postoperative compensation of the lower incisors according to the skeletal anteroposterior discrepancy and vertical type in skeletal Class III patients. The samples consisted of 68 skeletal Class III patients treated with two-jaw surgery and orthodontic treatment. Lateral cephalograms were taken before preoperative orthodontic treatment (T0) and before surgery (T1) and after debonding (T2). According to skeletal anteroposterior discrepancy/vertical type (ANB, criteria = -4°; SN-GoMe, criteria = 35°) at the T0 stage, the samples were allocated into group 1 (severe anteroposterior discrepancy/hypodivergent vertical type, N = 17), group 2 (moderate anteroposterior discrepancy/hypodivergent vertical type, N = 17), group 3 (severe anteroposterior discrepancy/hyperdivergent vertical type, N = 17), or group 4 (moderate anteroposterior discrepancy/hyperdivergent vertical type, N = 17). After measurement of variables, one-way analysis of variance with Duncan's multiple comparison test, crosstab analysis, and Pearson correlation analysis were performed. At T0, groups 3 and 2 exhibited the most and least compensated lower incisors. In group 2, good preoperative decompensation and considerable postoperative compensation resulted in different values for T0, T1, and T2 (IMPA, T0 < T2 < T1; P < .001). However, group 3 did not show significant changes in IMPA between stages. Therefore, groups 2 and 3 showed different decompensation achievement ratios (P < .05). Group 3 exhibited the worst ratios of decompensation and stability (24% and 6%, respectively, P < .001). Anteroposterior discrepancy/vertical type (ANB: P < .01 at T0 and T1, P < .001 at T2; SN-GoMe: P < .01, all stages) were strongly correlated with relative percentage ratio of IMPA to norm value. Skeletal anteroposterior discrepancy/vertical type results in differences in the amount and pattern of initial compensation, preoperative decompensation, and postoperative compensation of lower incisors in Class III patients.
Prevalence of class-I, class-II and class-III obesity in Australian adults between 1995 and 2011-12.
Keating, Catherine; Backholer, Kathryn; Gearon, Emma; Stevenson, Christopher; Swinburn, Boyd; Moodie, Marj; Carter, Rob; Peeters, Anna
2015-01-01
To compare the prevalence of class-I, II and III obesity in Australian adults between 1995, 2007-08 and 2011-12. Prevalence data for adults (aged 18+ years) were sourced from customised data from the nationally representative National Nutrition Survey (1995), the National Health Survey (2007-08), and the Australian Health Survey (2011-12) conducted by the Australian Bureau of Statistics. Obesity classifications were based on measured height and weight (class-I body mass index: 30.0-34.9 kg/m(2), class-II: 35.0-39.9 kg/m(2) and class-III: ≥ 40.0 kg/m(2)). Severe obesity was defined as class-II or class-III obesity. Between 1995 and 2011-12, the prevalence of obesity (all classes combined) increased from 19.1% to 27.2%. During this 17 year period, relative increases in class I, II and III obesity were 1.3, 1.7 and 2.2-fold respectively. In 2011-12, the prevalence of class I, II and III obesity was 19.4, 5.9 and 2.0 per cent respectively in men, and 16.1, 6.9 and 4.2 per cent respectively in women. One in every ten people was severely obese, increasing from one in twenty in 1995, and women were disproportionally represented in this population. Obesity prevalence increased with increasing levels of area-level socioeconomic disadvantage, particularly for the more severely obese classes. Severe obesity affected 6.2% and 13.4% in the least and most disadvantaged quintiles respectively. Over the last two decades, there have been substantial increases in the prevalence of obesity, particularly the more severe levels of obesity. This study highlights high risk groups who warrant targeted weight gain prevention interventions. Copyright © 2015 Asia Oceania Association for the Study of Obesity. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Impact of pretransplant anti-HLA antibodies on outcomes in lung transplant candidates.
Kim, Miae; Townsend, Keri R; Wood, Isabelle G; Boukedes, Steve; Guleria, Indira; Gabardi, Steven; El-Chemaly, Souheil; Camp, Phillip C; Chandraker, Anil K; Milford, Edgar L; Goldberg, Hilary J
2014-05-15
The prevalence of anti-HLA antibodies in lung transplant candidates and their impact on waitlist and transplant outcomes is not known. We examined the prevalence of pretransplant anti-HLA antibodies at varying thresholds and evaluated their impact on outcomes before and after lung transplantation. We performed a single-center retrospective cohort study including all patients listed for lung transplantation between January 2008 and August 2012. Per protocol, transplant candidates were assessed by solid phase LABscreen mixed Class I and II and LABscreen Single Antigen assays. Among 224 patients, 34% had anti-HLA antibodies at mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) greater than or equal to 3,000 (group III), and 24% had antibodies at MFI 1,000 to 3,000 (group II). Ninety percent of the patients with pretransplant anti-HLA antibodies had class I antibodies, whereas only seven patients developed class II alone. Patients in group III were less likely to receive transplants than patients without any anti-HLA antibodies (group I) (45.5 vs. 67.7%, P = 0.005). Wait time to transplant was longer in group III than group I, although this difference did not meet statistical significance, and waitlist mortality was similar. Among transplant recipients, antibody-mediated rejection (AMR) was more frequent in group III than in group II (20% vs. 0%, P = 0.01) or group I (6.3%, P = 0.05). The presence of anti-HLA antibodies at the high MFI threshold (>3,000) was associated with lower transplant rate and higher rates of AMR. Screening for anti-HLA antibodies using the 3,000 MFI threshold may be important in managing transplant candidates and recipients.
Lin, Yifan; Chen, Gui; Fu, Zhen; Ma, Lian; Li, Weiran
2015-01-01
To evaluate, using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT), both the condylar-fossa relationships and the mandibular and condylar asymmetries between unilateral cleft lip and palate (UCLP) patients and non-cleft patients with class III skeletal relationship, and to investigate the factors of asymmetry contributing to chin deviation. The UCLP and non-cleft groups consisted of 30 and 40 subjects, respectively, in mixed dentition with class III skeletal relationships. Condylar-fossa relationships and the dimensional and positional asymmetries of the condyles and mandibles were examined using CBCT. Intra-group differences were compared between two sides in both groups using a paired t-test. Furthermore, correlations between each measurement and chin deviation were assessed. It was observed that 90% of UCLP and 67.5% of non-cleft subjects had both condyles centered, and no significant asymmetry was found. The axial angle and the condylar center distances to the midsagittal plane were significantly greater on the cleft side than on the non-cleft side (P=0.001 and P=0.028, respectively) and were positively correlated with chin deviation in the UCLP group. Except for a larger gonial angle on the cleft side, the two groups presented with consistent asymmetries showing shorter mandibular bodies and total mandibular lengths on the cleft (deviated) side. The average chin deviation was 1.63 mm to the cleft side, and the average absolute chin deviation was significantly greater in the UCLP group than in the non-cleft group (P=0.037). Compared with non-cleft subjects with similar class III skeletal relationships, the subjects with UCLP showed more severe lower facial asymmetry. The subjects with UCLP presented with more asymmetrical positions and rotations of the condyles on axial slices, which were positively correlated with chin deviation.
Putinati, Stefano; Ballerin, Licia; Piattella, Marco; Ritrovato, Lucia; Zabini, Franco; Potena, Alfredo
2003-05-01
To identify discrepancies between Pneumonia Severity Index (PSI) risk class and the conventional criteria for deciding the site of care we performed a prospective observational study on 229 patients hospitalized for community-acquired pneumonia. PSI classes and corresponding mortality rates were as following: class I, 41 patients (0%); class II, 20 (0%); class III, 58 (1.7%); class IV, 86 (8.1%); class V, 24 (33.3%). Overall, 119 patients (52%) who were hospitalized according to conventional criteria were assigned to low-risk classes (I-III). Among these low risk patients, 58 (49%) had complications as respiratory failure, pleural effusion, hypotension or shock; among remaining patients, no reasons for admission were found. This latter group deserves prospective evaluation in randomized studies comparing in-hospital versus outpatient management.
Blomberg, Marie
2011-05-01
To estimate whether weight loss or low gestational weight gain in class I-III obese women is associated with adverse maternal and neonatal outcomes compared with gestational weight gain within the new Institute of Medicine recommendations. This was a population-based cohort study, which included 32,991 obesity class I, 10,068 obesity class II, and 3,536 obesity class III women who were divided into four gestational weight gain categories. Women with low (0-4.9 kg) or no gestational weight gain were compared with women gaining the recommended 5-9 kg concerning obstetric and neonatal outcome after suitable adjustments. Women in obesity class III who lost weight during pregnancy had a decreased risk of cesarean delivery (24.4%; odds ratio [OR] 0.77, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.60-0.99), large-for-gestational-age births (11.2%, OR 0.64, 95% CI 0.46-0.90), and no significantly increased risk for pre-eclampsia, excessive bleeding during delivery, instrumental delivery, low Apgar score, or fetal distress compared with obese (class III) women gaining within the Institute of Medicine recommendations. There was an increased risk for small for gestational age, 3.7% (OR 2.34, 95% CI 1.15-4.76) among women in obesity class III losing weight, but there was no significantly increased risk of small for gestational age in the same group with low weight gain. Obese women (class II and III) who lose weight during pregnancy seem to have a decreased or unaffected risk for cesarean delivery, large for gestational age, pre-eclampsia, excessive postpartum bleeding, instrumental delivery, low Apgar score, and fetal distress. The twofold increased risk of small for gestational age in obesity class III and weight loss (3.7%) is slightly above the overall prevalence of small-for-gestational-age births in Sweden (3.6%).
Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S
1999-01-01
The purpose of this study was to assess soft tissue facial matrices in subjects of diverse ethnic origins with underlying dentoskeletal malocclusions. Pre-treatment lateral cephalographs of 71 Korean and 70 European-American children aged between 5 and 11 years with Angle's Class III malocclusions were traced, and 12 homologous, soft tissue landmarks digitized. Comparing mean Korean and European-American Class III soft tissue profiles, Procrustes analysis established statistical difference (P < 0.001) between the configurations, and this difference was also true at all seven age groups tested (P < 0.001). Comparing the overall European-American and Korean transformation, thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine and non-affine transformations contribute towards the total spline (deformation) of the averaged Class III soft tissue configurations. For non-affine transformations, partial warp (PW) 8 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations visualized as labio-mental protrusion, predominantly. In addition, PW9, PW4, and PW5 also had high magnitudes, demonstrating labio-mental vertical compression and antero-posterior compression of the lower labio-mental soft tissues. Thus, Korean children with Class III malocclusions demonstrate antero-posterior and vertical deformations of the labio-mental soft tissue complex with respect to their European-American counterparts. Morphological heterogeneity of the soft tissue integument in subjects of diverse ethnic origin may obscure the underlying skeletal morphology, but the soft tissue integument appears to have minimal ontogenetic association with Class III malocclusions.
Microleakage in conservative cavities varying the preparation method and surface treatment
ATOUI, Juliana Abdallah; CHINELATTI, Michelle Alexandra; PALMA-DIBB, Regina Guenka; CORONA, Silmara Aparecida Milori
2010-01-01
Objective To assess microleakage in conservative class V cavities prepared with aluminum-oxide air abrasion or turbine and restored with self-etching or etch-and-rinse adhesive systems. Material and Methods Forty premolars were randomly assigned to 4 groups (I and II: air abrasion; III and IV: turbine) and class V cavities were prepared on the buccal surfaces. Conditioning approaches were: groups I/III - 37% phosphoric acid; groups II/IV -self-priming etchant (Tyrian-SPe). Cavities were restored with One Step Plus/Filtek Z250. After finishing, specimens were thermocycled, immersed in 50% silver nitrate, and serially sectioned. Microleakage at the occlusal and cervical interfaces was measured in mm and calculated by a software. Data were subjected to ANOVA and Tukey’s test (α=0.05). Results Forty premolars were randomly assigned to 4 groups (I and II: air abrasion; III and IV: turbine) and class V cavities were prepared on the buccal surfaces. Conditioning approaches were: groups I/III - 37% phosphoric acid; groups II/IV -self-priming etchant (Tyrian-SPe). Cavities were restored with One Step Plus/Filtek Z250. After finishing, specimens were thermocycled, immersed in 50% silver nitrate, and serially sectioned. Microleakage at the occlusal and cervical interfaces was measured in mm and calculated by a software. Data were subjected to ANOVA and Tukey’s test (α=0.05). Conclusion Marginal seal of cavities prepared with aluminum-oxide air abrasion was different from that of conventionally prepared cavities, and the etch-and-rinse system promoted higher marginal seal at both enamel and dentin margins. PMID:20835580
Self-esteem in adolescents with Angle Class I, II and III malocclusion in a Peruvian sample.
Florián-Vargas, Karla; Honores, Marcos J Carruitero; Bernabé, Eduardo; Flores-Mir, Carlos
2016-01-01
To compare self-esteem scores in 12 to 16-year-old adolescents with different Angle malocclusion types in a Peruvian sample. A cross-sectional study was conducted in a sample of 276 adolescents (159, 52 and 65 with Angle Class I, II and III malocclusions, respectively) from Trujillo, Peru. Participants were asked to complete the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) and were also clinically examined, so as to have Angle malocclusion classification determined. Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was used to compare RSES scores among adolescents with Class I, II and III malocclusions, with participants' demographic factors being controlled. Mean RSES scores for adolescents with Class I, II and III malocclusions were 20.47 ± 3.96, 21.96 ± 3.27 and 21.26 ± 4.81, respectively. The ANCOVA test showed that adolescents with Class II malocclusion had a significantly higher RSES score than those with Class I malocclusion, but there were no differences between other malocclusion groups. Supplemental analysis suggested that only those with Class II, Division 2 malocclusion might have greater self-esteem when compared to adolescents with Class I malocclusion. This study shows that, in general, self-esteem did not vary according to adolescents' malocclusion in the sample studied. Surprisingly, only adolescents with Class II malocclusion, particularly Class II, Division 2, reported better self-esteem than those with Class I malocclusion. A more detailed analysis assessing the impact of anterior occlusal features should be conducted.
Treatment burden in patients with at least one class IV or V CFTR mutation.
Dewulf, Jonas; Vermeulen, François; Wanyama, Simeon; Thomas, Muriel; Proesmans, Marijke; Dupont, Lieven; De Boeck, Kris
2015-12-01
CFTR mutations are grouped according to disease-causing mechanism. Several studies demonstrated that patients having at least one mutation of class IV/V, present with a milder phenotype, but little is known about their relative treatment burden. We compared treatment burden between patients with two class I, II, or III mutations and patients with at least one mutation of class IV/V in the 2010 database of the Belgian CF Registry. We calculated a "Treatment Burden Index" (TBI) by assigning long term therapies to categories low, medium and high intensity, for differential weighing in the total score. There were 779 patients with two known class I/II/III mutations and 94 patients with at least one class IV/V mutation. Compared to class I/II/III, class IV/V patients had a lower median number of clinic visits (4 vs. 5; P < 0.001), a lower risk of hospitalization (24.7% vs. 50.8%; P < 0.001) and intravenous antibiotic treatment (23.5% vs. 46.0%; P < 0.001) and a lower median TBI (6 vs. 9; P < 0.001). These differences remained significant when only class IV/V patients with pancreatic insufficiency (n = 31) were considered. This study clearly demonstrates the significantly lower treatment burden in patients with CF and at least one class IV/V mutation compared to patients with two class I/II/III mutations and contributes to providing better individual counseling at time of diagnosis. © 2015 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Trang, Vu Thi Thu; Park, Jae Hyun; Bayome, Mohamed; Shastry, Shruti; Mellion, Alex; Kook, Yoon-Ah
2015-01-01
The purpose of this study was to investigate the three-dimensional (3D) morphologic differences in the mandibular arch of Vietnamese and North American White subjects. The sample included 113 Vietnamese subjects (41 Class I, 37 Class II and 35 Class III) and 96 White subjects (29 Class I, 30 Class II and 37 Class III). The samples were regrouped according to arch form types (tapered, ovoid, and square) to compare the frequency distribution of the three arch forms between ethnic groups in each angle classification. The facial axis point of each tooth was digitized on 3D virtual models. Four linear and two ratio variables were measured. In comparing arch dimensions, the intercanine and intermolar widths were wider in Vietnamese than in Whites (p < 0.001, p = 0.042, respectively). In the White group, there was even frequency distribution of the three arch forms. However, in the Vietnamese group, the square arch form was the most frequent followed by tapered and ovoid arch forms. The arch forms of Whites were narrower than Vietnamese. In North American Whites, the distribution of the arch form types showed similar frequency. In Vietnamese, the square arch form was more frequent.
Sundareswaran, Shobha; Kumar, Vinay
2015-01-01
Introduction: Beta angle as a skeletal anteroposterior dysplasia indicator is known to be useful in evaluating normodivergent growth patterns. Hence, we compared and verified the accuracy of Beta angle in predicting sagittal jaw discrepancy among subjects with hyperdivergent, hypodivergent and normodivergent growth patterns. Materials and Methods: Lateral cephalometric radiographs of 179 patients belonging to skeletal Classes I, II, and III were further divided into normodivergent, hyperdivergent, and hypodivergent groups based on their vertical growth patterns. Sagittal dysplasia indicators - angle ANB, Wits appraisal, and Beta angle values were measured and tabulated. The perpendicular point of intersection on line CB (Condylion-Point B) in Beta angle was designated as ‘X’ and linear dimension XB was evaluated. Results: Statistically significant increase was observed in the mean values of Beta angle and XB distance in the vertical growth pattern groups of both skeletal Class I and Class II patients thus pushing them toward Class III and Class I, respectively. Conclusions: Beta angle is a reliable indicator of sagittal dysplasia in normal and horizontal patterns of growth. However, vertical growth patterns significantly increased Beta angle values, thus affecting their reliability as a sagittal discrepancy assessment tool. Hence, Beta angle may not be a valid tool for assessment of sagittal jaw discrepancy in patients exhibiting vertical growth patterns with skeletal Class I and Class II malocclusions. Nevertheless, Class III malocclusions having the highest Beta angle values were unaffected. PMID:25810649
Choi, Yookyung Christy; Saw, Stephen; Soliman, Daniel; Bingham, Angela L; Pontiggia, Laura; Hunter, Krystal; Chuang, Linda; Siemianowski, Laura A; Ereshefsky, Benjamin; Hollands, James M
2017-11-01
A consensus statement recommends initial intravenous (IV) vancomycin dosing of 15-20 mg/kg every 8- 24 hours, with an optional 25- to 30-mg/kg loading dose. Although some studies have shown an association between weight and the development of vancomycin-associated nephrotoxicity, results have been inconsistent. To evaluate the correlation between incidence of nephrotoxicity associated with weight-based IV vancomycin dosing strategies in nonobese and obese patients. This retrospective cohort study evaluated hospitalized adult patients admitted who received IV vancomycin. Patients were stratified into nonobese (body mass index [BMI] <25 kg/m 2 ), obesity class I and II (BMI 30-39.9kg/m 2 ), and obesity class III (BMI≥40 kg/m 2 ) groups; patients who were overweight but not obese were excluded. Incidence of nephrotoxicity and serum vancomycin trough concentrations were evaluated. Of a total of 62 documented cases of nephrotoxicity (15.1%), 13 (8.7%), 23 (14.3%), and 26 (26.3%) cases were observed in nonobese, obesity class I and II, and obesity class III groups, respectively ( P=0.002). Longer durations of therapy ( P<0.0001), higher initial maintenance doses in both total milligrams/day ( P=0.0137) and milligrams/kilogram ( P=0.0307), and any trough level >20 mg/L ( P<0.0001) were identified as predictors of development of nephrotoxicity. Concomitant administration of piperacillin/tazobactam, diuretics, and IV contrast were associated with development of nephrotoxicity ( P<0.005, all). Patients with class III obesity were 3-times as likely to develop nephrotoxicity when compared with nonobese patients (odds ratio [OR]=2.99; CI=1.12-7.94) and obesity class I and II patients (OR=3.14; CI=1.27-7.75). Obesity and other factors are associated with a higher risk of vancomycin-associated nephrotoxicity.
Histone deacetylase inhibitors: Isoform selectivity improves survival in a hemorrhagic shock model.
Chang, Panpan; Weykamp, Michael; Dennahy, Isabel S; Williams, Aaron M; Bhatti, Umar F; Liu, Baoling; Nikolian, Vahagn C; Li, Yongqing; Alam, Hasan B
2018-05-01
Hemorrhage is a leading preventable cause of death. Nonselective histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDACIs), such as valproic acid (VPA), have been shown to improve outcomes in hemorrhagic shock (HS). The HDACs can be divided into four functional classes (I, IIa/IIb, III, and IV). Classes I, IIa/IIb, and III have previously been implicated in the pathophysiology of HS. This study aimed to determine which HDAC class, or classes, are responsible for the survival benefit observed with nonselective HDACIs. Survival study: Sprague-Dawley rats were subjected to lethal HS (50% hemorrhage) and randomized to the following groups (n = 8): (1) no treatment, (2) normal saline vehicle, (3) cyclodextrin vehicle, (4) MS275 (class I HDACI), (5) VPA (class I/IIa HDACI), (6) MC1568 (class IIa HDACI), (7) ACY1083 (class IIb HDACI), and (8) EX527 (class III HDACI). Survival was monitored for 24 hours. Mechanistic study: Sprague-Dawley rats were subjected to sublethal HS (40% hemorrhage) and randomized to the same groups (n = 3), excluding EX527, based on results of the survival study. Tissues were harvested at 3 hours posttreatment, and expression of phosphorylated-AKT, β-catenin, acetylated histones H3 and H4, and acetylated α-tubulin were analyzed in myocardial tissue. Survival rate was 12.5% in the untreated group, and did not improve with vehicle or MS275 treatment. EX527 improved survival to 50%, although this did not achieve statistical significance (p = 0.082). However, treatment with VPA, MC1568, and ACY1083 improved survival rates to 87.5%, 75%, and 75%, respectively (p < 0.05). The VPA-induced acetylation of both histones H3 and H4, while MC1568 and ACY1083 increased acetylation of histone H4. ACY1083 also induced acetylation of α-tubulin. All treatment groups, except MS275, increased phosphorylated-AKT, and β-catenin. Inhibition of HDAC classes IIa or IIb, but not class I, activates prosurvival pathways, which may be responsible for the improved outcomes in rodent models of HS.
Saudan, M; Saudan, P; Perneger, T; Riand, N; Keller, A; Hoffmeyer, P
2007-02-01
We examined whether a selective cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitor (celecoxib) was as effective as a non-selective inhibitor (ibuprofen) for the prevention of heterotopic ossification following total hip replacement. A total of 250 patients were randomised to receive celecoxib (200 mg b/d) or ibuprofen (400 mg t.d.s) for ten days after surgery. Anteroposterior radiographs of the pelvis were examined for heterotopic ossification three months after surgery. Of the 250 patients, 240 were available for assessment. Heterotopic ossification was more common in the ibuprofen group (none 40.7% (50), Brooker class I 46.3% (57), classes II and III 13.0% (16)) than in the celecoxib group (none 59.0% (69), Brooker class I 35.9% (42), classes II and III 5.1% (6), p=0.002). Celecoxib was more effective than ibuprofen in preventing heterotopic bone formation after total hip replacement.
Zhai, Feng; Zhou, Jian; Li, Tianfu; Cui, Zhiqiang; Luan, Guoming
2015-01-01
We have demonstrated previously that bipolar electrocoagulation on functional cortex (BCFC) is a safe and effective approach for epilepsy involving eloquent areas. Here, we report the results of BCFC with lesionectomy for patients with epileptogenic foci partially overlapping eloquent areas. Forty patients who had been treated with lesionectomy with BCFC were retrospectively reviewed with regard to seizure outcome and neurological deficits. Ten similar patients who had received lesionectomy with multiple subpial transections (MST) were examined as a control group. In the lesionectomy group with BCFC, Engel class I was achieved in 18 (45%) patients, class II in 8 (20%) patients, class III in 8 (20%) patients and class IV in 6 (15%) patients. Five (12.5%) patients developed mild hemiparesis and 1 (2.5%) patient mild sensory dysphasia. In the lesionectomy group with MST, Engel class I was achieved in 3 (30%) patients, class II in 2 (20%) patients, class III in 3 (30%) patients and class IV in 2 (20%) patients. Two (20%) patients developed mild hemiparesis and 1 (10%) patient moderate hemiparesis. All these complications recovered within 1-12 months. Compared with MST, the outcome of BCFC with lesionectomy is similar. But since MST leads to mechanical injury, while BCFC causes thermal injury, the complications of BCFC seem less severe. © 2014 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Evaluation of cervical posture of children in skeletal class I, II, and III.
D'Attilio, Michele; Caputi, Sergio; Epifania, Ettore; Festa, Felice; Tecco, Simona
2005-07-01
Previous studies on the relationship between morphological structure of the face and cervical posture have predominantly focused on vertical dimensions of the face. The aim of this study was to investigate whether there are significant differences in cervical posture in subjects with a different sagittal morphology of the face, i.e., a different skeletal class. One hundred twenty (120) children (60 males and 60 females, average age 9.5 yrs., SD+/-0.5) were admitted for orthodontic treatment. Selection criteria was: European ethnic origin, date of birth, considerable skeletal growth potential remaining and an absence of temporomandibular joint dysfunction (TMD). Lateral skull radiographs were taken in mirror position. Subjects were divided into three groups based on their skeletal class. The cephalometric tracings included postural variables. The most interesting findings were: 1. children in skeletal class III showed a significantly lower cervical lordosis angle (p<0.001) than the children in skeletal class I and skeletal class II; 2. children in skeletal class II showed a significantly higher extension of the head upon the spinal column compared to children in skeletal class I and skeletal class III (p<0.001 and p<0.01, respectively). This is probably because the lower part of their spinal column was straighter than those of subjects in skeletal class I and II (p<0.01 and p<0.001, respectively). Significant differences among the three groups were also observed in the inclination of maxillary and mandibular bases to the spinal column. The posture of the neck seems to be strongly associated with the sagittal as well as the vertical structure of the face.
Gonçalves, Patricia F; Gurgel, Bruno C V; Pimentel, Suzana P; Sallum, Enilson A; Sallum, Antonio W; Casati, Márcio Z; Nociti, Francisco H
2006-06-01
Because the possibility of root cementum preservation as an alternative approach for the treatment of periodontal disease has been demonstrated, this study aimed to histometrically evaluate the effect of root cementum on periodontal regeneration. Bilateral Class III furcation defects were created in dogs, and each dog was randomly assigned to receive one of the following treatments: control (group A): scaling and root planing with the removal of root cementum; or test (group B): removal of soft microbial deposits by polishing the root surface with rubber cups and polishing paste, aiming at maximum cementum preservation. Guided tissue regeneration (GTR) was applied to both groups. Four months after treatment, a superior length of new cementum (3.59 +/- 1.67 mm versus 6.20 +/- 2.26 mm; P = 0.008) and new bone (1.86 +/- 1.76 mm versus 4.62 +/- 3.01 mm; P = 0.002) and less soft tissue along the root surface (2.77 +/- 0.79 mm versus 1.10 +/- 1.48 mm; P = 0.020) was observed for group B. Additionally, group B presented a larger area of new bone (P = 0.004) and a smaller area of soft tissue (P = 0.008). Within the limits of this study, root cementum may modulate the healing pattern obtained by guided tissue regeneration in Class III furcation defects.
WHO Class of Obesity Influences Functional Recovery Post-TKA.
Maniar, Rajesh N; Maniar, Parul R; Singhi, Tushar; Gangaraju, Bharat Kumar
2018-03-01
No study in the literature has compared early functional recovery following total knee arthroplasty (TKA) in the obese with the nonobese using World Health Organization (WHO) classes of obesity. Our aim was to compare functional scores and flexion post-TKA in each class of obesity as per WHO classification against a matched control group of nonobese patients. Records of 885 consecutive primary TKA patients (919 knees) operated by a single surgeon were reviewed. The first 35 knees in each class I, class II and class III obesity group during the study period were then matched with a similar number of knees in nonobese TKA patients during the same period. Functional scores recorded pre- and postoperatively at 3 months and 1 year were Western Ontario and McMaster Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC), Short-Form Health Survey (SF-12) score, and Knee Society Score (KSS). There was no difference in any parameter between the class I obese and matched nonobese at any assessment point. In the class II obese, as compared to the nonobese, there was no difference in any parameter preoperatively and 3 months postoperatively. However, 1 year postoperatively, the SF-12 physical subscore was lower in the class II obese than the nonobese (44.7 vs. 48.6, p = 0.047) and the WOMAC score was significantly higher (15.8 vs. 9.7, p = 0.04). In the class III obese, the WOMAC score was significantly higher than the nonobese (58.1 vs. 44.3, p < 0.001 preoperatively; 15.7 vs. 8.1, p = 0.005 at 1 year) and KSS was significantly lower (83.5 vs. 96.5, p = 0.049 preoperatively; 172 vs. 185; p = 0.003 at 1 year). Knee flexion was significantly lower in the class III obese than the nonobese (95 vs. 113; p < 0.001 preoperatively; 120 vs. 127; p = 0.002 at 1 year). The class I obese can expect good early and late functional recovery as the nonobese. The class II obese can expect comparable early functional recovery as the nonobese but their late function may be lesser. The class III obese would have poorer functional scores and lesser knee flexion postoperatively compared to the nonobese. However, compared to their own preoperative status, there is definite improvement in function and knee flexion.
Zou, Bingshuang; Zhou, Yang; Lowe, Alan A; Li, Huiqi; Pliska, Benjamin
2015-12-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate and compare the anteroposterior (AP) position and inclination of the maxillary incisors in subjects with class I normal occlusion and a harmonious profile with patients with skeletal class III malocclusions, and to investigate the changes in maxillary incisor inclination and AP position after surgical-orthodontic treatment in class III patients. Sixty-five subjects (35 female and 30 male; mean age: 21.8 ± 3.89 years) with normal profiles and class I skeletal and dental patterns were selected as a control sample. Sixty-seven patients (38 female and 29 male; mean age: 21.3 ± 3.31 years) with skeletal and dental class III malocclusions who sought surgical-orthodontic treatment were used as the study sample. Subjects were asked to smile and profile photographs were taken with the head in a natural position and the maxillary central incisors and the forehead in full view; cephalograms were taken and superimposed on the profile pictures according to the outline of the forehead and nose. Forehead inclination, maxillary incisor facial inclination and the AP position of the maxillary central incisor relative to the forehead (FAFFA) were measured on the integrated images and statistical analyses were performed. In both groups, there were no significant male/female differences in either the maxillary central incisor inclination or AP position. Female subjects had a significantly steeper forehead inclination compared with males (P < 0.001) in both groups. After combined surgical-orthodontic treatment, the significant labial inclination (P < 0.001) and posterior positioning (P < 0.001) of the maxillary central incisors had been corrected to close to normal range (P > 0.05). In the control group, 84.6% had the facial axial point (FA) of their maxillary central incisors positioned between lines through the forehead facial axis (FFA) point and the glabella. In the study group, however, 79.1% had the maxillary central incisors positioned posterior to the line through the FFA point and the difference with the control group was statistically significant (P < 0.001). The position of the maxillary central incisors was strongly correlated with forehead inclination in the control sample (r(2) = 0.456; P < 0.01), but only a poor correlation was detected in the class III group (r(2) = 0.177; P > 0.05). With the integrated radiograph-photograph method, the lateral cephalogram was reoriented, which makes it possible to accurately measure the variables on profile photographs. The AP position and inclination of the maxillary central incisors relative to the forehead plays an important role in the esthetics of the profile during smiling and could be an important variable to be considered during diagnosis and treatment planning. Copyright © 2015 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Baccetti, T; Franchi, L; McNamara, J A
1999-06-01
An effective morphometric method (thin-plate spline analysis) was applied to evaluate shape changes in the craniofacial configuration of a sample of 23 children with Class III malocclusions in the early mixed dentition treated with rapid maxillary expansion and face mask therapy, and compared with a sample of 17 children with untreated Class III malocclusions. Significant treatment-induced changes involved both the maxilla and the mandible. Major deformations consisted of forward displacement of the maxillary complex from the pterygoid region and of anterior morphogenetic rotation of the mandible, due to a significant upward and forward direction of growth of the mandibular condyle. Significant differences in size changes due to reduced increments in mandibular dimensions were associated with significant shape changes in the treated group.
Zhang, Chen; Li, Qiangqiang; Zhu, Yan; Gu, Hong
2014-06-10
To explore the risk and protective factors for pulmonary hypertensive crisis (PHC) in patients with idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension (IPAH). A retrospective study was performed for 65 patients with a diagnosis of IPAH between January 2010 and December 2013. According to clinical manifestations, they were divided into two groups of susceptibility and non-susceptibility to PHC. Clinical and hemodynamic parameters were analyzed in univariate and multivariate manners. Among them, there were 32 males and 33 females with a mean age of (14.4 ± 12.3) (10/12-47.3) years. Twenty-three patients had typical manifestations of PHC and 18 of them were induced by exercises.Univariate analysis revealed that the proportion of patients with World Health Organization (WHO) functional class III-IV in PHC-susceptible group was significantly higher than PHC-nonsusceptible group (60.9% vs 23.8%, P = 0.003) while the percentage of patent foramen ovale in PHC-susceptible group was significantly lower than PHC-nonsusceptible group (8.7% vs 45.2%, P = 0.003).In patients with WHO functional classI-II, hemodynamic variables including the decline of pulmonary arterial pressure and positive rate in vasoreactivity testing in PHC-susceptible group were significantly higher than PHC-nonsusceptible group.In patients with WHO functional class III-IV, baseline pulmonary arterial pressure and mean right atrial pressure in PHC-susceptible group were significantly higher than those in PHC-nonsusceptible group. Multivariate Logistic regression analysis revealed that, for those with WHO functional class III-IV (OR = 23.45, 95%CI: 2.85-193.09) and the decline of systolic pulmonary arterial pressure in vasoreactivity testing (OR = 1.12, 95%CI: 1.04-1.22) were independent risk factors for PHC in IPAH patients while patent foramen ovale (OR = 0.01, 95%CI: 0.00-0.52) was a protective factor. PHC in IPAH patients is correlated with WHO functional class, pulmonary vascular reactivity, baseline pulmonary arterial pressure and patent foramen ovale. And exercise is the most common stimulus to PHC.
Husson, Amro H; Burhan, Ahmad S; Salma, Fadwa B; Nawaya, Fehmieh R
2016-07-01
The aim of this randomized controlled trial was to compare the skeletal and dentoalveolar effects of the modified tandem appliance (MTA) vs the facemask (FM) with rapid maxillary expansion. Thirty-two patients, aged 7 to 9 years were recruited. Eligibility criteria included skeletal class III malocclusion that resulted from the retrusion of the maxilla. Randomization was accomplished to divide the sample into two equal groups to be treated with either MTA or FM. Lateral cephalometric radiographs were obtained before treatment and after 2 mm positive overjet was achieved. Intragroup comparisons were performed using paired-sample t-test, and intergroup comparisons were performed using two-sample t-test at the p ≤ 0.05 level. Thirty-two patients (16 in each group) were available for statistical analysis. The pretreatment variables of both groups were similar. Both treatment therapies showed similar significant increase in the SNA and ANB angles, accompanied by slight decrease in the SNB angle. The increase in the SN:GoMe angle, Bjork's sum, and the overjet were significantly greater in the FM group. The forward movement of upper dentition was similar in both groups. Although the lower incisors retrusion was significantly greater in the FM group than in the MTA group, the uprighting of the lower molars was significantly greater in the MTA group. Both appliances showed similar effects apart from less clockwise rotation of the mandible, less retrusion of the lower incisors, and greater uprighting of the lower molars in the MTA group. Both the MTA and the FM groups are effective in treating class III malocclusion. The MTA group is more efficient in controlling the clockwise rotation and gaining some space in the lower arch.
Song, Han-Sol; Choi, Sung-Hwan; Cha, Jung-Yul; Lee, Kee-Joon; Yu, Hyung-Seog
2017-07-01
To evaluate transverse skeletal and dental changes, including those in the buccolingual dental axis, between patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion and facial asymmetry after bilateral intraoral vertical ramus osteotomy with and without presurgical orthodontic treatment. This retrospective study included 29 patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion and facial asymmetry including menton deviation > 4 mm from the midsagittal plane. To evaluate changes in transverse skeletal and dental variables (i.e., buccolingual inclination of the upper and lower canines and first molars), the data for 16 patients who underwent conventional orthognathic surgery (CS) were compared with those for 13 patients who underwent preorthodontic orthognathic surgery (POGS), using three-dimensional computed tomography at initial examination, 1 month before surgery, and at 7 days and 1 year after surgery. The 1-year postsurgical examination revealed no significant changes in the postoperative transverse dental axis in the CS group. In the POGS group, the upper first molar inclined lingually on both sides (deviated side, -1.8° ± 2.8°, p = 0.044; nondeviated side, -3.7° ± 3.3°, p = 0.001) and the lower canine inclined lingually on the nondeviated side (4.0° ± 5.4°, p = 0.022) during postsurgical orthodontic treatment. There were no significant differences in the skeletal and dental variables between the two groups at 1 year after surgery. POGS may be a clinically acceptable alternative to CS as a treatment to achieve stable transverse axes of the dentition in both arches in patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion and facial asymmetry.
Wang, Bo; Shen, Guo-fang; Fang, Bing; Sun, Liang-yan; Wu, Yong; Jiang, Ling-yong; Zhu, Min
2012-10-01
To investigate the changes of periodontal conditions after micro-osteotomy assisted lower incisor decompensation for skeletal Class III malocclusions with alveolar hypoplasia in the lower anterior region. The sample consisted of 22 cases diagnosed as skeletal Class III malocclusions with alveolar hypoplasia in the lower anterior region, selected from consecutive patients of Department of Oral & Cranio-maxillofacial Science of Shanghai Ninth People's Hospital during 2009-2012. The samples were divided into 2 groups; G1 comprised 10 patients who accepted micro-osteotomy assisted lower incisor decompensation; G2 comprised 12 patients who chose traditional pre-surgical decomposition. The changes of periodontal conditions of both groups were evaluated with the help of cone-beam CT(CBCT). Data was processed using SAS8.02 software package. For subjects in G1, during the micro-osteotomy assisted pre-surgical orthodontics, no significant difference was found in the amount of root resorption of lower incisors.But labial and lingual vertical alveolar bone loss were 2.60 mm and 2.22 mm; alveolar bone thickness increased by 3.05 mm on the labial side and decreased by 0.88 mm on the lingual side (P<0.05). Better periodontal conditions were reserved compared with those of G2. Micro-osteotomy assisted pre-surgical orthodontics was much safer than traditional orthodontics for skeletal Class III malocclusions with alveolar hypoplasia in the lower anterior region.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dunn, Lloyd M.; And Others
The purpose of this study was to evaluate both the relative effectiveness of different instructional personnel and the effect of differences in group size upon oral language acquisition for educationally disadvantaged first grade children. Involved in the treatment program were 23 classes in eight schools, all serving lower class areas of a…
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Individually owned class II and class III gaming... GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.10 Individually owned class II and class III...
Zhang, Hai-Chun; Hu, Rong-Fei; Zhu, Ting; Tong, Ling; Zhang, Qiu-Qin
2016-06-14
To evaluate the assessment of primary biliary cirrhosis degree by acoustic radiation force impulse imaging (ARFI) and hepatic fibrosis indicators. One hundred and twenty patients who developed liver cirrhosis secondary to primary biliary cirrhosis were selected as the observation group, with the degree of patient liver cirrhosis graded by Child-Pugh (CP) score. Sixty healthy individuals were selected as the control group. The four indicators of hepatic fibrosis were detected in all research objects, including hyaluronic acid (HA), laminin (LN), type III collagen (PC III), and type IV collagen (IV-C). The liver parenchyma hardness value (LS) was then measured by ARFI technique. LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis (HA, LN, PC III, and IV-C) were observed in different grade CP scores. The diagnostic value of LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis in determining liver cirrhosis degree with PBC, whether used alone or in combination, were analyzed by receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve. LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis within the three classes (A, B, and C) of CP scores in the observation group were higher than in the control group, with C class > B class > A class; the differences were statistically significant (P < 0.01). Although AUC values of LS within the three classes of CP scores were higher than in the four indicators of liver fibrosis, sensitivity and specificity were unstable. The ROC curves of LS combined with the four indicators of liver fibrosis revealed that: AUC and sensitivity in all indicators combined in the A class of CP score were higher than in LS alone, albeit with slightly decreased specificity; AUC and specificity in all indicators combined in the B class of CP score were higher than in LS alone, with unchanged sensitivity; AUC values (0.967), sensitivity (97.4%), and specificity (90%) of all indicators combined in the C class of CP score were higher than in LS alone (0.936, 92.1%, 83.3%). The diagnostic value of PBC cirrhosis degree in liver cirrhosis degree assessment by ARFI combined with the four indicators of serum liver fibrosis is of satisfactory effectiveness and has important clinical application value.
General anesthesia in orthognathic surgeries: does it affect horizontal jaw relations?
Yaghmaei, Masoud; Ejlali, Masoud; Nikzad, Sekieneh; Sayyedi, Ashraf; Shafaeifard, Shahrouz; Pourdanesh, Fereydoun
2013-10-01
The aim of this study was to evaluate the influence of general anesthesia on centric jaw relation (CR) records of orthognathic surgical patients in different postural positions. Fifty patients undergoing orthognathic surgery at Taleghani Hospital (Tehran, Iran) in 2008 were prospectively studied. CR records were obtained in conscious patients in 2 different positions (upright and supine) 1 day before surgery and in the supine position under general anesthesia. The impressions were made and the corresponding casts were mounted on a semiadjustable articulator. Differences were measured to the nearest 0.10 mm using a caliper. Paired t test and a general linear regression model were used for statistical analysis. Fifty patients (27 women and 23 men; mean age, 22.5 ± 3.5 yr) were enrolled. Angle Class I (group I), Class II (group II), and Class III (group III) malocclusions were detected in 16% (n = 8), 54% (n = 27), and 30% (n = 15) of patients, respectively. Although mean changes were smaller than 2 mm, statistically significant differences were found by paired t test in all Angle classification groups. No significant differences were found between the supine and conscious and the supine and unconscious patient positions in groups I and III (P > .05). However, in group II, this difference was statistically significant (P = .001). Regarding the impact of anesthesia on CR records of patients with different Angle classes, this study showed a significant effect, particularly in group II. Assessment of the outcome of interest (difference between the supine and conscious and the upright and conscious positions) versus position after adjustment for Angle class using a general linear regression model showed that the difference was significant only for Angle class (β = +0.29; t = 3.05; P = .003). General anesthesia may not adversely affect the mandibular condylar position in orthognathic patients in a supine position compared with a supine and conscious position. However, among all study groups, group II showed more significant changes in CR records under general anesthesia. Oral and maxillofacial surgeons should be well aware of such changes in these particular positions and avoid possible mismanagement and potential complications. Copyright © 2013 American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
The Impact of Body Mass Index on Abdominal Wall Reconstruction Outcomes: A Comparative Study
Giordano, Salvatore A; Garvey, Patrick B; Baumann, Donald P; Liu, Jun; Butler, Charles E
2016-01-01
Background Obesity and higher body mass index (BMI) may be associated with higher rates of wound healing complications and hernia recurrence rates following complex abdominal wall reconstruction (AWR). We hypothesized that higher BMI’s result in higher rates of postoperative wound healing complications but similar rates of hernia recurrence in AWR patients. Methods We included 511 consecutive patients who underwent AWR with underlay mesh. Patients were divided into three groups on the basis of preoperative BMI: <30 kg/m2 (non-obese), 30–34.9 kg/m2 (class I obesity) and ≥35 kg/m2 (class II/III obesity). We compared postoperative outcomes among these three groups. Results Class I and class II/III obesity patients had higher surgical site occurrence rates than non-obese patients (26.4% vs. 14.9%; p=0.006 and 36.8% vs. 14.9%; p<0.001, respectively) and higher overall complication rates (37.9% vs. 24.7%; p=0.007 and 43.4% vs. 24.7%; p<0.001, respectively). Similarly, obese patients had significantly higher skin dehiscence (19.3% vs 7.2%; p<0.001 and 26.5% vs 7.2%; p<0.001, respectively) and fat necrosis rates (10.0% vs 2.1%; p=0.001 and 11.8% vs 2.1%; p<0.001, respectively) than non-obese patients. Obesity class II/III patients had higher infection and seroma rates than non-obese patients (9.6% vs 4.3%; p=0.041 and 8.1% vs 2.1%; p=0.006, respectively). However, class I and class II/III obesity patients experienced hernia recurrence rates (11.4% vs. 7.7%; p=0.204 and 10.3% vs. 7.7%; p=0.381, respectively) and freedom from hernia recurrence (overall log-rank p=0.41) similar to non-obese patients. Conclusions Hernia recurrence rates do not appear to be affected by obesity on long-term follow-up in AWR. PMID:28445378
Ylitalo, Kelly R; Karvonen-Gutierrez, Carrie A
2016-10-01
Falls are an important health concern because they are associated with loss of independence and disability, particularly among women. We determined the age- and sex-specific prevalence of injurious falls among adults in the United States and examined the impact of obesity on fall risk. Self-reported falls, injurious falls, and health histories were obtained from 280,035 adults aged 45-79years in the 2014 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System. Body mass index was categorized as underweight (<18.5kg/m 2 ), normal weight (18.5-24.9kg/m 2 ), overweight 25-29.9kg/m 2 ), class I obesity (30.0-34.9kg/m 2 ), or class II/III obesity (≥35.0kg/m 2 ) based on self-reported height and weight. Data were analyzed using weighted age- and sex-specific prevalence rates and Poisson regression. Overall, 11.0% reported ≥1 injurious fall in the previous 12months. Mid-life women 55-59years reported the highest prevalence of injurious falls (15.4%). Among mid-life women, overweight was associated with injurious falls (RR=1.17; 95% CI: 1.08, 1.28), but overweight was not associated with falling among other age-sex groups. Class II/III obesity was associated with injurious falls among all age-sex groups. After considering the mediators like health conditions (depression, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, arthritis) and behaviors (physical activity, sleep), the association of class II/III obesity and injurious fall risk persisted only among mid-life women (RR=1.23; 95% CI: 1.12, 1.36). Not only are mid-life women at high risk for falls, but the class II/III obesity is a risk factor for injurious falls. Targeting mid-life women for fall and injury prevention is an important aim for practitioners, particularly given unique correlates of falling for this group. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Zhang, Ying-Xiu; Wang, Shu-Rong; Li, Su-Yun
2017-12-01
Childhood obesity has increased markedly during the past decades; however, data on the prevalence of severe obesity in children and adolescents are limited. The present study examined the prevalence of severe obesity and its association with elevated blood pressure (BP) among children and adolescents in Shandong, China. A total of 44 630 (22 404 boys and 22 226 girls) students aged 7-18 years participated in the study. BMI cut-off points recommended by the International Obesity Task Force were used to define class I-III obesity. Relatively high BP status was defined as systolic BP and/or diastolic BP of at least 95th percentile for age and sex. The prevalence rates of class I, class II, and class III obesity were 6.67, 1.47, and 0.42% for boys and 2.88, 0.64, and 0.18% for girls, respectively; boys had a higher prevalence than girls (P<0.01). Substantial urban-rural disparities exist in childhood obesity; urban boys and girls had a higher prevalence of class I and class II obesity than their rural peers (P<0.05). Severe obesity is associated with elevated BP; the prevalence of relatively high BP increased from 39.93% (boys) and 39.53% (girls) in the class I obese group to 50.54% (boys) and 53.66% (girls) in the class III obese group (P<0.05). Although the current prevalence of severe obesity was at a relatively low level, but we should not relax our vigilance to the obesity epidemic. Our findings also emphasize the importance of the prevention of severe obesity to prevent future-related problems such as hypertension in children and adolescents.
25 CFR 291.5 - Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures be filed?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.5 Where must the proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures be filed? Any proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures must be filed with the...
Zhou, Yang; Li, Zili; Wang, Xiaoxia; Zou, Bingshuang; Zhou, Yanheng
2016-02-01
In this study, we aimed to compare treatment efficacy and postsurgical stability between minimal presurgical orthodontics and conventional presurgical orthodontics for patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion. Forty patients received minimal presurgical orthodontics (n = 20) or conventional presurgical orthodontics (n = 20). Lateral cephalograms were obtained before treatment, before orthognathic surgery, and at 1 week, 3 months, 6 months, and 12 months after surgery. Changes of overjet and mandibular incisal angle before surgery were greater in the conventional presurgical orthodontics group than in the minimal presurgical orthodontics group. Postsurgical horizontal changes in Points A and B, overjet, and mandibular incisal angle showed significant differences among the time points. Most of the horizontal and vertical relapses in the maxilla and the mandible occurred within the first 6 months in both groups. Minimal presurgical orthodontics and conventional presurgical orthodontics showed similar extents and directions of skeletal changes in patients with Class III malocclusion. However, orthodontists and surgeons should preoperatively consider the postsurgical counterclockwise rotation of the mandible when using minimal presurgical orthodontics. Close and frequent observations are recommended in the early postsurgical stages. Copyright © 2016 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Comparison of arch forms between Egyptian and North American white populations.
Bayome, Mohamed; Sameshima, Glenn T; Kim, Yoonji; Nojima, Kunihiko; Baek, Seung-Hak; Kook, Yoon-Ah
2011-03-01
The aim of this study was to evaluate the morphologic differences in the mandibular arches of Egyptian and North American white subjects. The sample included 94 Egyptian subjects (35 Class I, 32 Class II, and 27 Class III) and 92 white subjects (37 Class I, 29 Class II, and 26 Class III). The subjects were grouped according to arch form types (tapered, ovoid, and square) to compare their frequency distribution between ethnic groups in each Angle classification. The most facial portions of 13 proximal contact areas were digitized on scanned images of mandibular casts to estimate the corresponding clinical bracket point for each tooth. Four linear and 2 proportional measurements were taken. In comparing arch dimensions, intermolar width was narrower in Egyptians than in the whites (P = 0.001). There was an even frequency distribution of the 3 arch forms in the Egyptian group. On the other hand, the most frequent arch form was ovoid followed by tapered and square in the white group; the square arch form was significantly less frequent than the tapered and ovoid arch forms (P = 0.029). The arch forms of Egyptians are narrower than those of whites. The distribution of the arch form types in Egyptians showed similar frequency, but the square arch form was less frequent in whites. It is recommended to select narrower archwires from the available variations to suit many Egyptian patients. Copyright © 2011 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
Proffit, William R; Turvey, Timothy A; Phillips, Ceib
2007-04-30
A hierarchy of stability exists among the types of surgical movements that are possible with orthognathic surgery. This report updates the hierarchy, focusing on comparison of the stability of procedures when rigid fixation is used. Two procedures not previously placed in the hierarchy now are included: correction of asymmetry is stable with rigid fixation and repositioning of the chin also is very stable. During the first post-surgical year, surgical movements in patients treated for Class II/long face problems tend to be more stable than those treated for Class III problems. Clinically relevant changes (more than 2 mm) occur in a surprisingly large percentage of orthognathic surgery patients from one to five years post-treatment, after surgical healing is complete. During the first post-surgical year, patients treated for Class II/long face problems are more stable than those treated for Class III problems; from one to five years post-treatment, some patients in both groups experience skeletal change, but the Class III patients then are more stable than the Class II/long face patients. Fewer patients exhibit long-term changes in the dental occlusion than skeletal changes, because the dentition usually adapts to the skeletal change.
25 CFR 291.13 - When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe become effective?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.13 When do Class III gaming procedures for an Indian tribe become effective? Upon approval of Class III gaming procedures for the Indian tribe under either...
25 CFR 291.15 - How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect... ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.15 How long do Class III gaming procedures remain in effect? Class III gaming procedures remain in effect for the duration specified in the procedures or until...
25 CFR 291.14 - How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the Secretary be amended?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the... ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.14 How can Class III gaming procedures approved by the Secretary be amended? An Indian tribe may ask the Secretary to amend approved Class III gaming...
Miwa, Yosuke; Ikeda, Takanori; Mera, Hisaaki; Miyakoshi, Mutsumi; Hoshida, Kyoko; Yanagisawa, Ryoji; Ishiguro, Haruhisa; Tsukada, Takehiro; Abe, Atsuko; Yusu, Satoru; Yoshino, Hideaki
2010-05-01
Occasionally it is difficult to inhibit electrical storm (ES) with standard pharmacological treatment. In the present study the effect of landiolol, an ultra-short-acting beta(1)-selective blocker, on ES refractory to class III antiarrhythmic drugs was evaluated. The study group comprised 42 consecutive patients who developed ES for which intravenous class III antiarrhythmic drugs, such as amiodarone and nifekalant, were ineffective. Landiolol was administered intravenously with an initial dose of 2.5 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1), which was doubled if it was ineffective, up to a maximum dose of 80 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1). Landiolol inhibited ES in 33 patients (79%) at a mean dose of 7.5+/-12.2 microg x kg(-1) x min(-1). All patients in whom landiolol was ineffective died of arrhythmia. Of the 33 patients in whom landiolol was effective, 25 survived and were discharged (60% of all patients). Landiolol significantly decreased heart rate (P<0.0001), but did not affect blood pressure. Landiolol was not discontinued for adverse effects in any of the responders. Age, APACHE II score, and pH of arterial blood gas differed significantly between the responders and nonresponders. Landiolol is useful as a life-saving drug for class III antiarrhythmic drug-resistant ES. The main mechanism of ES refractory to class III antiarrhythmic drugs could be abnormal automaticity but not reentry.
Skeletal pattern in subjects with temporomandibular joint disorders
Almăşan, Oana Cristina; Almăşan, Horea Artimoniu; Bran, Simion; Lascu, Liana; Iancu, Mihaela; Băciuţ, Grigore
2013-01-01
Introduction To establish the skeletal pattern in subjects with malocclusions and temporomandibular disorders (TMD); to assess the relationship between craniofacial skeletal structures and TMD in subjects with malocclusions. Material and methods Sixty-four subjects with malocclusions, over 18 years of age, were included in the study. Temporomandibular disorders were clinically assessed according to the Helkimo Anamnestic Index. Subjects underwent a lateral cephalogram. Subjects were grouped according to the sagittal skeletal pattern (ANB angle) into class I, II and III. Parametric Student tests with equal or unequal variations were used (variations were previously tested with Levene test). Results Twenty-four patients with TMD (experimental sample); 40 patients without TMD (control group); interincisal angle was higher in class I and II (p < 0.05) experimental subjects; overjet was larger in experimental subjects; midline shift and Wits appraisal were broader in the experimental group in all three classes. In class III subjects, the SNB angle was higher in the experimental group (p = 0.01). Joint noises followed by reduced mandible mobility, muscular pain and temporomandibular joint (TMJ) pain were the most frequent symptoms in subjects with TMD and malocclusions. Conclusions Temporomandibular joint status is an important factor to consider when planning orthodontic treatment in patients with severe malocclusions; midline shift, large overjet and deep overbite have been associated with signs and symptoms of TMD. PMID:23515361
25 CFR 522.8 - Publication of class III ordinance and approval.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Section 522.8 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.8 Publication of class III ordinance and approval. The Chairman shall publish a class III tribal gaming...
Interstitial telomere-like repeats in the Arabidopsis thaliana genome.
Uchida, Wakana; Matsunaga, Sachihiro; Sugiyama, Ryuji; Kawano, Shigeyuki
2002-02-01
Eukaryotic chromosomal ends are protected by telomeres, which are thought to play an important role in ensuring the complete replication of chromosomes. On the other hand, non-functional telomere-like repeats in the interchromosomal regions (interstitial telomeric repeats; ITRs) have been reported in several eukaryotes. In this study, we identified eight ITRs in the Arabidopsis thaliana genome, each consisting of complete and degenerate 300- to 1200-bp sequences. The ITRs were grouped into three classes (class IA-B, class II, and class IIIA-E) based on the degeneracy of the telomeric repeats in ITRs. The telomeric repeats of the two ITRs in class I were conserved for the most part, whereas the single ITR in class II, and the five ITRs in class III were relatively degenerated. In addition, degenerate ITRs were surrounded by common sequences that shared 70-100% homology to each other; these are named ITR-adjacent sequences (IAS). Although the genomic regions around ITRs in class I lacked IAS, those around ITRs in class II contained IAS (IASa), and those around five ITRs in class III had nine types of IAS (IASb, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, and j). Ten IAS types in classes II and III showed no significant homology to each other. The chromosomal locations of ITRs and IAS were not category-related, but most of them were adjacent to, or part of, a centromere. These results show that the A. thaliana genome has undergone chromosomal rearrangements, such as end-fusions and segmental duplications.
Early orthodontic treatment for Class III malocclusion: A systematic review and meta-analysis.
Woon, See Choong; Thiruvenkatachari, Badri
2017-01-01
Class III malocclusion affects between 5% and 15% of our population. The 2 most common dilemmas surrounding Class III treatment are the timing of treatment and the type of appliance. A number of appliances have been used to correct a Class III skeletal discrepancy, but there is little evidence available on their effectiveness in the long term. Similarly, early treatment of Class III malocclusion has been practiced with increasing interest. However, there has been no solid evidence on the benefits in the long term. The aim of this systematic review was to evaluate the effectiveness of orthodontic/orthopedic methods used in the early treatment of Class III malocclusion in the short and long terms. Several sources were used to identify all relevant studies independently of language. The Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials, Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, Embase (Ovid), and MEDLINE (Ovid) were searched to June 2016. The selection criteria included randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and prospective controlled clinical trials (CCTs) of children between the ages of 7 and 12 years on early treatment with any type of orthodontic/orthopedic appliance compared with another appliance to correct Class III malocclusion or with an untreated control group. The primary outcome measure was correction of reverse overjet, and the secondary outcomes included skeletal changes, soft tissue changes, quality of life, patient compliance, adverse effect, Peer Assessment Rating score, and treatment time. The search results were screened for inclusion, and the data extracted by 2 independent authors. The data were analyzed using software (version 5.1, Review Manager; The Nordic Cochrane Centre, The Cochrane Collaboration; Copenhagen, Denmark). The mean differences with 95% confidence intervals were expressed for the continuous data. Random effects were carried out with high levels of clinical or statistical heterogeneity and fixed affects when the heterogeneity was low. Fifteen studies, 9 RCTs and 6 CCTs, were included in this review. In the RCT group, only 3 of 9 studies were assessed at low risk of bias, and the others were at high or unclear risk of bias. All 6 CCT studies were classified as high risk of bias. Three RCTs involving 141 participants looked at the comparison between protraction facemask and untreated control. The results for reverse overjet (mean difference, 2.5 mm; 95% CI, 1.21-3.79; P = 0.0001) and ANB angle (mean difference, 3.90°; 95% CI, 3.54-4.25; P <0.0001) were statistically significant favoring the facemask group. All CCTs demonstrated a statistically significant benefit in favor of the use of each appliance. However, the studies had high risk of bias. There is a moderate amount of evidence to show that early treatment with a facemask results in positive improvement for both skeletal and dental effects in the short term. However, there was lack of evidence on long-term benefits. There is some evidence with regard to the chincup, tandem traction bow appliance, and removable mandibular retractor, but the studies had a high risk of bias. Further high-quality, long-term studies are required to evaluate the early treatment effects for Class III malocclusion patients. PROSPERO CRD42015024252. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Aliaga-Del Castillo, Aron; Pérez-Vargas, Luis Fernando; Flores-Mir, Carlos
2016-01-01
Summary Objectives: To determine the influence of maxillary posterior discrepancy on upper molar vertical position and dentofacial vertical dimensions in individuals with or without skeletal open bite (SOB). Materials and methods: Pre-treatment lateral cephalograms of 139 young adults were examined. The sample was divided into eight groups categorized according to their sagittal and vertical skeletal facial growth pattern and maxillary posterior discrepancy (present or absent). Upper molar vertical position, overbite, lower anterior facial height and facial height ratio were measured. Independent t-test was performed to determine differences between the groups considering maxillary posterior discrepancy. Principal component analysis and MANCOVA test were also used. Results: No statistically significant differences were found comparing the molar vertical position according to maxillary posterior discrepancy for the SOB Class I group or the group with adequate overbite. Significant differences were found in SOB Class II and Class III groups. In addition, an increased molar vertical position was found in the group without posterior discrepancy. Limitations: Some variables closely related with the individual’s intrinsic craniofacial development that could influence the evaluated vertical measurements were not considered. Conclusions and implications: Overall maxillary posterior discrepancy does not appear to have a clear impact on upper molar vertical position or facial vertical dimensions. Only the SOB Class III group without posterior discrepancy had a significant increased upper molar vertical position. PMID:26385786
Arriola-Guillén, Luis Ernesto; Aliaga-Del Castillo, Aron; Pérez-Vargas, Luis Fernando; Flores-Mir, Carlos
2016-06-01
To determine the influence of maxillary posterior discrepancy on upper molar vertical position and dentofacial vertical dimensions in individuals with or without skeletal open bite (SOB). Pre-treatment lateral cephalograms of 139 young adults were examined. The sample was divided into eight groups categorized according to their sagittal and vertical skeletal facial growth pattern and maxillary posterior discrepancy (present or absent). Upper molar vertical position, overbite, lower anterior facial height and facial height ratio were measured. Independent t-test was performed to determine differences between the groups considering maxillary posterior discrepancy. Principal component analysis and MANCOVA test were also used. No statistically significant differences were found comparing the molar vertical position according to maxillary posterior discrepancy for the SOB Class I group or the group with adequate overbite. Significant differences were found in SOB Class II and Class III groups. In addition, an increased molar vertical position was found in the group without posterior discrepancy. Some variables closely related with the individual's intrinsic craniofacial development that could influence the evaluated vertical measurements were not considered. Overall maxillary posterior discrepancy does not appear to have a clear impact on upper molar vertical position or facial vertical dimensions. Only the SOB Class III group without posterior discrepancy had a significant increased upper molar vertical position. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the European Orthodontic Society. All rights reserved. For permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
25 CFR 522.12 - Revocation of class III gaming.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Revocation of class III gaming. 522.12 Section 522.12 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.12 Revocation of class III...
A benefit-risk assessment of class III antiarrhythmic agents.
Brendorp, Bente; Pedersen, Oledyg; Torp-Pedersen, Christian; Sahebzadah, Naji; Køber, Lars
2002-01-01
With beta-blockers as the exception, increasing doubt is emerging on the value of antiarrhythmic drug therapy following a series of trials that have either shown no mortality benefit or even an excess mortality. Vaughan Williams class I drugs are generally avoided in patients with structural heart disease, and class IV drugs are avoided in heart failure. Unfortunately, arrhythmias are a growing problem due to an increase in the incidence of atrial fibrillation and sudden death. The population is becoming older and more patients survive for a longer time period with congestive heart failure, which again increases the frequency of both supraventricular as well as ventricular arrhythmias. Class III antiarrhythmic drugs act by blocking repolarising currents and thereby prolong the effective refractory period of the myocardium. This is believed to facilitate termination of re-entry tachyarrhythmias. This class of drugs is developed for treatment of both supraventricular and ventricular arrhythmias. Amiodarone, sotalol, dofetilide, and ibutilide are examples of class III drugs that are currently available. Amiodarone and sotalol have other antiarrhythmic properties in addition to pure class III action, which differentiates them from the others. However, all have potential serious adverse events. Proarrhythmia, especially torsade de pointes, is a common problem making the benefit-risk ratio of these drugs a key question. Class III drugs have been evaluated in different settings: primary and secondary prevention of ventricular arrhythmias and in treatment of atrial fibrillation or flutter. Based on existing evidence there is no routine indication for antiarrhythmic drug therapy other than beta-blockers in patients at high risk of sudden death. Subgroup analyses of trials with amiodarone and dofetilide suggest that patients with atrial fibrillation may have a mortality reduction with these drugs. However, this needs to be tested in a prospective trial. Similarly, subgroups that will benefit from prophylactic treatment with class III antiarrhythmic drugs may be found based on QT-intervals or - in the future - from genetic testing. Class III drugs are effective in converting atrial fibrillation to sinus rhythm and for the maintenance of sinus rhythm after conversion. This is currently by far the most important indication for this class of drugs. As defined by recent guidelines, amiodarone and dofetilide have their place as second-line therapy except for patients with heart failure where they are first line therapy being the only drugs where the safety has been documented for this group of high risk patients.
Guideline-based intervention to reduce telemetry rates in a large tertiary centre.
Ramkumar, Satish; Tsoi, Edward H; Raghunath, Ajay; Dias, Floyd F; Li Wai Suen, Christopher; Tsoi, Andrew H; Mansfield, Darren R
2017-07-01
Inappropriate cardiac telemetry use is associated with reduced patient flow and increased healthcare costs. To evaluate the outcomes of guideline-based application of cardiac telemetry. Phase I involved a prospective audit (March to August 2011) of telemetry use at a tertiary hospital. Data were collected on indication for telemetry and clinical outcomes. Phase II prospectively included patients more than 18 years under general medicine requiring ward-based telemetry. As phase II occurred at a time remotely from phase I, an audit similar to phase I (phase II - baseline) was completed prior to a 3-month intervention (May to August 2015). The intervention consisted of a daily telemetry ward round and an admission form based on the American Heart Association guidelines (class I, telemetry indicated; class II, telemetry maybe indicated; class III, telemetry not indicated). Patient demographics, telemetry data, and clinical outcomes were studied. Primary endpoint was the percentage reduction of class III indications, while secondary endpoint included telemetry duration. In phase I (n = 200), 38% were admitted with a class III indication resulting in no change in clinical management. A total of 74 patients was included in phase II baseline (mean ± standard deviation (SD) age 73 years ± 14.9, 57% male), whilst 65 patients were included in the intervention (mean ± SD age 71 years ± 18.4, 35% male). Both groups had similar baseline characteristics. There was a reduction in class III admissions post-intervention from 38% to 11%, P < 0.001. Intervention was associated with a reduction in median telemetry duration (1.8 ± 1.8 vs 2.4 ± 2.5 days, P = 0.047); however, length of stay was similar in both groups (P > 0.05). Guideline-based telemetry admissions and a regular telemetry ward round are associated with a reduction in inappropriate telemetry use. © 2017 Royal Australasian College of Physicians.
25 CFR 522.7 - Disapproval of a class III ordinance.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 2 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Disapproval of a class III ordinance. 522.7 Section 522.7 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.7 Disapproval of a class III...
42 CFR 405.2448 - Preventive primary services.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
.... (18) Dipstick urinalysis. (19) Risk assessment and initial counseling regarding risks. (20... mammography; and (iii) Thyroid function test. (c) Preventive primary services do not include group or mass information programs, health education classes, or group education activities, including media productions and...
25 CFR 291.3 - When may an Indian tribe ask the Secretary to issue Class III gaming procedures?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... III gaming procedures? 291.3 Section 291.3 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.3 When may an Indian tribe ask the Secretary to issue Class III gaming procedures? An Indian tribe may ask the Secretary to issue Class III...
Proffit, William R; Turvey, Timothy A; Phillips, Ceib
2007-01-01
A hierarchy of stability exists among the types of surgical movements that are possible with orthognathic surgery. This report updates the hierarchy, focusing on comparison of the stability of procedures when rigid fixation is used. Two procedures not previously placed in the hierarchy now are included: correction of asymmetry is stable with rigid fixation and repositioning of the chin also is very stable. During the first post-surgical year, surgical movements in patients treated for Class II/long face problems tend to be more stable than those treated for Class III problems. Clinically relevant changes (more than 2 mm) occur in a surprisingly large percentage of orthognathic surgery patients from one to five years post-treatment, after surgical healing is complete. During the first post-surgical year, patients treated for Class II/long face problems are more stable than those treated for Class III problems; from one to five years post-treatment, some patients in both groups experience skeletal change, but the Class III patients then are more stable than the Class II/long face patients. Fewer patients exhibit long-term changes in the dental occlusion than skeletal changes, because the dentition usually adapts to the skeletal change. PMID:17470277
Zhang, Hai-Chun; Hu, Rong-Fei; Zhu, Ting; Tong, Ling; Zhang, Qiu-Qin
2016-01-01
AIM: To evaluate the assessment of primary biliary cirrhosis degree by acoustic radiation force impulse imaging (ARFI) and hepatic fibrosis indicators. METHODS: One hundred and twenty patients who developed liver cirrhosis secondary to primary biliary cirrhosis were selected as the observation group, with the degree of patient liver cirrhosis graded by Child-Pugh (CP) score. Sixty healthy individuals were selected as the control group. The four indicators of hepatic fibrosis were detected in all research objects, including hyaluronic acid (HA), laminin (LN), type III collagen (PC III), and type IV collagen (IV-C). The liver parenchyma hardness value (LS) was then measured by ARFI technique. LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis (HA, LN, PC III, and IV-C) were observed in different grade CP scores. The diagnostic value of LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis in determining liver cirrhosis degree with PBC, whether used alone or in combination, were analyzed by receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve. RESULTS: LS and the four indicators of liver fibrosis within the three classes (A, B, and C) of CP scores in the observation group were higher than in the control group, with C class > B class > A class; the differences were statistically significant (P < 0.01). Although AUC values of LS within the three classes of CP scores were higher than in the four indicators of liver fibrosis, sensitivity and specificity were unstable. The ROC curves of LS combined with the four indicators of liver fibrosis revealed that: AUC and sensitivity in all indicators combined in the A class of CP score were higher than in LS alone, albeit with slightly decreased specificity; AUC and specificity in all indicators combined in the B class of CP score were higher than in LS alone, with unchanged sensitivity; AUC values (0.967), sensitivity (97.4%), and specificity (90%) of all indicators combined in the C class of CP score were higher than in LS alone (0.936, 92.1%, 83.3%). CONCLUSION: The diagnostic value of PBC cirrhosis degree in liver cirrhosis degree assessment by ARFI combined with the four indicators of serum liver fibrosis is of satisfactory effectiveness and has important clinical application value. PMID:27298571
Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S
1998-01-01
While the dynamics of maxillo-mandibular allometry associated with treatment modalities available for the management of Class III malocclusions currently are under investigation, developmental aberration of the soft tissues in untreated Class III malocclusions requires specification. In this study, lateral cephalographs of 124 prepubertal European-American children (71 with untreated Class III malocclusion; 53 with Class I occlusion) were traced, and 12 soft-tissue landmarks digitized. Resultant geometries were scaled to an equivalent size and mean Class III and Class I configurations compared. Procrustes analysis established statistical difference (P < 0.001) between the mean configurations. Comparing the overall untreated Class III and Class I configurations, thin-plate spline (TPS) analysis indicated that both affine and non-affine transformations contribute towards the deformation (total spline) of the averaged Class III soft tissue configuration. For non-affine transformations, partial warp 8 had the highest magnitude, indicating large-scale deformations visualized as a combination of columellar retrusion and lower labial protrusion. In addition, partial warp 5 also had a high magnitude, demonstrating upper labial vertical compression with antero-inferior elongation of the lower labio-mental soft tissue complex. Thus, children with Class III malocclusions demonstrate antero-posterior and vertical deformations of the maxillary soft tissue complex in combination with antero-inferior mandibular soft tissue elongation. This pattern of deformations may represent gene-environment interactions, resulting in Class III malocclusions with characteristic phenotypes, that are amenable to orthodontic and dentofacial orthopedic manipulations.
Perceived relative attractiveness of facial profiles with varying degrees of skeletal anomalies.
Hönn, Mirjam; Dietz, Klaus; Godt, Arnim; Göz, Gernot
2005-05-01
The objective of this study was to answer the following questions: Are profiles of Class I patients perceived as more attractive than profiles of Class II or Class III patients in Germany today? How pronounced must a skeletal malocclusion be to be perceived as less attractive? Are there differences in perception between dentists and laypersons? For the present study we examined seven patients with skeletal Class I, orthognathic maxillae and mandibles, and straight average faces (ideal biometric face as defined by A. M. Schwarz). Using the Onyx Ceph software, their profile lines were modified to reflect three different Class II profile variants and three different Class III profile variants. The 49 profiles thus obtained were assigned to two groups. Group 1 comprised the seven straight average faces and the first part of the retrognathic and prognathic profile variants. Group 2 comprised the same seven straight average faces and the remaining retrognathic and prognathic profile variants. Both groups of faces were scored by 130 laypersons and 126 dentists. Both groups of observers perceived the seven straight average faces similarly both in the first and second (subsequent) scoring rounds. The straight average face was perceived as most attractive by laypersons (mean, 5.48; 95% confidence interval (CI:) 5.33-5.60) and dentists (mean, 5.44; 95% CI, 5.28-5.50) alike, followed by the mildest variant of the retrognathic face (laypersons, mean, 4.85; 95% CI, 4.68-5.01; dentists, mean, 4.98; 95% CI, 4.81-5.10). Dentists differentiated more clearly by degree of skeletal malocclusion than did laypersons. Both groups alike perceived the extreme variant of the prognathic and retrognathic profile lines as the least attractive. Grouping the subjects by gender yielded only minor differences in perception. The straight average face is perceived as most attractive by representative German populations today. Dentists make clearer gradual distinctions in their perceptions than do laypersons.
Lanzi, Stefano; Codecasa, Franco; Cornacchia, Mauro; Maestrini, Sabrina; Capodaglio, Paolo; Brunani, Amelia; Fanari, Paolo; Salvadori, Alberto; Malatesta, Davide
2015-10-01
To compare the effects of two different 2-week-long training modalities [continuous at the intensity eliciting the maximal fat oxidation (Fatmax) versus high-intensity interval training (HIIT)] in men with class II and III obesity. Nineteen men with obesity (BMI ≥ 35 kg · m(-2)) were assigned to Fatmax group (GFatmax) or to HIIT group (GHIIT). Both groups performed eight cycling sessions matched for mechanical work. Aerobic fitness and fat oxidation rates (FORs) during exercise were assessed prior and following the training. Blood samples were drawn to determine hormones and plasma metabolites levels. Insulin resistance was assessed by the homeostasis model assessment of insulin resistance (HOMA2-IR). Aerobic fitness and FORs during exercise were significantly increased in both groups after training (P ≤ 0.001). HOMA2-IR was significantly reduced only for GFatmax (P ≤ 0.001). Resting non-esterified fatty acids (NEFA) and insulin decreased significantly only in GFatmax (P ≤ 0.002). Two weeks of HIIT and Fatmax training are effective for the improvement of aerobic fitness and FORs during exercise in these classes of obesity. The decreased levels of resting NEFA only in GFatmax may be involved in the decreased insulin resistance only in this group. © 2015 The Obesity Society.
49 CFR 173.165 - Polyester resin kits.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... SHIPMENTS AND PACKAGINGS Non-bulk Packaging for Hazardous Materials Other Than Class 1 and Class 7 § 173.165... Group II or III) and an activator component (Type D, E, or F organic peroxide that does not require temperature control)— (1) The organic peroxide component must be packed in inner packagings not over 125 mL (4...
A new prognostic model for chemotherapy-induced febrile neutropenia.
Ahn, Shin; Lee, Yoon-Seon; Lee, Jae-Lyun; Lim, Kyung Soo; Yoon, Sung-Cheol
2016-02-01
The objective of this study was to develop and validate a new prognostic model for febrile neutropenia (FN). This study comprised 1001 episodes of FN: 718 for the derivation set and 283 for the validation set. Multivariate logistic regression analysis was performed with unfavorable outcome as the primary endpoint and bacteremia as the secondary endpoint. In the derivation set, risk factors for adverse outcomes comprised age ≥ 60 years (2 points), procalcitonin ≥ 0.5 ng/mL (5 points), ECOG performance score ≥ 2 (2 points), oral mucositis grade ≥ 3 (3 points), systolic blood pressure <90 mmHg (3 points), and respiratory rate ≥ 24 breaths/min (3 points). The model stratified patients into three severity classes, with adverse event rates of 6.0 % in class I (score ≤ 2), 27.3 % in class II (score 3-8), and 67.9 % in class III (score ≥ 9). Bacteremia was present in 1.1, 11.5, and 29.8 % of patients in class I, II, and III, respectively. The outcomes of the validation set were similar in each risk class. When the derivation and validation sets were integrated, unfavorable outcomes occurred in 5.9 % of the low-risk group classified by the new prognostic model and in 12.2 % classified by the Multinational Association for Supportive Care in Cancer (MASCC) risk index. With the new prognostic model, we can classify patients with FN into three classes of increasing adverse outcomes and bacteremia. Early discharge would be possible for class I patients, short-term observation could safely manage class II patients, and inpatient admission is warranted for class III patients.
25 CFR 291.12 - Who will monitor and enforce tribal compliance with the Class III gaming procedures?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Class III gaming procedures? 291.12 Section 291.12 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.12 Who will monitor and enforce tribal compliance with the Class III gaming procedures? The Indian tribe and the State may have an agreement...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...: § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
The evolution of flaring and non-flaring active regions
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kilcik, A.; Yurchyshyn, V.; Sahin, S.; Sarp, V.; Obridko, V.; Ozguc, A.; Rozelot, J. P.
2018-06-01
According to the modified Zurich classification, sunspot groups are classified into seven different classes (A, B, C, D, E, F and H) based on their morphology and evolution. In this classification, classes A and B, which are small groups, describe the beginning of sunspot evolution, while classes D, E and F describe the large and evolved groups. Class C describes the middle phase of sunspot evolution and the class H describes the end of sunspot evolution. Here, we compare the lifetime and temporal evolution of flaring and non-flaring active regions (ARs), and the flaring effect on ARs in these groups in detail for the last two solar cycles (1996 through 2016). Our main findings are as follows: (i) Flaring sunspot groups have longer lifetimes than non-flaring ones. (ii) Most of the class A, B and C flaring ARs rapidly evolve to higher classes, while this is not applicable for non-flaring ARs. More than 50 per cent of the flaring A, B and C groups changed morphologically, while the remaining D, E, F and H groups did not change remarkably after the flare activity. (iii) 75 per cent of all flaring sunspot groups are large and complex. (iv) There is a significant increase in the sunspot group area in classes A, B, C, D and H after flaring activity. In contrast, the sunspot group area of classes E and F decreased. The sunspot counts of classes D, E and F decreased as well, while classes A, B, C and H showed an increase.
Jiménez-Silva, Antonio; Carnevali-Arellano, Romano; Venegas-Aguilera, Matías; Tobar-Reyes, Julio; Palomino-Montenegro, Hernán
2018-05-01
To determine if the use of orthopaedic appliances in growing patients applied to correct Class II and III malocclusion is related to the development of temporomandibular disorders (TMD). A systematic review was conducted between 1960 and July 2017, based on electronic databases: PubMed, Cochrane Library, Embase, Medline, Scopus, EBSCOhost, Scielo, Lilacs and Bireme. Controlled clinical trials (CCTs) and randomized controlled trials (RCTs) were identified. The articles were selected and analyzed by two authors independently. The quality of the evidence was determined according to the guidelines of the Cochrane Risk Bias Assessment Tool and the Cochrane Quality Study Guide. Seven articles were included, four CCTs and three RCTs. The studies were grouped according to malocclusion treatment in (a) class II appliances (n = 4) and (b) class III appliances (n = 3). The quality of evidence was low due to the high risk of bias, independent of the association reported. All studies concluded that the use of orthopaedic appliances would not contribute to the development of TMD. The quality of evidence available is insufficient to establish definitive conclusions, since the studies were very heterogeneous and presented a high risk of bias. However, it is suggested that the use of orthopaedic appliances to correct class II and III malocclusion in growing patients would not be considered as a risk factor for the development of TMD. High-quality RCTs are required to draw any definitive conclusions.
Occlusal features and need for orthodontic treatment in persons with osteogenesis imperfecta.
Nguyen, Minh Son; Binh, Ho Duy; Nguyen, Khac Minh; Maasalu, Katre; Kõks, Sulev; Märtson, Aare; Saag, Mare; Jagomägi, Triin
2017-02-01
The aim of the study was to (a) analyse dental occlusion and determine the need for orthodontic treatment of persons with osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) in comparison with the healthy population and (b) investigate the associations between OI and malocclusion. A case-control study included 26 OI persons and 400 healthy participants (control group). Occlusal features and the need for orthodontic treatment were defined according to Dental Health Component-Index of Orthodontic Treatment Need and Dental Aesthetic Index. Results showed that Angle Class I, II, and III relationship was found in 23.1%, 3.8%, and 73.1% of OI group, and in the control group, it was 67%, 17.5%, and 15.5%, respectively. OI group had significantly higher prevalence of reverse overjet >1 mm (76.9%), missing teeth (42.3%), posterior crossbite (34.6%), and open bite >2 mm (19.2%) compared to the control group (8.5%, 2.2%, 6.2%, and 3.5%, respectively). OI group had less incisal segment crowding and more incisal segment spacing than the control group ( p < 0.05). The need for orthodontic treatment of OI group according to Dental Health Component-Index of Orthodontic Treatment Need and Dental Aesthetic Index was 88.5% and 61.5%, respectively, while in the control group, it was 24.8% and 51.8%. The malocclusion in OI persons was associated with reverse overjet > 1 mm (OR = 13.3, 95% CI = 3.9-44.7, p < .001), Angle Class III malocclusion (OR = 8.0, 95% CI = 2.0-30.8, p = .003), and missing teeth (OR = 4.7, 95% CI = 1.0-22.4, p = .049). In conclusion, there is the high probability of malocclusion in OI persons. Persons with OI require early orthodontic treatment because of significant correlation of OI disease with Angle Class III malocclusion, reverse overjet, and missing teeth.
Curcio, Antonio; DE Rosa, Salvatore; Sabatino, Jolanda; DE Luca, Simona; Bochicchio, Angela; Polimeni, Alberto; Santarpia, Giuseppe; Ricci, Pietrantonio; Indolfi, Ciro
2016-07-01
Appropriate selection of implantable cardioverter defibrillator (ICD) or cardiac resynchronization therapy (CRT) device can be challenging in patients with left ventricular (LV) dysfunction. In this setting, limited information exists about the role of medical applications in helping physicians to choose the most useful device. We developed a medical application that provides guidelines-based algorithms for helping doctors in decision process using the Apache Cordova application programming interface. e-CRTD App was tested in 36 consecutive patients (age 66.4 ± 8.5 years, 31 males) with diagnosis of heart failure (HF) addressed to electrophysiology laboratory for evaluation of ICD (N = 18) or CRT with defibrillator device (CRT-D; N = 18) implantation. Two separate teams evaluated each patient independently: expert electrophysiologists (Group A); cardiologists in training using the App (Group B). The outcomes of the clinical evaluation performed by Groups A and B were similar in 100% of patients in terms of classes of recommendations to device (Class I in eight cases, Class IIa in seven cases, Class III in the remaining 21). Surprisingly, the majority of indications from the general practitioners to cardiac device were inappropriate (N = 17 ICD, and N = 4 CRT-D, Class III); nevertheless, e-CRTD App helped Group B (nonexpert cardiologists) in excluding all these cases. This study describes and validates a mobile application realized to help the decision-making process in HF patients candidate to ICD/CRT-D. This application supports physicians to assess the eligibility for ICD or CRT-D according to current guidelines in patients with LV dysfunction. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Correlation between occlusion and cervical posture in patients with bruxism.
Cesar, Guilherme Manna; Tosato, Juliana de Paiva; Biasotto-Gonzalez, Daniela Ap
2006-08-01
The goal of this study was to evaluate head and neck posture in the rest position of patients with bruxism and patients without temporomandibular disorder signs or symptoms to further relate them with Angle's class of malocclusion. Fifty-six volunteers participated in this study, ages 18 to 27 years with an average age of 22.5 years. They were divided into 2 groups: Group B--28 subjects with parafunctions (teeth grinding or clenching); and Group C--28 subjects without parafunctional habits (control group). All participants were photographed, and their pictures were analyzed and compared with the software Alcimagem (Instrumental Concept and Movement Analysis Laboratory, Uberlândia, Minas Gerais, Brazil). The results demonstrated that variation of angular values did not present statistical difference for the studied groups. Regarding Angle's class of malocclusion, class I was predominant in Group C, and classes II and III were predominant in Group B. The mental-sternal angle calculated did not present statistical significance between the groups; however, there was a greater variation between the smaller angle and the higher angle in Group B, contrary to Group C.
Using Networks To Understand Medical Data: The Case of Class III Malocclusions
Scala, Antonio; Auconi, Pietro; Scazzocchio, Marco; Caldarelli, Guido; McNamara, James A.; Franchi, Lorenzo
2012-01-01
A system of elements that interact or regulate each other can be represented by a mathematical object called a network. While network analysis has been successfully applied to high-throughput biological systems, less has been done regarding their application in more applied fields of medicine; here we show an application based on standard medical diagnostic data. We apply network analysis to Class III malocclusion, one of the most difficult to understand and treat orofacial anomaly. We hypothesize that different interactions of the skeletal components can contribute to pathological disequilibrium; in order to test this hypothesis, we apply network analysis to 532 Class III young female patients. The topology of the Class III malocclusion obtained by network analysis shows a strong co-occurrence of abnormal skeletal features. The pattern of these occurrences influences the vertical and horizontal balance of disharmony in skeletal form and position. Patients with more unbalanced orthodontic phenotypes show preponderance of the pathological skeletal nodes and minor relevance of adaptive dentoalveolar equilibrating nodes. Furthermore, by applying Power Graphs analysis we identify some functional modules among orthodontic nodes. These modules correspond to groups of tightly inter-related features and presumably constitute the key regulators of plasticity and the sites of unbalance of the growing dentofacial Class III system. The data of the present study show that, in their most basic abstraction level, the orofacial characteristics can be represented as graphs using nodes to represent orthodontic characteristics, and edges to represent their various types of interactions. The applications of this mathematical model could improve the interpretation of the quantitative, patient-specific information, and help to better targeting therapy. Last but not least, the methodology we have applied in analyzing orthodontic features can be applied easily to other fields of the medical science. PMID:23028552
Avonce, Nelson; Wuyts, Jan; Verschooten, Katrien; Vandesteene, Lies; Van Dijck, Patrick
2010-02-01
The most widely distributed pathway to synthesize trehalose in nature consists of two consecutive enzymatic reactions with a trehalose-6-P (T6P)-synthase (TPS) enzyme, producing the intermediate T6P, and a T6P-phosphatase (TPP) enzyme, which dephosphorylates T6P to produce trehalose and inorganic phosphate. In plants, these enzymes are called Class I and Class II proteins, respectively, with some Class I proteins being active enzymes. The Class II proteins possess both TPS and TPP consensus regions but appear to have lost enzymatic activity during evolution. Plants also contain an extra group of enzymes of small protein size, of which some members have been characterized as functional TPPs. These Class III proteins have less sequence similarity with the Class I and Class II proteins. Here, we characterize for the first time, by using biochemical analysis and yeast growth complementation assays, the existence of a natural TPS-TPP bifunctional enzyme found in the bacterial species Cytophaga hutchinsonii. Through phylogenetic analysis, we show that prokaryotic genes such as ChTPSP might be the ancestor of the eukaryotic trehalose biosynthesis genes. Second, we show that plants have recruited during evolution, possibly by horizontal transfer from bacteria such as Rhodoferax ferrireducens, a new type of small protein, encoding TPP activity, which have been named Class III proteins. RfTPP has very high TPP activity upon expression in yeast. Finally, we demonstrate that TPS gene duplication, the recruitment of the Class III enzymes, and recruitment of an N-terminal regulatory element, which regulates the Class I enzyme activity in higher plants, were initiated very early in eukaryan evolution as the three classes of trehalose biosynthesis genes are already present in the alga Ostreococcus tauri.
Parr, Alan; Hidalgo, Ismael J; Bode, Chris; Brown, William; Yazdanian, Mehran; Gonzalez, Mario A; Sagawa, Kazuko; Miller, Kevin; Jiang, Wenlei; Stippler, Erika S
2016-01-01
Currently, the FDA allows biowaivers for Class I (high solubility and high permeability) and Class III (high solubility and low permeability) compounds of the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS). Scientific evidence should be provided to support biowaivers for BCS Class I and Class III (high solubility and low permeability) compounds. Data on the effects of excipients on drug permeability are needed to demonstrate that commonly used excipients do not affect the permeability of BCS Class III compounds, which would support the application of biowaivers to Class III compounds. This study was designed to generate such data by assessing the permeability of four BCS Class III compounds and one Class I compound in the presence and absence of five commonly used excipients. The permeability of each of the compounds was assessed, at three to five concentrations, with each excipient in two different models: Caco-2 cell monolayers, and in situ rat intestinal perfusion. No substantial increases in the permeability of any of the compounds were observed in the presence of any of the tested excipients in either of the models, with the exception of disruption of Caco-2 cell monolayer integrity by sodium lauryl sulfate at 0.1 mg/ml and higher. The results suggest that the absorption of these four BCS Class III compounds would not be greatly affected by the tested excipients. This may have implications in supporting biowaivers for BCS Class III compounds in general.
Treece, C
1982-05-01
The author describes the use of the DSM-III's diagnostic criteria and classification system as a research instrument and discusses some of the advantages and drawbacks of DMS-III for a specific type of study. A rearrangement of the hierarchical order of the DSM-III diagnostic classes is suggested. This rearrangement provides for levels of certainty in analyzing interrater reliability and offers a simplified framework for summarizing group data. When this approach is combined with a structured interview and response format, it provides a flexible way of managing a large classification system for a smaller study without sacrificing standardization.
Latent Class Analysis of Differential Item Functioning on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-III
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Webb, Mi-young Lee; Cohen, Allan S.; Schwanenflugel, Paula J.
2008-01-01
This study investigated the use of latent class analysis for the detection of differences in item functioning on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Third Edition (PPVT-III). A two-class solution for a latent class model appeared to be defined in part by ability because Class 1 was lower in ability than Class 2 on both the PPVT-III and the…
Roedig, Jason J; Phillips, Barbara A; Morford, Lorri A; Van Sickels, Joseph E; Falcao-Alencar, Gabriel; Fardo, David W; Hartsfield, James K; Ding, Xiuhua; Kluemper, G Thomas
2014-04-15
This case-control study investigated whether variations within the APOE-ε gene were associated with having a convex facial profile (skeletal Class II) compared to exhibiting a straight or concave facial profile (Class I or Class III) among patients with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Associations between the apnea-hypopnea index (AHI) and body mass index (BMI) scores for these OSA patients were also examined in the context of facial profile. OSA patients with an AHI ≥ 15 were recruited from a sleep clinic and classified by facial and dental occlusal relationships based on a profile facial analysis, lateral photographs, and dental examination. Saliva was collected as a source of DNA. The APOE-ε1-4 allele-defining single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) rs429358 and rs7412 were genotyped. A χ(2) analysis was used to assess Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium and for association analysis (significance at p < 0.05). ANOVA and Fisher exact test were also used. Seventy-six Caucasian OSA patients participated in the study-25 Class II cases and 51 non-Class II cases. There was no association of the APOE-ε4 allele with facial profile among these OSA patients. Class II OSA patients had significantly lower BMIs (30.7 ± 5.78) than Class I (37.3 ± 6.14) or Class III (37.8 ± 6.17) patients (p < 0.001), although there was no statistical difference in AHI for Class II patients compared with other groups. OSA patients with Class II convex profile were more likely to have a lower BMI than those in other skeletal groups. In fact 20% of them were not obese, suggesting that a Class II convex profile may influence or be associated with OSA development independent of BMI.
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
49 CFR 572.146 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...) Head acceleration—Class 1000 (2) Neck (i) Force—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum... acceleration—Class 1000 (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv...
High energy expenditure masks low physical activity in obesity.
DeLany, J P; Kelley, D E; Hames, K C; Jakicic, J M; Goodpaster, B H
2013-07-01
To investigate energy expenditure in lean and obese individuals, focusing particularly on physical activity and severely obese individuals. Total daily energy expenditure (TDEE) was assessed using doubly labeled water, resting metabolic rate (RMR) by indirect calorimetry, activity energy expenditure (AEE) by difference and time spent in physical activity by multisensor activity monitors. In all, 177 lean, Class I and severely obese individuals (age 31-56 years, body mass index 20-64 kg m(-2)) were analyzed. All components of energy expenditure were elevated in obese individuals. For example, TDEE was 2404±95 kcal per day in lean and 3244±48 kcal per day in Class III obese individuals. After appropriate adjustment, RMR was similar in all groups. Analysis of AEE by body weight and obesity class indicated a lower AEE in obese individuals. Confirming lower physical activity, obese individuals spent less time engaged in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (2.7±1.3, 1.8±0.6, 2.0±1.4 and 1.2±1.0 h per day in lean, Class I, Class II and Class III individuals) and more time in sedentary behaviors. There was no indication of metabolic efficiency in even the severely obese, as adjusted RMR was similar across all groups. The higher AEE observed in the obese is consistent with a higher cost of activities due to higher body weight. However, the magnitude of the higher AEE (20-25% higher in obese individuals) is lower than expected (weight approximately 100% higher in Class III individuals). Confirming a lower volume of physical activity in the obese, the total time spent in moderate-to-vigorous physical activity and average daily metabolic equivalent of task level were lower with increasing obesity. These findings demonstrate that high body weight in obese individuals leads to a high TDEE and AEE, which masks the fact that they are less physically active, which can be influenced by duration or intensity of activity, than in lean individuals.
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
49 CFR 572.137 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...—Class 1000 (2) Neck: (i) Forces—Class 1000 (ii) Moments—Class 600 (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180... and pendulum accelerations—Class 180 (iii) Sternum deflection—Class 600 (iv) Forces—Class 1000 (v...—Class 180 (6) Femur forces and knee pendulum—Class 600 (n) Coordinate signs for instrumentation polarity...
Sadighpour, Leyla; Fallahi Sichani, Babak; Kharazi Fard, Mohamd Javad
2014-01-01
PURPOSE There is insufficient data regarding the durability of porcelain laminate veneers bonded to existing composite fillings. The aim of the present study was to evaluate the fracture resistance and microleakage of porcelain laminate veneers bonded to teeth with existing composite fillings. MATERIALS AND METHODS Thirty maxillary central incisors were divided into three groups (for each group, n=10): intact teeth (NP), teeth with class III composite fillings (C3) and teeth with class IV cavities (C4). Porcelain laminate veneers were made using IPS-Empress ceramic and bonded with Panavia F2 resin cement. The microleakage of all of the specimens was tested before and after cyclic loading (1 × 106 cycles, 1.2 Hz). The fracture resistance values (N) were measured using a universal testing machine, and the mode of failure was also examined. The statistical analyses were performed using one-way ANOVA and Tukey post hoc tests (α=.05). RESULTS There was a significant difference in the mean microleakage of group C4 compared with group NT (P=.013). There was no significant difference in the fracture loads among the groups. CONCLUSION The microleakage and failure loads of porcelain laminate veneers bonded to intact teeth and teeth with standard class III composite fillings were not significantly different. PMID:25177471
An Assessment of Correlation between Dermatoglyphic Patterns and Sagittal Skeletal Discrepancies
Philip, Biju; Madathody, Deepika; Mathew, Manu; Paul, Jose; Dlima, Johnson Prakash
2017-01-01
Introduction Investigators over years have been fascinated by dermatoglyphic patterns which has led to the development of dermatoglyphics as a science with numerous applications in various fields other than being the best and most widely used method for personal identification. Aim To assess the correlation between dermatoglyphic patterns and sagittal skeletal discrepancies. Materials and Methods A total of 180 patients, aged 18-40 years, were selected from those who attended the outpatient clinic of the Deparment of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics, Mar Baselios Dental College, Kothamangalam, Kerala, India. The fingerprints of both hands were taken by ink and stamp method after proper hand washing. The patterns of arches, loops and whorls in fingerprints were assessed. The total ridge count was also evaluated. Data was also sent to the fingerprint experts for expert evaluation. The sagittal jaw relation was determined from the patient’s lateral cephalogram. The collected data was then statistically analyzed using Chi-square tests, ANOVA and Post-hoc tests and a Multinomial regression prediction was also done. Results A significant association was observed between the dermatoglyphic pattern exhibited by eight fingers and the sagittal skeletal discrepancies (p<0.05). An increased distribution of whorl pattern was observed in the skeletal Class II with maxillary excess group and skeletal Class II with mandibular deficiency group while an increased distribution of loop pattern was seen in the skeletal Class III with mandibular excess group and skeletal Class III with maxillary deficiency group. Higher mean of total ridge count was also seen in the groups of skeletal Class II with maxillary excess and skeletal Class II with mandibular deficiency. Multinomial regression predicting skeletal pattern with respect to the fingerprint pattern showed that the left thumb impression fits the best model for predicting the skeletal pattern. Conclusion There was a significant association between dermatoglyphic patterns and sagittal skeletal discrepancies. Dermatoglyphics could serve as a cost effective screening tool of these craniofacial problems. PMID:28511506
Common Mental Disorders among Occupational Groups: Contributions of the Latent Class Model
Martins Carvalho, Fernando; de Araújo, Tânia Maria
2016-01-01
Background. The Self-Reporting Questionnaire (SRQ-20) is widely used for evaluating common mental disorders. However, few studies have evaluated the SRQ-20 measurements performance in occupational groups. This study aimed to describe manifestation patterns of common mental disorders symptoms among workers populations, by using latent class analysis. Methods. Data derived from 9,959 Brazilian workers, obtained from four cross-sectional studies that used similar methodology, among groups of informal workers, teachers, healthcare workers, and urban workers. Common mental disorders were measured by using SRQ-20. Latent class analysis was performed on each database separately. Results. Three classes of symptoms were confirmed in the occupational categories investigated. In all studies, class I met better criteria for suspicion of common mental disorders. Class II discriminated workers with intermediate probability of answers to the items belonging to anxiety, sadness, and energy decrease that configure common mental disorders. Class III was composed of subgroups of workers with low probability to respond positively to questions for screening common mental disorders. Conclusions. Three patterns of symptoms of common mental disorders were identified in the occupational groups investigated, ranging from distinctive features to low probabilities of occurrence. The SRQ-20 measurements showed stability in capturing nonpsychotic symptoms. PMID:27630999
RNA splicing regulates the temporal order of TNF-induced gene expression.
Hao, Shengli; Baltimore, David
2013-07-16
When cells are induced to express inflammatory genes by treatment with TNF, the mRNAs for the induced genes appear in three distinct waves, defining gene groups I, II, and III, or early, intermediate, and late genes. To examine the basis for these different kinetic classes, we have developed a PCR-based procedure to distinguish pre-mRNAs from mRNAs. It shows that the three groups initiate transcription virtually simultaneously but that delays in splicing characterize groups II and III. We also examined the elongation times, concluding that pre-mRNA synthesis is coordinate but splicing differences directly regulate the timing of mRNA production.
Corona, S A; Borsatto, M; Dibb, R G; Ramos, R P; Brugnera, A; Pécora, J D
2001-01-01
This in vitro study compared the microleakage of Class V resin composite restorations placed in cavities prepared with a high-speed dental bur, air-abrasion or Er:YAG laser. Twenty sound extracted human third molars were selected and randomly assigned to four equal Groups (n=10): Group I, cavities were cut by dental drill at high-speed; Group II, aluminum oxide air-abrasion was used for cavity preparation, and in Groups III and IV, cavities were prepared by Er:YAG laser. Following cavity preparation, Groups I and II were acid-etched, Group III was treated only by Er:YAG laser and Group IV was conditioned by Er:YAG laser followed by acid-etching. Cavities were restored (Single Bond + Z-100) and the teeth stored for seven days in distilled water. Then, the restorations were polished and the specimens thermocycled, immersed in a 0.2% Rhodamine solution, sectioned and analyzed for leakage at the occlusal (enamel) and cervical (dentin/cementum) interfaces using an optical microscope connected to a video camera. The images were digitized and software was utilized for microleakage assessment. Upon analyzing the results, statistically significant differences (p<0.01) between the occlusal and cervical regions for all groups was observed, and, as a rule, there was better marginal sealing at the enamel margins. The highest degree of infiltration was observed for cavities prepared and treated exclusively by Er:YAG (Group III). The other experimental groups showed statistical similarities in the amount of marginal leakage at the enamel margins. However, at the cervical margins, there was a significant difference (p<0.05) between Group I and the remaining groups. None of the techniques completely eliminated marginal microleakage at the dentin/ cementum margins.
Dyras, Marta; Lyszczarz, Justyna; Wójtowicz, Barbara; Jankowska, Katarzyna
2002-01-01
The aim of this work was the comparison of calendar age with dental age in the aspect of basic nutritional ingredients intake with precise taking into consideration microelements, macroelements and vitamins. 79 schoolchildren from swimming classes of championship school in Cracow aged 10-13 were included in the examination. Among this group of pupils 24-hour recall and complex dental examination including the estimation of dental status, the hygienic status of oral cavity were conducted and the presence of dental and occlusion defects were estimated. 24-hour recall including 3 following days contained the number of products in every meal, the number of meals and the time of their consumption. The schoolchildren were divided into 3 groups on the ground of the difference between dental and calendar age. Dentition on time (no more than 5 months difference between dental and calendar age) was stated by 25 pupils--group I. Accelerated dentition of fixed teeth was observed by 36 pupils--group II and delayed dentition by 18 persons--group III. In all groups lower than safe calcium intake (80% of pupils from these groups) and iron intake (55%) was noticed. In the range of left micro- and macroelements the disturbances in nutritional status were mainly stated bypersons with delayed dentition. The shortages in Magnesium intake concerned 67% of school children and in Zinc intake--72%. In the group of schoolchildren with accelerated dentition these shortages were about 40%. In the range of vitamins intake low niacin intake (39% of schoolchildren) and riboflavin intake (25%) were stated. The differences among these groups were observed only in thiamine intake (33% from group II and 19% from group III). In the group III more often low energetic value of daily nutrient intake was stated.
Benjamin, Elizabeth R; Dilektasli, Evren; Haltmeier, Tobias; Beale, Elizabeth; Inaba, Kenji; Demetriades, Demetrios
2017-11-01
Recent literature suggests that obesity is protective in critically illness. This study addresses the effect of BMI on outcomes after emergency abdominal surgery (EAS). Retrospective, ACS-NSQIP analysis. All patients that underwent EAS were included. The study population was divided into five groups based on BMI; regression models were used to evaluate the role of obesity in morbidity and mortality. 101,078 patients underwent EAS; morbidity and mortality were 19.5% and 4.5%, respectively. Adjusted mortality was higher in underweight patients (AOR 1.92), but significantly lower in all obesity groups (AOR's 0.73, 0.66, 0.70, 0.70 respectively). Underweight and class III obesity was associated with increased complications (AOR 1.47 and 1.30), while mild obesity was protective (AOR 0.92). Underweight patients undergoing EAS have increased morbidity and mortality. Although class III obesity is associated with increased morbidity, overweight and class I obesity were protective. All grades of obesity may be protective against mortality after EAS relative to normal weight patients. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Non-surgical treatment of skeletal class III malocclusion
Kapadia, Romina M; Shah, Adit P; Diyora, Shamil D; Rathva, Vandana J
2014-01-01
The incidence of skeletal class III malocclusion has a mean of 3% in the Caucasian population, 5% in African-American adolescents and about 14% in the Asian population. In India, the incidence of class III malocclusion is reported to be 3.4%. A patient having class III malocclusion shows findings ranging from edge-to-edge bite to large reverse overjet, with extreme variations of underlying skeletal jaw bases and craniofacial form. This is a case report of a 20-year-old man having skeletal class III malocclusion with concave profile, anterior crossbite and a negative overjet of 3 mm treated non-surgically with extraction of only one lower left first premolar. PMID:24722711
40 CFR 131.35 - Colville Confederated Tribes Indian Reservation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... would be limited to the extent that bacterial infections of eyes, ears, respiratory, or digestive... Creek Class I Coyote Creek Class II Deerhorn Creek Class III Dick Creek Class III Dry Creek Class I...
Study between anb angle and wits appraisal in cone beam computed tomography (cbct)
Cibrián, Rosa; Gandia, Jose L.; Paredes, Vanessa
2013-01-01
Objectives: To analyse the ANB and Wits values and to study correlations between those two measurements and other measurements in diagnosing the anteroposterior maxilo-mandibular relationship with CBCT. Study Design: Ninety patients who had previously a CBCT (i-CAT®) as a diagnostic register were selected. A 3D cephalometry was designed using one software package, InVivo5®. This cephalometry included 3 planes of reference, 3 angle measurements and 1 linear measurement. The means and standard deviations of the mean of each measurement were assessed. After that, a Pearson´s correlation coefficient has been performed to analyse the significance of each relationship. Results: When classifying the sample according to the anteroposterior relationship, the values obtained of ANB (Class I: 53%; Class II: 37%; Class III: 10%) and Wits (Class I: 35%; Class II: 56%; Class III: 9%) did not coincide, except for the Class III group. However, of the patients classified differently (Class I and Class II patients) by ANB and Wits, a high percentage of individuals (n=22; 49%), had a mesofacial pattern with a mandibular plane angle within normal values. A correlation has been found between ANB and Wits (r=0,262), occlusal plane angle and ANB (r=0,426), and mandibular plane angle and Wits (r=0,242). No correlation was found between either Wits or ANB in relation with the age of the individuals. Conclusions: ANB and Wits must be included in 3D cephalometric analyses as both are necessary to undertake a more accurate diagnosis of the maxillo-mandibular relationship of the patients. Key words:Cone beam computed tomography, ANB, Wits, cephalometrics. PMID:23722136
Oscillatory singular integrals and harmonic analysis on nilpotent groups
Ricci, F.; Stein, E. M.
1986-01-01
Several related classes of operators on nilpotent Lie groups are considered. These operators involve the following features: (i) oscillatory factors that are exponentials of imaginary polynomials, (ii) convolutions with singular kernels supported on lower-dimensional submanifolds, (iii) validity in the general context not requiring the existence of dilations that are automorphisms. PMID:16593640
Trithiocarbonates: exploration of a new head group for HDAC inhibitors.
Dehmel, Florian; Ciossek, Thomas; Maier, Thomas; Weinbrenner, Steffen; Schmidt, Beate; Zoche, Martin; Beckers, Thomas
2007-09-01
Inhibition of histone deacetylases class I/II enzymes is a new, promising approach for cancer therapy. In the present study, we disclose a new structural class of HDAC inhibitors with the trithiocarbonate motif. A clear structure-activity-relationship was obtained for the cap-linker motif and the putative Zn(2+) complexing head group. Selected analogs display potent inhibition of HDAC enzymatic activity and a cellular potency comparable to that of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), recently approved for treatment of patients with advanced cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.
In vitro microleakage of glass-ionomer composite resin hybrid materials.
Rodrigues, J A; De Magalhães, C S; Serra, M C; Rodrigues Júnior, A L
1999-01-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the microleakage of six glass-ionomer composite resin hybrid materials compared with a glass-ionomer cement and a composite resin. Standardized class 5 dentin cavities were prepared on root surfaces of 240 extracted human teeth that were randomly assigned to eight groups and restored using the following restorative systems: (I) Vitremer, (II) Compoglass, (III) Photac-Fil Aplicap, (IV) Variglass, (V) Dyract, (VI) Fuji II LC, (VII) Ketac-Fil Aplicap, and (VIII) Z100. The teeth were thermocycled, placed in a 2% methylene blue solution, and sectioned with diamond disks. Dye penetration was scored on a scale of 0-3. Results showed no significant differences among groups VIII, IV, I, V, VI, III, and II. There were also no significant differences among groups VI, III, II, and VII.
Vrenes, Mile; Velinović, Milos; Kocica, Mladen; Mikić, Aleksandar; Putnik, Svetozar; Djukić, Petar; Djordjević, Aleksandar
2010-01-01
Treatment of ischemic mitral regurgitation in patients that require revascularization of myocardium is still debatable. The aim of this study was to compare three surgical approaches: valve repair and revascularization; valve replacement and revascularization, and revascularization alone. In 2006 and 2007 at the Institute for Cardiovascular Diseases, Clinical Centre of Serbia, Belgrade, 1,040 patients with coronary disease underwent surgery. Forty-three patients (4.3%) had also mitral insufficiency 3-4+. The patients were examined clinically, echocardiographically and haemodynamically. In group I there were 14 (32.3%) patients, in group II 16 (37.2%) patients and in group III 3 (30.5%) patients. Ninety-three per cent of patients were classified as New York Heart Association (NYHA) class III and IV, and three (7%) patients had congestive heart weakness with ejection fraction < or =30%. The decision as to surgical procedure was made by the surgeon. Postoperatively, patients were checked clinically and echocardiographically after 3, 6 and 12 months. The follow-up period was approximately 15 months (8-20). Hospital mortality for the whole group was 6.9% (3 patients). In group I mortality was 14.2% (2 patients), in group II 6.25% and in group III there was no mortality. Long term results, up to 15 months, showed 100% survival in groups I and II, and in group III one patient died (7.7%). Short term results upto 30 days were best in group III, but longer term results were better in groups I and II.
Wei, Yifeng; Li, Bin; Prakash, Divya; ...
2015-11-04
Two subtypes of class III anaerobic ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs) studied so far couple the reduction of ribonucleotides to the oxidation of formate, or the oxidation of NADPH via thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase. Certain methanogenic archaea contain a phylogenetically distinct third subtype of class III RNR, with distinct active-site residues. Here we report the cloning and recombinant expression of the Methanosarcina barkeri class III RNR and show that the electrons required for ribonucleotide reduction can be delivered by a [4Fe-4S] protein ferredoxin disulfide reductase, and a conserved thioredoxin-like protein NrdH present in the RNR operon. The diversity of class III RNRsmore » reflects the diversity of electron carriers used in anaerobic metabolism« less
Finishing occlusion in Class II or Class III molar relation: therapeutic Class II and III.
Nangia, A; Darendeliler, M A
2001-11-01
The most frequent extraction regime consists of the removal of upper and lower premolars. Depending on anchorage requirements, camouflage treatment options, surgical intervention, or the absence of teeth in only one arch, it may become necessary to finalize the occlusion with a one-dental-unit discrepancy between the upper and lower dental arches. Guidelines are presented for finishing occlusions in Class II or Class III molar relation.
Deck, Daniel H; Jordan, Jennifer M; Holland, Thomas L; Fan, Weihong; Wikler, Matthew A; Sulham, Katherine A; Ralph Corey, G
2016-09-01
Introduction of new antibiotics enabling single-dose administration, such as oritavancin may significantly impact site of care decisions for patients with acute bacterial skin and skin structure infections (ABSSSI). This analysis compared the efficacy of single-dose oritavancin with multiple-dose vancomycin in patients categorized according to disease severity via modified Eron classification and management setting. SOLO I and II were phase 3 studies evaluating single-dose oritavancin versus 7-10 days of vancomycin for treatment of ABSSSI. Patient characteristics were collected at baseline and retrospectively analyzed. Study protocols were amended, allowing outpatient management at the discretion of investigators. In this post hoc analysis, patients were categorized according to a modified Eron severity classification and management setting (outpatient vs. inpatient) and the efficacy compared. Overall, 1910 patients in the SOLO trials were categorized into Class I (520, 26.5%), II (790, 40.3%), and III (600, 30.6%). Of the 767 patients (40%) in the SOLO trials who were managed entirely in the outpatient setting 40.3% were categorized as Class II and 30.6% were Class III. Clinical efficacy was similar between oritavancin and vancomycin treatment groups, regardless of severity classification and across inpatient and outpatient settings. Class III patients had lower response rates (oritavancin 73.3%, vancomycin 76.6%) at early clinical evaluation when compared to patients in Class I (82.6%) or II (86.1%); however, clinical cure rates at the post-therapy evaluation were similar for Class III patients (oritavancin 79.8%, vancomycin 79.9%) when compared to Class I and II patients (79.1-85.7%). Single-dose oritavancin therapy results in efficacy comparable to multiple-dose vancomycin in patients categorized according to modified Eron disease severity classification regardless of whether management occurred in the inpatient or outpatient setting. The Medicines Company, Parsippany, NJ, USA. ClinicalTrials.gov identifiers, NCT01252719 (SOLO I) and NCT01252732 (SOLO II).
Shorr, Andrew F; Khashab, Mohammed M; Xiang, Jim X; Tennenberg, Alan M; Kahn, James B
2006-12-01
The efficacy and safety of 750-mg, 5-day levofloxacin was recently shown to be comparable to 500-mg, 10-day levofloxacin in a randomized, double-blind, multicentre clinical trial for mild-to-severe community-acquired pneumonia (CAP). This subgroup analysis attempted to compare the safety and efficacy of a short-course levofloxacin regimen with traditional levofloxacin dosing for PSI Class III/IV patients. This retrospective, subgroup analysis focused on Pneumonia Severity Index Class III and IV patients enrolled in the study. Measurements included clinical and microbiological success rates, adverse events, and symptom resolution by day 3 of therapy. Of the 528 patients in the ITT population, 219 (41.5%) were categorized as PSI Class III/IV and included in this analysis. Among the clinically evaluable patients, 90.8% (69/76) of patients treated with the 750-mg regimen achieved clinical success, compared with 85.5% (71/83) treated with 500-mg levofloxacin (95% CI,-15.9 to 5.4). Eradication rates in the microbiologically evaluable population were comparable for the 750- and 500-mg regimens (88.9% vs 87.5%, respectively; 95% CI,-18.3 to 15.6). Both regimens were well tolerated and had comparable safety profiles. A greater proportion of patients in the 750-mg treatment group experienced resolution of fever (48.4% vs 34.0%; P=.046) and purulent sputum (48.4% vs 27.5%; P=.007) by day 3 of therapy. The 750-mg, 5-day levofloxacin course achieved comparable clinical and microbiologic efficacy to the 500-mg, 10-day regimen. By day 3 of therapy, a greater proportion of patients in the 750-mg group had objective and subjective resolution of fever. Further research is needed to determine the economic significance of short-course levofloxacin therapy.
Occlusal features and need for orthodontic treatment in persons with osteogenesis imperfecta
Binh, Ho Duy; Nguyen, Khac Minh; Maasalu, Katre; Kõks, Sulev; Märtson, Aare; Saag, Mare; Jagomägi, Triin
2017-01-01
Abstract The aim of the study was to (a) analyse dental occlusion and determine the need for orthodontic treatment of persons with osteogenesis imperfecta (OI) in comparison with the healthy population and (b) investigate the associations between OI and malocclusion. A case‐control study included 26 OI persons and 400 healthy participants (control group). Occlusal features and the need for orthodontic treatment were defined according to Dental Health Component‐Index of Orthodontic Treatment Need and Dental Aesthetic Index. Results showed that Angle Class I, II, and III relationship was found in 23.1%, 3.8%, and 73.1% of OI group, and in the control group, it was 67%, 17.5%, and 15.5%, respectively. OI group had significantly higher prevalence of reverse overjet >1 mm (76.9%), missing teeth (42.3%), posterior crossbite (34.6%), and open bite >2 mm (19.2%) compared to the control group (8.5%, 2.2%, 6.2%, and 3.5%, respectively). OI group had less incisal segment crowding and more incisal segment spacing than the control group (p < 0.05). The need for orthodontic treatment of OI group according to Dental Health Component‐Index of Orthodontic Treatment Need and Dental Aesthetic Index was 88.5% and 61.5%, respectively, while in the control group, it was 24.8% and 51.8%. The malocclusion in OI persons was associated with reverse overjet > 1 mm (OR = 13.3, 95% CI = 3.9–44.7, p < .001), Angle Class III malocclusion (OR = 8.0, 95% CI = 2.0–30.8, p = .003), and missing teeth (OR = 4.7, 95% CI = 1.0–22.4, p = .049). In conclusion, there is the high probability of malocclusion in OI persons. Persons with OI require early orthodontic treatment because of significant correlation of OI disease with Angle Class III malocclusion, reverse overjet, and missing teeth. PMID:29744175
77 FR 50760 - Notice and request for comments
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-08-22
... rehabilitation to Class II and Class III railroad infrastructure damaged by hurricanes, floods, and natural... issued by the President ( http://www.fema.gov/news/disasters.fema#sev1 ). Class II and Class III railroad...
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Crosby, Glenn; And Others
A group of scientists and science educators of Washington State University has developed and pilot tested an integrated physical science program designed for preservice elementary school teachers. This document includes the syllabus and class materials for the Chemistry block of the physical science courses developed by the group. Included are…
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-03-23
... Group, LLC, and RR Acquisition Holding, LLC--Control Exemption--Wellsboro & Corning Railroad, LLC Rail.... (RTC), RailTex, Inc. (RailTex), Fortress Investment Group, LLC (Fortress), and RR Acquisition Holding... acquire indirect control of the Wellsboro & Corning Railroad, LLC (W&C), a Class III rail carrier, through...
The effects of academic grouping on student performance in science
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Scoggins, Sally Smykla
The current action research study explored how student placement in heterogeneous or homogeneous classes in seventh-grade science affected students' eighth-grade Science State of Texas Assessment of Academic Readiness (STAAR) scores, and how ability grouping affected students' scores based on race and socioeconomic status. The population included all eighth-grade students in the target district who took the regular eighth-grade science STAAR over four academic school years. The researcher ran three statistical tests: a t-test for independent samples, a one-way between subjects analysis of variance (ANOVA) and a two-way between subjects ANOVA. The results showed no statistically significant difference between eighth-grade Pre-AP students from seventh-grade Pre-AP classes and eighth-grade Pre-AP students from heterogeneous seventh-grade classes and no statistically significant difference between Pre-AP students' scores based on socioeconomic status. There was no statistically significant interaction between socioeconomic status and the seventh-grade science classes. The scores between regular eighth-grade students who were in heterogeneous seventh-grade classes were statistically significantly higher than the scores of regular eighth-grade students who were in regular seventh-grade classes. The results also revealed that the scores of students who were White were statistically significantly higher than the scores of students who were Black and Hispanic. Black and Hispanic scores did not differ significantly. Further results indicated that the STAAR Level II and Level III scores were statistically significantly higher for the Pre-AP eighth-grade students who were in heterogeneous seventh-grade classes than the STAAR Level II and Level III scores of Pre-AP eighth-grade students who were in Pre-AP seventh-grade classes.
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
2017-08-01
The rail industrys recent shift towards larger and heavier railcars has influenced Class III/short line railroad operation and track maintenance costs. Class III railroads earn less than $38.1 million in annual revenue and generally operate first ...
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
2017-08-01
The rail industrys recent shift towards larger and heavier railcars has influenced Class III/short line railroad operation and track maintenance costs. Class III railroads earn less than $38.1 million in annual revenue and generally operate first ...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
49 CFR 1150.34 - Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Caption summary-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.34 Section 1150.34 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to....34 Caption summary—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. The caption summary must...
Jakovljevic, Aleksandar; Lazic, Emira; Soldatovic, Ivan; Nedeljkovic, Nenad; Andric, Miroslav
2015-07-01
To analyze radiographic predictors for lower third molar eruption among subjects with different anteroposterior skeletal relations and of different age groups. In total, 300 lower third molars were recorded on diagnostic digital orthopantomograms (DPTs) and lateral cephalograms (LCs). The radiographs were grouped according to sagittal intermaxillary angle (ANB), subject age, and level of lower third molar eruption. The DPT was used to analyze retromolar space, mesiodistal crown width, space/width ratio, third and second molar angulation (α, γ), third molar inclination (β), and gonion angle. The LC was used to determine ANB, angles of maxillar and mandibular prognathism (SNA, SNB), mandibular plane angle (SN/MP), and mandibular lengths. A logistic regression model was created using the statistically significant predictors. The logistic regression analysis revealed a statistically significant impact of β angle and distance between gonion and gnathion (Go-Gn) on the level of lower third molar eruption (P < .001 and P < .015, respectively). The retromolar space was significantly increased in the adult subgroup for all skeletal classes. The lower third molar impaction rate was significantly higher in the adult subgroup with the Class II (62.3%) compared with Class III subjects (31.7%; P < .013). The most favorable values of linear and angular predictors of mandibular third molar eruption were measured in Class III subjects. For valid estimation of mandibular third molar eruption, certain linear and angular measures (β angle, Go-Gn), as well as the size of the retromolar space, need to be considered.
Acculturation levels and personalizing orthognathic surgery for the Asian American patient.
Sy, A A; Kim, W S; Chen, J; Shen, Y; Tao, C; Lee, J S
2016-10-01
This study was performed to investigate whether the level of acculturation among Asians living in the USA plays a significant role in their opinion of facial profiles. One hundred and ninety-eight Asian American subjects were asked to complete a pre-validated survey to measure their level of acculturation and to evaluate four sets of pictures that displayed a class II male, class II female, class III male, and class III female. Each set consisted of three lateral profile pictures: an initial unaltered photo, a picture simulating a flatter profile (orthodontic camouflage in class II; mandibular setback in class III), and a picture simulating a fuller profile (mandibular advancement in class II; maxillary advancement in class III). For the class II male, subjects who were more acculturated indicated that a flatter profile (orthodontic camouflage) was less attractive. For the class II female, higher acculturated subjects chose expansive treatment (mandibular advancement) as more aesthetic compared to the less acculturated subjects. Each of these scenarios had statistically significant odds ratios. In general, highly acculturated subjects preferred a fuller facial profile, while low acculturated subjects preferred a flatter facial profile appearance, except for the class III female profile, which did not follow this trend. Copyright © 2016 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Subramaniam, Priya; Pandey, Annu
2016-01-01
Introduction: Marginal seal integrity is important for a successful adhesive dental restoration. Alterations caused by laser irradiation in the enamel and dentin surface can affect the marginal integrity of adhesive restorations. The aim of this study was to evaluate the microleakage of a composite resin restoration in primary teeth following laser irradiation of enamel and dentin. Methods: Forty freshly extracted sound human primary maxillary and mandibular anterior teeth were used in this study. The teeth were randomly divided into two groups (I and II), with 20 teeth in each. In group I, proximal cavities (Class III) were prepared using an airotor hand –piece and diamond bur. The cavities were etched for 15 seconds with 35% phosphoric acid gel, rinsed with water for 15 seconds, air dried and a bonding agent was applied onto the cavity surfaces and light cured for 20 seconds. The cavities were restored with composite resin and light cured for 40 seconds. In group II, proximal (Class III) cavities were prepared using Erbium, Chromium: Yttrium Scandium Gallium Garnet (Er,Cr:YSGG) (Er,Cr:YSGG) (Biolaseiplus, wave length 2.78 μm). The cavity was then rinsed, air dried and without etching, a bonding agent was applied and light cured for 20 seconds. The cavities were restored in the same manner as that of group I. The treated teeth were mounted on acrylic resin blocks and were subjected to a thermocycling regimen. Following, the teeth were immersed in 2% methylene blue for 24 hours. The teeth were sectioned longitudinally in a bucco-lingual direction using a diamond disc at slow speed. The sections of all the groups were examined under a stereomicroscope for micro-leakage. Results: The mean scores for microleakage in group I was 1.95 ± 1.31 and in group II it was 1.4 ± 1.27. There was no significant difference between the two groups (P = 0.882). Conclusion: No significant difference in microleakage was noticed between the composite resin bonded to lased enamel and dentin and the teeth preparedwith conventional method. PMID:28144438
Parent–Child Relationships in Stepfather Families and Adolescent Adjustment: A Latent Class Analysis
Amato, Paul R.; King, Valarie; Thorsen, Maggie L.
2015-01-01
In the current study the authors drew on Waves I and III from Add Health to examine the closeness of parent–adolescent relationships in married mother–stepfather families (N = 1,934). They used latent class analysis to identify family constellations defined by adolescents’ relationships with all of their parents: mothers, stepfathers, and biological nonresident fathers. In particular, the authors (a) identified the most common underlying patterns of adolescent–parent relationships in stepfamilies; (b) determined the background characteristics that predict membership in these groups; and (c) examined how adolescents in these groups fare with respect to depressive symptoms, delinquency, and substance use. The results indicate that adolescents’ relationships can be represented with 4 latent classes. Adolescents in these classes differ on measures of adjustment, and many of these differences persist into the early adult years. PMID:27022199
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Procedures and relevant dates-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.32 Section 1150.32 Transportation Other Regulations Relating.... 10901 § 1150.32 Procedures and relevant dates—transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers...
Kim, Bomi; Lee, Hyung-Chul; Kim, Seong-Hun; Kim, Yongil; Son, Woosung; Kim, Seong Sik
2018-05-01
This study examined cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT)-derived multiplanar-reconstructed (MPR) cross-sections to clarify the salient characteristics of patients with skeletal class III malocclusion with midface deficiency (MD). The horizontal and sagittal plane intersection points were identified for middle-third facial analysis in 40 patients in the MD or normal (N) groups. MPR images acquired parallel to each horizontal plane were used for length and angular measurements. A comparison of the MD and N groups revealed significant differences in the zygoma prominence among female patients. The convex zygomatic area in the N group was larger than that in the MD group, and the inferior part of the midface in the N group was smaller than that in the MD group for both male and female patients. A significant difference was observed in the concave middle maxillary area among male patients. This study was conducted to demonstrate the difference between MD and normal face through MPR images derived from CBCT. Male patients in the MD group had a more flattened face than did those in the N group. Female patients in the MD group showed a concave-shaped lower section of the zygoma, which tended to have more severe MD. These findings indicate that orthognathic surgery to improve skeletal discrepancy requires different approaches in male and female patients.
Scillitani, Giovanni; Mentino, Donatella
2015-09-01
The mucins secreted by the Brunner's glands and the duodenal goblet cells of the Guinea-pig and the house mouse were compared by conventional and FITC-conjugated lectin histochemistry. Methylation/saponification and sialidase digestion were performed prior to lectin binding to detect the residues subterminal to sulfated groups and sialic acid, respectively. In the Guinea-pig the Brunner's glands produce class-III stable sulfosialomucins. Sialic acid is mostly 2,6-linked to galactose or to N-acetylgalactosamine and is in part O-acetylated in C7, C8, and C9. Sulfated groups are probably linked to sialic acid and N-acetylgalactosamine. Terminal residuals of N-acetylglucosamine, galactose, N-acetylgalactosamine and fucose linked in α1,2, α1,3, and α1,4 are also present. Duodenal goblet cells of the Guinea-pig present a lower number of residuals in respect to the Brunner's glandular ones, with sialic acid and N-acetylgalactosamine subterminal to sulfated groups. In the house mouse the Brunner's glands produce class-III stable neutral mucins, binding to same lectins as in the Guinea-pig except for those specific to sialic acid. A diversity of fucosylated residuals higher than in the Guinea-pig is observed. The mouse duodenal goblet cells lack stable class-III mucins, have little sialic acid and present a lower number of residuals in respect to the correspondent Brunner's glands. Regulation of the acidic intestinal microenvironment, prevention of pathologies and hosting of microflora can explain the observed results and the differences observed between the two rodents. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.
Lorentzian three-metrics with degenerate Ricci tensors
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
McManus, Des J.
1995-03-01
A classification of Lorentzian three-metrics whose Ricci tensor satisfies Rij=λ1gij+λ2vivj with λ1 and λ2(≠0) constant where vivi=κ(=0 or ±1) is given. An explicit coordinate representation is given for all the metrics that admit a G4 group as their maximal isometry group. Those metrics that admit a G3 as their maximal isometry group belong to either Bianchi class VI0, or VII0, or VIII, or IX when κ ≠ 0, and to either Bianchi class III, or IV, or VI0, VIh, or VIII when κ=0. An explicit coordinate representation is given for all the inhomogeneous solutions in the case κ ≠ 0.
Miyamoto, Takamichi; Obayashi, Tohru; Hattori, Eijirou; Yamauchi, Yasuteru; Niwa, Akihiro; Isobe, Mitsuaki
2010-03-01
The clinical course of elderly patients with acute myocardial infarction (AMI) can sometimes unexpectedly result in an adverse outcome even when therapy appears to be successful. We suspect that specific factors may characterize this worsening of status during hospitalization. This study examines whether the pre-hospital physical activity status of the elderly treated with percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) for AMI affects their in-hospital course. We studied 110 consecutive patients, aged 80 or older, who had undergone emergent PCI for AMI. Patients were divided into two groups based on clinical presentation: Better Killip class (Killip classes I and II) and Worse Killip class (Killip classes III and IV). Patients were also divided into two groups based on pre-hospital physical activity status, determined retrospectively by review of medical records: Good physical activity (n=57) comprising those able to go out alone independently and Poor physical activity comprising those mainly confined to home (n=53). The overall in-hospital mortality rate was 9.1% for the study population. The Worse Killip class group had a higher in-hospital mortality rate than the Better Killip class group (27.8% vs 5.4%, respectively; p=0.0102). In addition, the Poor physical activity group had a higher in-hospital mortality rate than the Good physical activity group (15.1% vs. 3.5%, respectively; p=0.047). These data suggest that pre-hospital physical activity status in elderly patients with AMI may affect in-hospital mortality as well as Killip class.
Aziz, Imran; Törnblom, Hans; Palsson, Olafur S; Whitehead, William E; Simrén, Magnus
2018-06-08
The diagnostic criteria for irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) have recently been updated from Rome III to Rome IV. Whereas in Rome III a diagnosis of IBS entailed chronic abdominal pain or discomfort at least 3 days per month, in Rome IV the term discomfort has been removed and the frequency of abdominal pain increased to at least 1 day per week. We examined how this change in IBS criteria impacts on clinical characteristics and pathophysiological factors. A total of 542 Swedish subjects with Rome III IBS completed a baseline questionnaire enquiring for the number of abdominal pain days in the last 10 days; this was subsequently used as a surrogate marker to identify Rome IV IBS, in that (a) those with 0 or 1 day of pain were classed as Rome IV-negative, and (b) those with ≥2 days of pain were classed as Rome IV-positive. Comparisons were made between Rome IV-positive and -negative IBS groups for demographics, IBS subtype, gastrointestinal and psychological symptoms, somatisation, fatigue, disease-specific quality of life, rectal sensitivity, and oro-anal transit time. Overall, 85% of Rome III IBS patients fulfilled the Rome IV criteria for IBS, but 15% did not. Rome IV-positive subjects were significantly more likely to be female, have poorer quality of life, greater pain severity, bloating, somatisation, fatigue, and rectal sensitivity than Rome IV-negative subjects. There were no differences in severity of anxiety or depression, IBS subtypes, bowel habit dissatisfaction, or oro-anal transit time. Finally, increasing number of pain days correlated positively with symptoms and visceral hypersensitivity. Most Rome III-positive IBS patients seeking healthcare fulfil the Rome IV IBS criteria. They constitute a more severe group than those who lose their IBS diagnosis.
Class III correction using an inter-arch spring-loaded module
2014-01-01
Background A retrospective study was conducted to determine the cephalometric changes in a group of Class III patients treated with the inter-arch spring-loaded module (CS2000®, Dynaflex, St. Ann, MO, USA). Methods Thirty Caucasian patients (15 males, 15 females) with an average pre-treatment age of 9.6 years were treated consecutively with this appliance and compared with a control group of subjects from the Bolton-Brush Study who were matched in age, gender, and craniofacial morphology to the treatment group. Lateral cephalograms were taken before treatment and after removal of the CS2000® appliance. The treatment effects of the CS2000® appliance were calculated by subtracting the changes due to growth (control group) from the treatment changes. Results All patients were improved to a Class I dental arch relationship with a positive overjet. Significant sagittal, vertical, and angular changes were found between the pre- and post-treatment radiographs. With an average treatment time of 1.3 years, the maxillary base moved forward by 0.8 mm, while the mandibular base moved backward by 2.8 mm together with improvements in the ANB and Wits measurements. The maxillary incisor moved forward by 1.3 mm and the mandibular incisor moved forward by 1.0 mm. The maxillary molar moved forward by 1.0 mm while the mandibular molar moved backward by 0.6 mm. The average overjet correction was 3.9 mm and 92% of the correction was due to skeletal contribution and 8% was due to dental contribution. The average molar correction was 5.2 mm and 69% of the correction was due to skeletal contribution and 31% was due to dental contribution. Conclusions Mild to moderate Class III malocclusion can be corrected using the inter-arch spring-loaded appliance with minimal patient compliance. The overjet correction was contributed by forward movement of the maxilla, backward and downward movement of the mandible, and proclination of the maxillary incisors. The molar relationship was corrected by mesialization of the maxillary molars, distalization of the mandibular molars together with a rotation of the occlusal plane. PMID:24934153
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... 49 Transportation 8 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Information to be contained in notice-transactions that involve creation of Class III carriers. 1150.33 Section 1150.33 Transportation Other Regulations.... 10901 § 1150.33 Information to be contained in notice—transactions that involve creation of Class III...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. 144.21 Section 144.21 Protection of Environment... hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. (a) An existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon... decision; or (9) For Class II wells (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage), five years after...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. 144.21 Section 144.21 Protection of Environment... hydrocarbon storage) and III wells. (a) An existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon... decision; or (9) For Class II wells (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage), five years after...
Levasseur, Pierre
2015-07-01
Associated with overweight, obesity and chronic diseases, the nutrition transition process reveals important socioeconomic issues in Mexico. Using panel data from the Mexican Family Life Survey, the purpose of the study is to estimate the causal effect of household socioeconomic status (SES) on nutritional outcomes among urban adults. We divide the analysis into two steps. First, using a mixed clustering procedure, we distinguish four socioeconomic classes based on income, educational and occupational dimensions: (i) a poor class; (ii) a lower-middle class; (iii) an upper-middle class; (iv) a rich class. Second, using an econometric framework adapted to our study (the Hausman-Taylor estimator), we measure the impact of belonging to these socioeconomic groups on individual anthropometric indicators, based on the body-mass index (BMI) and the waist-to-height ratio (WHtR). Our results make several contributions: (i) we show that a new middle class, rising out of poverty, is the most exposed to the risks of adiposity; (ii) as individuals from the upper class seem to be fatter than individuals from the upper-middle class, we can reject the assumption of an inverted U-shaped relationship between socioeconomic and anthropometric status as commonly suggested in emerging economies; (iii) the influence of SES on central adiposity appears to be particularly strong for men. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Enantioselective Access to Spirocyclic Sultams by Chiral Cp(x) -Rhodium(III)-Catalyzed Annulations.
Pham, Manh V; Cramer, Nicolai
2016-02-12
Chiral spirocyclic sultams are a valuable compound class in organic and medicinal chemistry. A rapid entry to this structural motif involves a [3+2] annulation of an N-sulfonyl ketimine and an alkyne. Although the directing-group properties of the imino group for C-H activation have been exploited, the developments of related asymmetric variants have remained very challenging. The use of rhodium(III) complexes equipped with a suitable atropchiral cyclopentadienyl ligand, in conjunction with a carboxylic acid additive, enables an enantioselective and high yielding access to such spirocyclic sultams. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
Józwicki, Wojciech; Gołda, Ryszard; Domaniewska, Jolanta; Skok, Zdzisław; Jarzemski, Piotr; Przybylski, Grzegorz; Domaniewski, Jan
2009-01-01
The aim of the study was connected with smoking health behaviour estimation among public (SZP) and nonpublic (SZN) grammar school students. The analysis of 156 anonymous questionnaires was made. Questionnaires contained questions of parents' education, material situation of family, physical education, social relations with family and peers and positive or negative perception of smoking. In total trial we observed a strong positive correlation between style of smoking or number of smoked cigarettes and positive perception of smoking (r = 0.62 or r = 0.36 respectively). The latter correlated significantly with family presence of smoking (r = 0.18). Percentages of smoking students of SZP and SZN differed and amounted 22% and 18% respectively. Within I/II SZP classes the smoking depended on material position of family (r = 0.28) and positive perception of smoking (r = 0.68). Among students of III SZP classes the dependence on material situation was stronger (r = 0.49), while students of III SZN classes became to perceive smoking more positive (r = 0.82). Social relations of students of I/II SZN classes were inversely proportional to prevalence of smoking in their families. Smoking students of III SZN classes worked out much more variously in comparison with pupils of SZP. The main motivation of smoking within school students was the positive perception of smoking. The differences of smoking prevalence within both types of school probably formed in the families and observed in I/II classes pupils, vanished during the time of III class of studying. Elitism of school do not protect the student from smoking: during the time of III SZN class the smoking receives clearly positive appearance and became established. Probably existing antinicotinic school programs should much more decidedly deliver the negative appearance of health effects of smoking.
77 FR 37092 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-06-20
... Class III railroad infrastructure damaged by hurricanes, floods, and natural disasters that are located... President ( http://www.fema.gov/news/disasters.fema#sev1 ). Class II and Class III railroad infrastructure...
Ramírez, Eva M; Espinosa, Omar; Berrones, Ricardo; Sepúlveda, Elisa M; Guilbert, Lizbeth; Solís, Miguel; Zerrweck, Carlos
2018-05-03
Whether or not the initial body mass index (BMI) influences weight loss and comorbidities improvement after bariatric surgery continues to be a matter of debate. The main reason for this is a lack of studies including obesity class I. Retrospective study with patients submitted to gastric bypass at a single institution. They were classified based on initial BMI (obesity class I, II, and III), and a comparative analysis of their metabolic profile (glucose, HbA1c%, C-peptide, insulin and diabetes medication), lipid profile (triglycerides, total cholesterol, HDL, LDL), and clinical data (systolic/diastolic blood pressure and cardiovascular risk) was performed at 0 and 12 months. Diabetes remission and weight loss were also analyzed. Two-hundred and twenty patients were included (23 in group 1, 113 in group 2, and 84 in group 3). Initial weight, BMI, and number of patients with T2DM were statistically different in group 1; other parameters were homogenous. At 12 months, every group had similar improvement of the metabolic profile, excepting serum insulin. Diabetes remission was 57.9, 61.1, and 60% for group 1, 2, and 3. For weight loss, there were differences between groups when using BMI and percentage of excess weight loss, but not with percentage of total weight loss. The non-metabolic and clinical data improved without differences, except for total cholesterol and LDL. The metabolic, lipid, and clinical profiles associated with obesity present similar improvement 1 year after laparoscopic gastric bypass, despite different baseline BMI. Diabetes remission and percentage of total weight loss were also similar.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Niwinska, Anna, E-mail: alphaonetau@poczta.onet.pl; Murawska, Magdalena
2012-04-01
Purpose: The aim of the study was to present a new breast cancer recursive partitioning analysis (RPA) prognostic index for patients with newly diagnosed brain metastases as a guide in clinical decision making. Methods and Materials: A prospectively collected group of 441 consecutive patients with breast cancer and brain metastases treated between the years 2003 and 2009 was assessed. Prognostic factors significant for univariate analysis were included into RPA. Results: Three prognostic classes of a new breast cancer RPA prognostic index were selected. The median survival of patients within prognostic Classes I, II, and III was 29, 9, and 2.4more » months, respectively (p < 0.0001). Class I included patients with one or two brain metastases, without extracranial disease or with controlled extracranial disease, and with Karnofsky performance status (KPS) of 100. Class III included patients with multiple brain metastases with KPS of {<=}60. Class II included all other cases. Conclusions: The breast cancer RPA prognostic index is an easy and valuable tool for use in clinical practice. It can select patients who require aggressive treatment and those in whom whole-brain radiotherapy or symptomatic therapy is the most reasonable option. An individual approach is required for patients from prognostic Class II.« less
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... the Indian tribe is eligible to request Class III gaming procedures? 291.7 Section 291.7 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES... request Class III gaming procedures? (a) If the Secretary determines that the Indian tribe is eligible to...
40 CFR 147.650 - State-administrative program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... CONTROL PROGRAMS Idaho § 147.650 State-administrative program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The UIC program for Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Idaho, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by the Idaho Department of Water Resources, approved by EPA pursuant to...
Juan Du; Eriko Miura; Marcel Robischon; Ciera Martinez; Andrew Groover
2011-01-01
The developmental mechanisms regulating cell differentiation and patterning during the secondary growth of woody tissues are poorly understood. Class III HD ZIP transcription factors are evolutionarily ancient and play fundamental roles in various aspects of plant development. Here we investigate the role of a Class III HD ZIP transcription factor, ...
The early management of Class III malocclusions using protraction headgear.
Macey-Dare, L V
2000-12-01
Class III malocclusions affect approximately 3% of Caucasians. Treatment options include; growth modification, dental camouflage and, once growth has ceased, orthognathic surgery. Originally, Class III malocclusions were thought to arise primarily from an overdevelopment of the mandible, but it is now known that maxillary retrusion contributes in up to 60% of cases. Maxillary retrusion is best treated with a combination of protraction headgear and rapid maxillary expansion, preferably before the age of 9 years. This article provides an overview of the management of skeletal Class III cases using protraction headgear with particular guidance for the general dental practitioner on when and how to treat.
Kumari, Lalima; Nayan, Kamal
2016-12-01
A 16-year-old female patient with skeletal Class III malocclusion and bilateral posterior cross bite complaining of difficulty in chewing was treated orthodontically without surgery (camouflage treatment). The treatment comprised of fixed orthodontic treatment with MBT prescription (0.022˝×0.028˝ slot) using quad helix appliance for bilateral expansion of maxillary arch and Class III elastics for occlusal correction. Post-treatment records showed normal overbite and overjet with acceptable occlusion. So with this treatment strategy of expanding the maxillary arch using a quad helix appliance and use of Class III elastics, we achieved a good result with optimal occlusion.
Iankovskaia, A V; Zinchuk, M A
2007-01-01
Parameters of oxygen-transport function of the blood and function of the endothelium were studied in 49 patients with stable angina pectoris of I and II functional class with or without concomitant 2nd degree arterial hypertension. All patients received pathogenetic therapy. Signs of endothelial dysfunction were found in group III in which endothelium dependent vasodilation (8.22 +/- 1.71%) was 73.4% (p1 < 0.001) lower than in control group and 47.2% (p3 < 0.05) lower than in patients with class I angina. In all groups baseline content of nitrates/nitrites was lower. Main parameters of acid-base balance were lowered in patients of group III evidencing for emergence of signs of metabolic acidosis and hypoxia. Lowering of hemoglobin affinity to oxygen and its rise after therapy was also revealed. Maximal lowering of this parameter (-10.2%, p2 < 0.05) reflecting shift of oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve to the right was noted in group II. Endothelium can participate in formation of these disturbances because its dysfunction is associated with deranged release of NO in various parts of vascular tree. This affects formation of various NO-derivatives of hemoglobin and oxygen transport system of the blood.
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
49 CFR 179.500-6 - Heat treatment.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... Liquid Tank Car Tanks and Seamless Steel Tanks (Classes DOT-113 and 107A) § 179.500-6 Heat treatment. (a... normalizing and tempering for Class I, Class II and Class III steel or oil quenching and tempering for Class III steel. Tempering temperatures shall not be less than 1000 °F. Heat treatment of alternate steels...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-04-01
... × .20). Likewise, the class IV crude oil could produce aviation gasoline in an amount up to 8,500 pounds... Class III PF Crude 35,000 24,500 31,850 14,000 31,150 10,150 Class III D Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Class III NPF Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Feedstock factors are...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-04-01
... × .20). Likewise, the class IV crude oil could produce aviation gasoline in an amount up to 8,500 pounds... Class III PF Crude 35,000 24,500 31,850 14,000 31,150 10,150 Class III D Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Class III NPF Crude 20,000 14,000 18,200 8,000 17,800 5,800 Feedstock factors are...
Michelson, D J; Shevell, M I; Sherr, E H; Moeschler, J B; Gropman, A L; Ashwal, S
2011-10-25
To systematically review the evidence concerning the diagnostic yield of genetic and metabolic evaluation of children with global developmental delay or intellectual disability (GDD/ID). Relevant literature was reviewed, abstracted, and classified according to the 4-tiered American Academy of Neurology classification of evidence scheme. In patients with GDD/ID, microarray testing is diagnostic on average in 7.8% (Class III), G-banded karyotyping is abnormal in at least 4% (Class II and III), and subtelomeric fluorescence in situ hybridization is positive in 3.5% (Class I, II, and III). Testing for X-linked ID genes has a yield of up to 42% in males with an appropriate family history (Class III). FMR1 testing shows full expansion in at least 2% of patients with mild to moderate GDD/ID (Class II and III), and MeCP2 testing is diagnostic in 1.5% of females with moderate to severe GDD/ID (Class III). Tests for metabolic disorders have a yield of up to 5%, and tests for congenital disorders of glycosylation and cerebral creatine disorders have yields of up to 2.8% (Class III). Several genetic and metabolic screening tests have been shown to have a better than 1% diagnostic yield in selected populations of children with GDD/ID. These values should be among the many factors considered in planning the laboratory evaluation of such children.
A Subset of Ubiquitin-Conjugating Enzymes Is Essential for Plant Immunity1[OPEN
Connor, Richard A.
2017-01-01
Of the three classes of enzymes involved in ubiquitination, ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes (E2) have been often incorrectly considered to play merely an auxiliary role in the process, and few E2 enzymes have been investigated in plants. To reveal the role of E2 in plant innate immunity, we identified and cloned 40 tomato genes encoding ubiquitin E2 proteins. Thioester assays indicated that the majority of the genes encode enzymatically active E2. Phylogenetic analysis classified the 40 tomato E2 enzymes into 13 groups, of which members of group III were found to interact and act specifically with AvrPtoB, a Pseudomonas syringae pv tomato effector that uses its ubiquitin ligase (E3) activity to suppress host immunity. Knocking down the expression of group III E2 genes in Nicotiana benthamiana diminished the AvrPtoB-promoted degradation of the Fen kinase and the AvrPtoB suppression of host immunity-associated programmed cell death. Importantly, silencing group III E2 genes also resulted in reduced pattern-triggered immunity (PTI). By contrast, programmed cell death induced by several effector-triggered immunity elicitors was not affected on group III-silenced plants. Functional characterization suggested redundancy among group III members for their role in the suppression of plant immunity by AvrPtoB and in PTI and identified UBIQUITIN-CONJUGATING11 (UBC11), UBC28, UBC29, UBC39, and UBC40 as playing a more significant role in PTI than other group III members. Our work builds a foundation for the further characterization of E2s in plant immunity and reveals that AvrPtoB has evolved a strategy for suppressing host immunity that is difficult for the plant to thwart. PMID:27909045
A Subset of Ubiquitin-Conjugating Enzymes Is Essential for Plant Immunity.
Zhou, Bangjun; Mural, Ravi V; Chen, Xuanyang; Oates, Matt E; Connor, Richard A; Martin, Gregory B; Gough, Julian; Zeng, Lirong
2017-02-01
Of the three classes of enzymes involved in ubiquitination, ubiquitin-conjugating enzymes (E2) have been often incorrectly considered to play merely an auxiliary role in the process, and few E2 enzymes have been investigated in plants. To reveal the role of E2 in plant innate immunity, we identified and cloned 40 tomato genes encoding ubiquitin E2 proteins. Thioester assays indicated that the majority of the genes encode enzymatically active E2. Phylogenetic analysis classified the 40 tomato E2 enzymes into 13 groups, of which members of group III were found to interact and act specifically with AvrPtoB, a Pseudomonas syringae pv tomato effector that uses its ubiquitin ligase (E3) activity to suppress host immunity. Knocking down the expression of group III E2 genes in Nicotiana benthamiana diminished the AvrPtoB-promoted degradation of the Fen kinase and the AvrPtoB suppression of host immunity-associated programmed cell death. Importantly, silencing group III E2 genes also resulted in reduced pattern-triggered immunity (PTI). By contrast, programmed cell death induced by several effector-triggered immunity elicitors was not affected on group III-silenced plants. Functional characterization suggested redundancy among group III members for their role in the suppression of plant immunity by AvrPtoB and in PTI and identified UBIQUITIN-CONJUGATING11 (UBC11), UBC28, UBC29, UBC39, and UBC40 as playing a more significant role in PTI than other group III members. Our work builds a foundation for the further characterization of E2s in plant immunity and reveals that AvrPtoB has evolved a strategy for suppressing host immunity that is difficult for the plant to thwart. © 2017 American Society of Plant Biologists. All Rights Reserved.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Chung, Eun Jee; Chun, Ji Na; Jung, Sun-Ah
2011-11-18
Highlights: Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer TGF-{beta} induces aberrant expression of {beta}III in RPE cells via the ERK pathway. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer TGF-{beta} increases O-GlcNAc modification of {beta}III in RPE cells. Black-Right-Pointing-Pointer Mature RPE cells have the capacity to express a neuron-associated gene by TGF-{beta}. -- Abstract: The class III {beta}-tubulin isotype ({beta}{sub III}) is expressed exclusively by neurons within the normal human retina and is not present in normal retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells in situ or in the early phase of primary cultures. However, aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin has been observed in passaged RPE cells and RPE cells with dedifferentiated morphology inmore » pathologic epiretinal membranes from idiopathic macular pucker, proliferative vitreoretinopathy (PVR) and proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR). Transforming growth factor-{beta} (TGF-{beta}) has been implicated in dedifferentiation of RPE cells and has a critical role in the development of proliferative vitreoretinal diseases. Here, we investigated the potential effects of TGF-{beta} on the aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin and the intracellular signaling pathway mediating these changes. TGF-{beta}-induced aberrant expression and O-linked-{beta}-N-acetylglucosamine (O-GlcNac) modification of class III {beta}-tubulin in cultured RPE cells as determined using Western blotting, RT-PCR and immunocytochemistry. TGF-{beta} also stimulated phosphorylation of ERK. TGF-{beta}-induced aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin was significantly reduced by pretreatment with U0126, an inhibitor of ERK phosphorylation. Our findings indicate that TGF-{beta} stimulated aberrant expression of class III {beta}-tubulin via activation of the ERK signaling pathway. These data demonstrate that mature RPE cells have the capacity to express a neuron-associated gene in response to TGF-{beta} stimulation and provide useful information towards understanding the pathogenesis of proliferative vitreoretinal diseases.« less
Impact of parental obesity on neonatal markers of inflammation and immune response.
Broadney, M M; Chahal, N; Michels, K A; McLain, A C; Ghassabian, A; Lawrence, D A; Yeung, E H
2017-01-01
Maternal obesity may influence neonatal and childhood morbidities through increased inflammation and/or altered immune response. Less is known about paternal obesity. We hypothesized that excessive parental weight contributes to elevated inflammation and altered immunoglobulin (Ig) profiles in neonates. In the Upstate KIDS Study maternal pre-pregnancy body mass index (BMI) was obtained from vital records and paternal BMI from maternal report. Biomarkers were measured from newborn dried blood spots (DBS) among neonates whose parents provided consent. Inflammatory scores were calculated by assigning one point for each of five pro-inflammatory biomarkers above the median and one point for an anti-inflammatory cytokine below the median. Linear regression models and generalized estimating equations were used to estimate mean differences (β) and 95% confidence intervals (CI) in the inflammatory score and Ig levels by parental overweight/obesity status compared with normal weight. Among 2974 pregnancies, 51% were complicated by excessive maternal weight (BMI>25), 73% by excessive paternal weight and 28% by excessive gestational weight gain. Maternal BMI categories of overweight (BMI 25.0-29.9) and obese class II/III (BMI≥35) were associated with increased neonatal inflammation scores (β=0.12, 95% CI: 0.02, 0.21; P=0.02 and β=0.13, CI: -0.002, 0.26; P=0.05, respectively) but no increase was observed in the obese class I group (BMI 30-34.9). Mothers with class I and class II/III obesity had newborns with increased IgM levels (β=0.11, CI: 0.04, 0.17; P=0.001 and β=0.12, CI: 0.05, 0.19); P<0.001, respectively). Paternal groups of overweight, obese class I and obese class II/III had decreased neonatal IgM levels (β=-0.08, CI: -0.13,-0.03, P=0.001; β=-0.07, CI: -0.13, -0.01, P=0.029 and β=-0.11, CI:-0.19,-0.04, P=0.003, respectively). Excessive maternal weight was generally associated with increased inflammation and IgM supporting previous observations of maternal obesity and immune dysregulation in offspring. The role of paternal obesity requires further study.
Sloan, M A; Alexandrov, A V; Tegeler, C H; Spencer, M P; Caplan, L R; Feldmann, E; Wechsler, L R; Newell, D W; Gomez, C R; Babikian, V L; Lefkowitz, D; Goldman, R S; Armon, C; Hsu, C Y; Goodin, D S
2004-05-11
To review the use of transcranial Doppler ultrasonography (TCD) and transcranial color-coded sonography (TCCS) for diagnosis. The authors searched the literature for evidence of 1) if TCD provides useful information in specific clinical settings; 2) if using this information improves clinical decision making, as reflected by improved patient outcomes; and 3) if TCD is preferable to other diagnostic tests in these clinical situations. TCD is of established value in the screening of children aged 2 to 16 years with sickle cell disease for stroke risk (Type A, Class I) and the detection and monitoring of angiographic vasospasm after spontaneous subarachnoid hemorrhage (Type A, Class I to II). TCD and TCCS provide important information and may have value for detection of intracranial steno-occlusive disease (Type B, Class II to III), vasomotor reactivity testing (Type B, Class II to III), detection of cerebral circulatory arrest/brain death (Type A, Class II), monitoring carotid endarterectomy (Type B, Class II to III), monitoring cerebral thrombolysis (Type B, Class II to III), and monitoring coronary artery bypass graft operations (Type B to C, Class II to III). Contrast-enhanced TCD/TCCS can also provide useful information in right-to-left cardiac/extracardiac shunts (Type A, Class II), intracranial occlusive disease (Type B, Class II to IV), and hemorrhagic cerebrovascular disease (Type B, Class II to IV), although other techniques may be preferable in these settings.
Bohora, Som; Chaffin, Mark; Shaboltas, Alla; Bonner, Barbara; Isurina, Galina; Batluk, Julia; Bard, David; Tsvetkova, Larissa; Skitnevskaya, Larissa; Volkova, Elena; Balachova, Tatiana
2017-11-01
The number of HIV cases attributed to heterosexual contact and the proportion of women among HIV positive individuals has increased worldwide. Russia is a country with the highest rates of newly diagnosed HIV infections in the region, and the infection spreads beyond traditional risk groups. While young women are affected disproportionately, knowledge of HIV risk behaviors in women in the general population remains limited. The objectives of this study were to identify patterns of behaviors that place women of childbearing age at high risk for HIV transmission and determine whether socio-demographic characteristics and alcohol use are predictive of the risk pattern. A total of 708 non-pregnant women, aged between 18 and 44 years, who were at risk for an alcohol-exposed pregnancy were enrolled in two regions in Russia. Participants completed a structured interview focused on HIV risk behaviors, including risky sexual behavior and alcohol and drug use. Latent class analysis was utilized to examine associations between HIV risk and other demographic and alcohol use characteristics and to identify patterns of risk among women. Three classes were identified. 34.93% of participants were at high risk, combining their risk behaviors, e.g., having multiple sexual partners, with high partner's risk associated with partner's drug use (class I). Despite reporting self-perceived risk for HIV/STI, this class of participants was unlikely to utilize adequate protection (i.e., condom use). The second high risk class included 13.19% of participants who combined their risky sexual behaviors, i.e., multiple sexual partners and having STDs, with partner's risk that included partner's imprisonment and partner's sex with other women (class II). Participants in this class were likely to utilize protection/condoms. Finally, 51.88% of participants were at lower risk, which was associated primarily with their partners' risk, and these participants utilized protection (class III). The odds of being in class I compared with class III were 3.3 (95% CI [1.06, 10.38]) times higher for those women who had Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test scores ≥ 8 than those who had lower scores, and were 3.9 (95% CI [1.69, 8.97]) times higher for those who used alcohol before sex than those who did not. In addition, women who drank more days per week were 1.36 times more likely to be in class II than in class III. The study informs prevention by identifying specific population groups and targets for interventions. Alcohol use is a significant predictor and an overarching factor of HIV risk in women. Since at-risk drinking is common among young Russian women, alcohol risk reduction should be an essential component of HIV prevention efforts.
40 CFR 147.2200 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... the in situ combustion of coal are regulated by the Rail Road Commission of Texas under a separate UIC... program for Class I, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Texas, except for those wells on Indian lands... (SDWA). Notice of the original approval for Class I, III, IV, and V wells was published in the Federal...
40 CFR 147.2200 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... the in situ combustion of coal are regulated by the Rail Road Commission of Texas under a separate UIC... program for Class I, III, IV, and V wells in the State of Texas, except for those wells on Indian lands... (SDWA). Notice of the original approval for Class I, III, IV, and V wells was published in the Federal...
Ali, Akhtar; Mehmood, Anjum; Ali, Muhammad Usman
2017-01-01
TTo highlight the clinical spectrum of biopsy-proven lupus nephritis by analysing any variations in its histological subtypes across gender, varying age groups, serum creatinine levels and anti-double stranded deoxyribonucleic acid levels. This retrospective, observational study was conducted at the Lady Reading Hospital in collaboration with the Fauji Foundation Hospital, Peshawar, Pakistan, and comprised patient records of biopsy-proven lupus nephritis from 1995 to 2012. The cases were analysed according to clinical presentations and histological pattern of systemic lupus erythematosus nephritis. EpiData 3.1 and SPSS 17 were used for data analyses. Of the 2,000 renal biopsies performed, lupus nephritis was found in 74(3.7%) cases. Of them, 63(85.1%) were females and 11(14.9%) males. The mean age of the cases was 23.88±9.73 years (range: 10-55 years). Class IV lupus nephritis was seen in 38(51.4%) patients, followed by Class II in 15(20.3%), Class III in 10(13.5%), Class V and VI in 4(5.4%) each and Class I in 3(4.1%). Out of the combined Class III and IV cases, 25(52.08%) had serum creatinine levels of >1.2 mg/dL, whereas positive anti-double stranded deoxyribonucleic acid titers up to 50 IU/L were seen in all of the 48(100%) such patients. Overall, microscopic haematuria was found in 52(70.3%) cases, followed by arthralgia in 40(54.1%). Moreover, 32(50.8%) females and 6(54.5%) males had Type IV nephritis. Class VI lupus nephritis, in particular, were significantly more prominent in 31-40 years of age group when compared to other histological subtypes and age groups (p=0.0096, odds ratio: 23.25, 95% confidence interval: 2.15-251.21). Female predominance was observed in all histological sub-types of lupus nephritis. Class IV lupus was the most common histological pattern. Microscopic haematuria was the most common clinical presentation.
Zhang, Qian; Chen, Jian; Yu, Xiaoli; Ma, Jinli; Cai, Gang; Yang, Zhaozhi; Cao, Lu; Chen, Xingxing; Guo, Xiaomao; Chen, Jiayi
2013-09-01
Whole brain radiotherapy (WBRT) is the most widely used treatment for brain metastasis (BM), especially for patients with multiple intracranial lesions. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of systemic treatments following WBRT in breast cancer patients with BM who had different clinical characteristics, based on the classification of the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group recursive partitioning analysis (RPA) and the breast cancer-specific Graded Prognostic Assessment (Breast-GPA). One hundred and one breast cancer patients with BM treated between 2006 and 2010 were analyzed. The median interval between breast cancer diagnosis and identification of BM in the triple-negative patients was shorter than in the luminal A subtype (26 vs. 36 months, respectively; P = 0.021). Univariate analysis indicated that age at BM diagnosis, Karnofsky performance status/recursive partitioning analysis (KPS/RPA) classes, number of BMs, primary tumor control, extracranial metastases and systemic treatment following WBRT were significant prognostic factors for overall survival (OS) (P < 0.05). Multivariate analysis revealed that KPS/RPA classes and systemic treatments following WBRT remained the significant prognostic factors for OS. For RPA class I, the median survival with and without systemic treatments following WBRT was 25 and 22 months, respectively (P = 0.819), while for RPA class II/III systemic treatments significantly improved OS from 7 and 2 months to 11 and 5 months, respectively (P < 0.05). Our results suggested that triple-negative patients had a shorter interval between initial diagnosis and the development of BM than luminal A patients. Systemic treatments following WBRT improved the survival of RPA class II/III patients.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Wei, Yifeng; Li, Bin; Prakash, Divya
Two subtypes of class III anaerobic ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs) studied so far couple the reduction of ribonucleotides to the oxidation of formate, or the oxidation of NADPH via thioredoxin and thioredoxin reductase. Certain methanogenic archaea contain a phylogenetically distinct third subtype of class III RNR, with distinct active-site residues. Here we report the cloning and recombinant expression of the Methanosarcina barkeri class III RNR and show that the electrons required for ribonucleotide reduction can be delivered by a [4Fe-4S] protein ferredoxin disulfide reductase, and a conserved thioredoxin-like protein NrdH present in the RNR operon. The diversity of class III RNRsmore » reflects the diversity of electron carriers used in anaerobic metabolism« less
Evaluation of the appropriateness and outcome of in-hospital telemetry monitoring.
Fålun, Nina; Nordrehaug, Jan Erik; Hoff, Per Ivar; Langørgen, Jørund; Moons, Philip; Norekvål, Tone M
2013-10-15
The American Heart Association classifies monitored patients into 3 categories. The aims of this study were to (1) investigate how patients are assigned according to the American Heart Association classification, (2) determine the number and type of arrhythmic events experienced by these patients, and (3) describe subsequent changes in management. A prospective observational study design was used. All patients assigned to telemetry during a 3-month period were consecutively enrolled in our study. Data were collected 24/7. Only arrhythmias that might require a change in management were recorded. Monitor watchers at the central monitoring station completed a standard data sheet assessing 64 variables. These data, as well as medical records, were reviewed by the investigator. Overall, 1,194 patients were included. Eighteen percent of the patients were assigned to American Heart Association class I (monitoring indicated), 71% to class II (monitoring may be of benefit), and 11% to class III (monitoring not indicated). The overall arrhythmia event rate was 33%. Forty-three percent of class I patients, 28% of class II patients, and 47% of class III patients experienced arrhythmia events. Change in management occurred in 25% of class I patients, 14% of class II patients, and 29% of class III patients. Although the number of class III indications should have been reduced, nearly 1/2 of class III patients experienced arrhythmia events and 1/3 of them received management changes. This outcome challenges existing guidelines. In conclusion, most patients in this study were monitored appropriately, according to class I and II indications. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
78 FR 37998 - Electronic One Touch Bingo System
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-06-25
... decision regarding the classification of server based electronic bingo system games that can be played... Class II or Class III game. DATES: The agency must receive comments on or before August 26, 2013... from the regulated community regarding the status of one touch bingo as a Class II or a Class III game...
49 CFR 173.165 - Polyester resin kits.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... 49 Transportation 2 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Polyester resin kits. 173.165 Section 173.165... Polyester resin kits. (a) Except for transportation by aircraft, polyester resin kits consisting of a base... resin kits consisting of a base material component (Class 3, Packing Group II or III) and an activator...
49 CFR 173.154 - Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
... solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. (2) For corrosive materials in Packing Group III, inner... capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31... other requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a packaging...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-11-18
... Process. The information collection is currently authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0172, which expires... guarantee that we will be able to do so. III. Data OMB Control Number: 1076-0172. Title: Class III Tribal...
Effect of Class III bone anchor treatment on airway.
Nguyen, Tung; De Clerck, Hugo; Wilson, Michael; Golden, Brent
2015-07-01
To compare airway volumes and minimum cross-section area changes of Class III patients treated with bone-anchored maxillary protraction (BAMP) versus untreated Class III controls. Twenty-eight consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 10 and 14 years (mean age, 11.9 years) were treated using Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (two in the infra-zygomatic crests of the maxilla and two in the anterior mandible). The subjects had cone beam computed tomographs (CBCTs) taken before initial loading (T1) and 1 year out (T2). Twenty-eight untreated Class III patients (mean age, 12.4 years) had CBCTs taken and cephalograms generated. The airway volumes and minimum cross-sectional area measurements were performed using Dolphin Imaging 11.7 3D software. The superior border of the airway was defined by a plane that passes through the posterior nasal spine and basion, while the inferior border included the base of the epiglottis to the lower border of C3. From T1 to T2, airway volume from BAMP-treated subjects showed a statistically significant increase (1499.64 mm(3)). The area in the most constricted section of the airway (choke point) increased slightly (15.44 mm(2)). The airway volume of BAMP patients at T2 was 14136.61 mm(3), compared with 14432.98 mm(3) in untreated Class III subjects. Intraexaminer correlation coefficients values and 95% confidence interval values were all greater than .90, showing a high degree of reliability of the measurements. BAMP treatment did not hinder the development of the oropharynx.
Seo, Yu-Jin; Chung, Kyu-Rhim; Kim, Seong-Hun; Nelson, Gerald
2015-03-01
This case report presents the successful use of palatal mini-implants for rapid maxillary expansion and mandibular distalization in a skeletal Class III malocclusion. The patient was a 13-year-old girl with the chief complaint of facial asymmetry and a protruded chin. Camouflage orthodontic treatment was chosen, acknowledging the possibility of need for orthognathic surgery after completion of her growth. A bone-borne rapid expander (BBRME) was used to correct the transverse discrepancy and was then used as indirect anchorage for distalization of the lower dentition with Class III elastics. As a result, a Class I occlusion with favorable inclination of the upper teeth was achieved without any adverse effects. The total treatment period was 25 months. Therefore, BBRME can be considered an alternative treatment in skeletal Class III malocclusion.
Sundaram, Vinay; Jalan, Rajiv; Ahn, Joseph C; Charlton, Michael R; Goldberg, David S; Karvellas, Constantine J; Noureddin, Mazen; Wong, Robert J
2018-04-28
Acute-on-chronic liver failure (ACLF) is a syndrome of systemic inflammation and organ failures. Obesity, also characterized by chronic inflammation, is a risk factor among patients with cirrhosis for decompensation, infection, and mortality. Our aim was to test the hypothesis that obesity predisposes patients with decompensated cirrhosis to the development of ACLF. We examined the United Network for Organ Sharing (UNOS) database, from 2005-2016, characterizing patients at wait-listing as non-obese (body mass index [BMI] <30), obese class I-II (BMI 30-39.9) and obese class III (BMI ≥40). ACLF was determined based on the CANONIC study definition. We used Cox proportional hazards regression to assess the association between obesity and ACLF development at liver transplantation (LT). We confirmed our findings using the Nationwide Inpatient Sample (NIS), years 2009-2013, using validated diagnostic coding algorithms to identify obesity, hepatic decompensation and ACLF. Logistic regression evaluated the association between obesity and ACLF occurrence. Among 387,884 patient records with decompensated cirrhosis, 116,704 (30.1%) were identified as having ACLF in both databases. Multivariable modeling from the UNOS database revealed class III obesity to be an independent risk factor for ACLF at LT (hazard ratio 1.24; 95% CI 1.09-1.41; p <0.001). This finding was confirmed using the NIS (odds ratio 1.30; 95% CI 1.25-1.35; p <0.001). Regarding specific organ failures, analysis of both registries demonstrated patients with class I-II and class III obesity had a greater prevalence of renal failure. Class III obesity is a newly identified risk factor for ACLF development in patients with decompensated cirrhosis. Obese patients have a particularly high prevalence of renal failure as a component of ACLF. These findings have important implications regarding stratifying risk and preventing the occurrence of ACLF. In this study, we identify that among patients with decompensated cirrhosis, class III obesity (severe/morbid obesity) is a modifiable risk factor for the development of acute-on-chronic liver failure (ACLF). We further demonstrate that regarding the specific organ failures associated with ACLF, renal failure is significantly more prevalent in obese patients, particularly those with class III obesity. These findings underscore the importance of weight management in cirrhosis, to reduce the risk of ACLF. Patients with class III obesity should be monitored closely for the development of renal failure. Copyright © 2018 European Association for the Study of the Liver. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Kirdis, Ebru; Jonsson, Ing-Marie; Kubica, Malgorzata; Potempa, Jan; Josefsson, Elisabet; Masalha, Mahmud; Foster, Simon J; Tarkowski, Andrzej
2007-01-01
Staphylococcus aureus is the most common cause of joint infections. It also contributes to several other diseases such as pneumonia, osteomyelitis, endocarditis, and sepsis. Bearing in mind that S. aureus becomes rapidly resistant to new antibiotics, many studies survey the virulence factors, with the aim to find alternative prophylaxis/treatment regimens. One potential virulence factor is the bacterial ability to survive at different oxygen tensions. S. aureus expresses ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs), which help it to grow under both aerobic and anaerobic conditions, by reducing ribonucleotides to deoxyribonucleotides. In this study, we investigated the role of RNR class III, which is required for anaerobic growth, as a virulence determinant in the pathogenesis of staphylococcal arthritis. The wild-type S. aureus strain and its isogenic mutant nrdDG mutant were inoculated intravenously into mice. Mice inoculated with the wild-type strain displayed significantly more severe arthritis, with significantly more synovitis and destruction of the bone and cartilage versus mutant strain inoculated mice. Further, the persistence of bacteria in the kidneys was significantly more pronounced in the group inoculated with the wild-type strain. Together these results indicate that RNR class III is an important virulence factor for the establishment of septic arthritis.
Maxillary canine-first premolar bilateral transposition in a Class III patient: A case report.
Potrubacz, Maciej Iancu; Tepedino, Michele; Chimenti, Claudio
2016-05-01
Tooth transposition is a rare dental anomaly that often represents a challenge for the clinician. The case of a girl with skeletal Class III malocclusion and concomitant maxillary canine-first premolar bilateral transposition, followed from 7 to 17 years of age, is presented. After a first phase of treatment aimed at resolving the Class III malocclusion, the transposition was maintained and the case finalized with a multibracket appliance.
Camouflage treatment of skeletal Class III malocclusion with conventional orthodontic therapy.
Park, Jae Hyun; Yu, Joseph; Bullen, Ryan
2017-04-01
Nonextraction camouflage treatment along with Class III elastics was used to treat a 39-year-old woman with a skeletal Class III pattern and a low mandibular plane angle and short lower anterior facial height. The total active treatment time was 26 months. Her occlusion, smile esthetics, and soft tissue profile were significantly improved after treatment. Copyright © 2017 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Costa, Tony Eduardo; Barbosa, Saulo de Matos; Pereira, Rodrigo Alvitos; Chaves Netto, Henrique Duque de Miranda
2018-01-01
Dentofacial deformities (DFD) presenting mainly as Class III malocclusions that require orthognathic surgery as a part of definitive treatment. Class III patients can have obvious signs such as increasing the chin projection and chin throat length, nasolabial folds, reverse overjet, and lack of upper lip support. However, Class III patients can present different facial patterns depending on the angulation of occlusal plane (OP), and only bite correction does not always lead to the improvement of the facial esthetic. We described two Class III patients with different clinical features and inclination of OP and had undergone different treatment planning based on 6 clinical features: (I) facial type; (II) upper incisor display at rest; (III) dental and gingival display on smile; (IV) soft tissue support; (V) chin projection; and (VI) lower lip projection. These patients were submitted to orthognathic surgery with different treatment plannings: a clockwise rotation and counterclockwise rotation of OP according to their facial features. The clinical features and OP inclination helped to define treatment planning by clockwise and counterclockwise rotations of the maxillomandibular complex, and two patients undergone to bimaxillary orthognathic surgery showed harmonic outcomes and stables after 2 years of follow-up. PMID:29854480
Treatment of maxillary cleft palate: Distraction osteogenesis vs. orthognathic surgery
Rachmiel, Adi; Even-Almos, Michal; Aizenbud, Dror
2012-01-01
Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to compare the treatment of hypoplastic, retruded maxillary cleft palate using distraction osteogenesis vs. orthognathic surgery in terms of stability and relapse, growth after distraction and soft tissue profile changes. Materials and Methods: The cleft patients showed anteroposterior maxillary hypoplasia with class III malocclusion and negative overjet resulting in a concave profile according to preoperative cephalometric measurements, dental relationship, and soft tissue analysis. The patients were divided in two groups of treatment : S0 eventeen were treated by orthognathic Le Fort I osteotomy fixed with four mini plates and 2 mm screws, and 19 were treated by maxillary distraction osteogenesis with rigid extraoral devices (RED) connected after a Le Fort I osteotomy. The rate of distraction was 1 mm per day to achieve Class I occlusion with slight overcorrection and to create facial profile convexity. Following a 10 week latency period the distraction devices were removed. Results: In the RED group the maxilla was advanced an average of 15.80 mm. The occlusion changed from class III to class I. The profile of the face changed from concave to convex. At a 1-year follow up the results were stable. The mean orthognathic movement was 8.4 mm. Conclusion: In mild maxillary deficiency a one stage orthognathic surgery is preferable. However, in patients requiring moderate to large advancements with significant structural deficiencies of the maxilla or in growing patients the distraction technique is preferred. PMID:23483803
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Hack, Margherita; Selvelli, Pierluigi
1993-01-01
Recurrent novae seem to be a rather inhomogeneous group: T CrB is a binary with a M III companion; U Sco probably has a late dwarf as companion. Three are fast novae; two are slow novae. Some of them appear to have normal chemical composition; others may present He and CNO excess. Some present a mass-loss that is lower by two orders of magnitude than classical novae. However, our sample is too small for saying whether there are several classes of recurrent novae, which may be related to the various classes of classical novae, or whether the low mass-loss is a general property of the class or just a peculiarity of one member of the larger class of classical novae and recurrent novae.
The effects of forehead and neck position on esthetics of class I, II and III profiles.
Salehi, Parisa; Oshagh, Morteza; Aleyasin, Zeinab S; Pakshir, Hamid Reza
2014-01-01
All parts of the face, other than jaw relationships, should be considered in orthodontic treatment planning. The role of forehead and neck in facial esthetics is well known; however, the majority of conventional facial analysis methods have not considered them. Neck and forehead may confer mutual effects on equilibrium and on esthetics of other facial components, and may change the overall convexity/concavity view of the profile. Therefore, the aim of this study was to assess the effect of anteroposterior position of the forehead and neck on the esthetics of skeletal class I, II and III jaw relationships using profile silhouettes. Class II and III jaw relationships were constructed on the silhouette of a class I normal profile by altering the mandibular position. Retruded, normal and protruded positions were also applied for the forehead and neck. Three hundred Iranian laypeople (150 men, 150 women) scored the esthetics of profile silhouettes from 1 to 7. Half of the participants were told to consider the profiles as a man, and the other half were told to consider them as a woman. Data were analyzed using non-parametric methods. Class I jaw relation was found to be the most beautiful profile followed by class II and III respectively. Esthetics of different positions of the neck and forehead were significantly different (P < 0.05). In subjects with a normal neck and forehead position, and those with a retruded neck, the best esthetic relationship was class I, and the worst was class III. For protruded foreheads, the best jaw relationship was class II for females and class I for males, and the worst was class III for both. In a retruded forehead position, the most preferred jaw relationship was class I, and the worst was class II. For profiles with a protruded neck, the best esthetics was found to be in class III jaw relationship, and the worst was in class II. There was a small difference in scoring for male and female profiles (P < 0.05); there were also small differences in scoring trends of men and women (P < 0.05). This study showed that the anteroposterior position of the forehead and neck affects the esthetics of jaw relationships in profile view. In laypeople's opinions, in a normal profile, the overall appearance is more important compared to the independent position of the neck and forehead; however, having jaw abnormalities, the neck plays an important independent role. The preferred jaw relation for profiles with each forehead or neck position was introduced.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false May an Indian tribe distribute per capita payments from net gaming revenues derived from either Class II or Class III gaming without a tribal revenue... net gaming revenues derived from either Class II or Class III gaming without a tribal revenue...
Farret, Milton Meri Benitez; Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori
2012-09-01
The treatment of skeletal class III and anterior open bite can be unstable and orthodontists frequently observe relapse. Here, we report on the management of three patients with skeletal class III profiles and open bites treated by orthodontic camouflage. Each received a retention protocol involving the use of two separate appliances during the night and day accompanied by myofunctional therapy. Long-term follow-up revealed a stable outcome.
Farret, Milton M B; Farret, Marcel M; Farret, Alessandro M
2009-01-01
The purpose of this article is to review treatment concepts for patients with congenitally missing teeth in the mandible, for patients in whom teeth in only the mandibular arch were extracted, or for patients with Class III camouflage treatment. The therapy result in these situations is a Class III molar relationship. With this type of intercuspation, esthetic and functional aspects must be observed. © 2009 BY QUINTESSENCE PUBLISHING CO, INC.
Itoh, Jun-Ichi; Hibara, Ken-Ichiro; Sato, Yutaka; Nagato, Yasuo
2008-01-01
Members of the Class III homeodomain leucine zipper (Class III HD-Zip) gene family are central regulators of crucial aspects of plant development. To better understand the roles of five Class III HD-Zip genes in rice (Oryza sativa) development, we investigated their expression patterns, ectopic expression phenotypes, and auxin responsiveness. Four genes, OSHB1 to OSHB4, were expressed in a localized domain of the shoot apical meristem (SAM), the adaxial cells of leaf primordia, the leaf margins, and the xylem tissue of vascular bundles. In contrast, expression of OSHB5 was observed only in phloem tissue. Plants ectopically expressing microRNA166-resistant versions of the OSHB3 gene exhibited severe defects, including the ectopic production of leaf margins, shoots, and radialized leaves. The treatment of seedlings with auxin quickly induced ectopic OSHB3 expression in the entire region of the SAM, but not in other tissues. Furthermore, this ectopic expression of OSHB3 was correlated with leaf initiation defects. Our findings suggest that rice Class III HD-Zip genes have conserved functions with their homologs in Arabidopsis (Arabidopsis thaliana), but have also acquired specific developmental roles in grasses or monocots. In addition, some Class III HD-Zip genes may regulate the leaf initiation process in the SAM in an auxin-dependent manner. PMID:18567825
Akhtar, Shamsuddin; Liu, Jia; Heng, Joseph; Dai, Feng; Schonberger, Robert B; Burg, Matthew M
2016-09-01
It is recommended to correct intravenous induction doses by up to 50% for patients older than 65 years. The objectives were to determine (a) the degree to which anesthesia providers correct induction doses for age and (b) additionally adjust for American Society of Anesthesiologists physical status (ASA-PS) class (severity of illness) and (c) whether postinduction hypotension is more common among patients aged >65. Retrospective chart review. Academic medical center. A total of 1869 adult patients receiving general anesthesia for GI surgical procedures from February 2013 to January 2014. Patients were divided into 3 age groups (age <65, 65-79, ≥80 years) and then further stratified into ASA-PS class (I/II vs III/IV). Multiple pairwise comparisons were conducted using Welch t tests for continuous variables to determine whether dosing was different for the older groups vs the younger group; separate analyses were performed within and across ASA-PS class. This approach was also used to determine differences in mean arterial pressure change in the older groups vs the younger group, whereas the rates of hypotension among different age groups were compared by Cochran-Armitage trend test. No significant decrease in dosing between age groups was observed for fentanyl and midazolam. For propofol, there was a significantly lower dosing for older patients: 17% for patients aged 65-79 and 29% for those aged >80, which was still in less than the recommendations. An inverse relationship was observed between propofol dosing and ASA-PS class, but no consistent relationship was noted for fentanyl and midazolam. There were a significantly larger drop in mean arterial pressure and a greater likelihood of hypotension following induction in patients aged 65-79 years and >80 years as compared with those aged <65 years. This study shows that the administered dose of anesthetic induction agents is significantly higher than that recommended for patients older than 65 years. This failure to age-adjust dose may contribute to hypotensive episodes. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
49 CFR 173.154 - Exceptions for Class 8 (corrosive materials).
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
... solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. (2) For corrosive materials in Packing Group III, inner... capacity each for solids, packed in a strong outer packaging. (c) Consumer commodities. Until December 31... subject to any other requirements of this subchapter when transported by motor vehicle or rail car in a...
The "beauty arch: " a new aesthetic analysis for malar augmentation planning.
Marianetti, Tito Matteo; Cozzolino, Salvatore; Torroni, Andrea; Gasparini, Giulio; Pelo, Sandro
2015-05-01
Midface is a critical area for the aesthetics of the face. Despite malar hypoplasia is often combined with a class III malocclusion, there are few studies focusing on the results of a combined approach of malar implants and Le Fort I. We describe a new aesthetic analysis, named "beauty arch" analysis, for the assessment of sagittal projection of the malar region. We took a reference group of 74 Italian women participating in a national beauty contest in 2011 on which we performed our analysis. We used the ideal values to elaborate the surgical treatment planning of a second group of 45 consecutive female patients affected by skeletal class III malocclusion.Twenty-three patients undergo simultaneous Le Fort I osteotomy and malar implants. From the descriptive statistical comparison of the patients' values before and after orthognathic surgery and malar implants with the reference values, we observed how all parameters considered got closer to the ideal population. We consider our beauty arch a useful help for surgeon in the treatment planning of patients with skeletal malocclusions and malar implants.
Sun, Xiu-Li; Wang, Hai-Bo; Wang, Zhi-Qi; Cao, Ting-Ting; Yang, Xin; Han, Jing-Song; Wu, Yang-Feng; Reilly, Kathleen H; Wang, Jian-Liu
2017-06-15
Class III radical hysterectomy (RH III)_plus pelvic lymphadenectomy is the standard surgery for early stage cervical cancer (CC) patients, the 5 year survival rate is about 90%, but pelvic floor disorders especially bladder dysfunction are common due to damaged vessels and nerve fibers following surgery. Transcutaneous electrical stimulation (TENS) treatment has been used to treat bladder disorders for many years, but its effect on cervical cancer patients, the best treatment time point and stimulated protocol, had never been assessed. The aim of this study is to investigate the efficacy of TENS treatment on lower urinary tract symptoms (LUTS) after RH III in CC patients. The study will be conducted as a clinical, multicentre, randomised controlled trial with balanced randomisation (1:1). The planned sample size is 208 participants (at 1:1 ratio, 104 subjects in each group). At 5-7 days after RH III, patients are screened according to operative and pathological findings. Enrolled participants are randomised into an intervention group (TENS plus conventional clinical care) or control group (conventional clinical care), with stratification by menopausal status (menopause vs. non-menopause) and surgical modality (laparoscopic RH or abdominal RH). Participants in both groups will be followed up at 14 days, 21 days, 28 days, 3 months, 6 months, 12 months, 18 months and 24 months after surgery. The primary endpoint is improvement rate of urination function which is defined as recovery (residual urine ≤50 ml) or improvement (residual urine 50-100 ml). Secondary endpoints include urodynamic parameter, urinary incontinence, anorectal function, pelvic function, quality of life (QOL), disease-free survival and adverse events. Primary endpoint analyses will be carried out by Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel tests taking into center effect. To our knowledge this is the first trial to investigate the effect of TENS treatment on bladder function recovery after RH III among CC patients. This study will provide new information on TENS efficacy for bladder function recovery. Once confirmed, it may help to provide a new, non-invisive treatment for those postoperative CC patients with poor pelvic function, which would help improve their quality of life. The study is registered to Clinical Trials.gov ( NCT02492542 ) on June 25, 2015.
Koloski, N A; Jones, M; Young, M; Talley, N J
2015-05-01
While the Rome III classification recognises functional constipation (FC) and constipation predominant IBS (IBS-C) as distinct disorders, recent evidence has suggested that these disorders are difficult to separate in clinical practice. To identify whether clinical and lifestyle factors differentiate Rome III-defined IBS-C from FC based on gastrointestinal symptoms and lifestyle characteristics. 3260 people randomly selected from the Australian population returned a postal survey. FC and IBS-C were defined according to Rome III. The first model used logistic regression to differentiate IBS-C from FC based on lifestyle, quality-of-life and psychological characteristics. The second approach was data-driven employing latent class analysis (LCA) to identify naturally occurring clusters in the data considering all symptoms involved in the Rome III criteria for IBS-C and FC. We found n = 206 (6.5%; 95% CI 5.7-7.4%) people met strict Rome III FC whereas n = 109 (3.5%; 95% CI 2.8-4.1%) met strict Rome III IBS-C. The case-control approach indicated that FC patients reported an older age at onset of constipation, were less likely to exercise, had higher mental QoL and less health care seeking than IBS-C. LCA yielded one latent class that was predominantly (75%) FC, while the other class was approximately half IBS-C and half FC. The FC-dominated latent class had clearly lower levels of symptoms used to classify IBS (pain-related symptoms) and was more likely to be male (P = 0.046) but was otherwise similar in distribution of lifestyle factors to the mixed class. The latent class analysis approach suggests a differentiation based more on symptom severity rather than the Rome III view. © 2015 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Kilic, Nihat; Celikoglu, Mevlüt; Oktay, Hüsamettin
2011-12-01
Studies assessing the transversal treatment changes caused by the functional regulator III (FR-3) are limited in number. This clinical study was planned to analyse the transversal effects of the FR-3 appliance therapy. The treatment group consisted of 17 patients (8 males and 9 females) with Class III malocclusion, who were treated with the FR-3 appliance. The control group consisted of 17 subjects (7 males and 10 females) with a normal occlusion. Mean ages of the subjects were 10.73 and 10.66 years in the treatment and control groups, respectively. Postero-anterior radiographs and stone casts were obtained before (T1) and after (T2) treatment/observation. The results of the Student's t-test comparing initial values showed that maxillary dentoalveolar and skeletal widths are significantly larger in the control group than those in the treatment group. At the end of the treatment, significant transverse increments occurred only at the dentoalveolar level of the maxilla. The transversal changes in the mandible were not statistically significant. Buccal shields of FR-3 did not stimulate the growth of maxillary apical base but caused an enhanced and supplementary widening of maxillary dental and alveolar structures.
Ochiai, Kent T; Hojo, Satoru; Nakamura, Camille; Ikeda, Hideki; Garrett, Neal R
2011-04-01
It is not clear if the interaction of craniofacial form with type of prosthetic restoration (conventional or implant-assisted) is related to masticatory function in complete denture patients. The purpose of this study was to investigate the relationships among facial form, skeletal class, alveolar residual ridge heights and masticatory function in subjects treated with implant-assisted or conventional mandibular dentures with lateral cephalometric evaluation. Data from a previously reported randomized controlled clinical trial were accessed to compare treatment success rates, functional and perceptual outcomes, dietary intake, and craniofacial relationships between mandibular complete dentures and implant overdentures in edentulous diabetic subjects. Evaluation of the digitized post-insertion lateral cephalometric radiographs provided measures of facial form (mesocephalic "medium", brachycephalic "broad and square", dolichocephalic "vertical and long"), skeletal class (Class I, Class II, Class III), and alveolar ridge height (mm), which were compared to results of standardized masticatory tests as evaluated using MANOVA and REGW post-hoc evaluation (α=.05). Masticatory performance on the preferred side was slightly reduced in the dolichocephalic group, compared to brachycephalic and mesocephalic groups (P=.085). Swallowing threshold performance was significantly less in skeletal Class II subjects compared to Class I (P=.034). Maxillary residual alveolar ridge height was significantly less in the brachycephalic group compared to the dolichocephalic group (P<.001). No differences in mandibular ridge height were seen associated with facial form or skeletal class groups. Facial form may be related to masticatory function with conventional and implant-assisted mandibular dentures, but larger controlled studies are needed to confirm this relationship. Alveolar ridge height is reduced in edentulous subjects with a brachycephalic facial form. Copyright © 2011 The Editorial Council of the Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
25 CFR 522.6 - Approval requirements for class III ordinances.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... Section 522.6 Indians NATIONAL INDIAN GAMING COMMISSION, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR APPROVAL OF CLASS II AND CLASS III ORDINANCES AND RESOLUTIONS SUBMISSION OF GAMING ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION § 522.6 Approval...) The tribe shall have the sole proprietary interest in and responsibility for the conduct of any gaming...
Obesity and injury-related absenteeism in a population-based firefighter cohort.
Poston, Walker S C; Jitnarin, Nattinee; Haddock, C Keith; Jahnke, Sara A; Tuley, Brianne C
2011-10-01
A consistent relationship has been demonstrated between obesity and absenteeism in the workplace. However, most studies have focused on primarily sedentary occupational groups. Firefighting is a physically demanding profession that involves significant potential for exposure to dangerous situations and strenuous work. No studies to date have evaluated the impact of obesity on risk for absenteeism among firefighters. We examined the cross-sectional association between BMI and obesity and injury-related absenteeism. BMI, body fat percentage (BF%), waist circumference (WC), injury, and injury-related absenteeism were assessed in 478 career male firefighters. One hundred and fifteen firefighters reported an injury in the previous year and the number of days absent from work due to their injury. BMI was an independent predictor of absenteeism due to injury even after adjustment for confounding variables. Firefighters meeting the definition of class II and III obesity had nearly five times (odds ratio (OR) = 4.89; 95% confidence interval (CI) = 3.63-6.58) the number missed work days due to injury when compared to their normal weight counterparts and their elevated risk was greater than firefighters with class I obesity (OR = 2.71; 95% CI = 2.01-3.65) or those who were overweight (OR = 2.55; 95% CI = 1.90-3.41). The attributable per capita costs of class II and III obesity-related absenteeism over the last year were $1,682.90 per firefighter, $254.00 per firefighter for class I obesity, and $74.41 per firefighter for overweight. Our findings suggest that class II and III obesity were associated with substantial attributable costs to employers and our cost estimates probably underestimate the actual financial burden.
Obesity and Injury-Related Absenteeism in a Population-Based Firefighter Cohort
Poston, Walker S.C.; Jitnarin, Nattinee; Haddock, C. Keith; Jahnke, Sara A.; Tuley, Brianne C.
2018-01-01
A consistent relationship has been demonstrated between obesity and absenteeism in the workplace. However, most studies have focused on primarily sedentary occupational groups. Firefighting is a physically demanding profession that involves significant potential for exposure to dangerous situations and strenuous work. No studies to date have evaluated the impact of obesity on risk for absenteeism among firefighters. We examined the cross-sectional association between BMI and obesity and injury-related absenteeism. BMI, body fat percentage (BF%), waist circumference (WC), injury, and injury-related absenteeism were assessed in 478 career male firefighters. One hundred and fifteen firefighters reported an injury in the previous year and the number of days absent from work due to their injury. BMI was an independent predictor of absenteeism due to injury even after adjustment for confounding variables. Firefighters meeting the definition of class II and III obesity had nearly five times (odds ratio (OR) = 4.89; 95% confidence interval (CI) = 3.63–6.58) the number missed work days due to injury when compared to their normal weight counterparts and their elevated risk was greater than firefighters with class I obesity (OR = 2.71; 95% CI = 2.01–3.65) or those who were overweight (OR = 2.55; 95% CI = 1.90–3.41). The attributable per capita costs of class II and III obesity-related absenteeism over the last year were $1,682.90 per firefighter, $254.00 per firefighter for class I obesity, and $74.41 per firefighter for overweight. Our findings suggest that class II and III obesity were associated with substantial attributable costs to employers and our cost estimates probably underestimate the actual financial burden. PMID:21633400
Agarwal, Sumit Kumar; Jhingran, Rajesh; Bains, Vivek Kumar; Srivastava, Ruchi; Madan, Rohit; Rizvi, Iram
2016-01-01
Objective: To evaluate the efficacy of coronally advanced flap (CAF) procedure under microsurgical approach for the management of Miller's Class I and II gingival recession defects with the use of either platelet-rich fibrin (PRF) or amnion membrane (AM) in comparison to CAF alone. Materials and Methods: A total of 45 sites with Miller's Class I or II gingival recession defect were randomly distributed for: Experimental Group I (CAF with PRF) sites (n = 15) which were treated with the microsurgical approach using CAF along with PRF; experimental Group II (CAF with AM) sites (n = 15) were treated with the microsurgical approach using CAF along with AM; control Group III (CAF alone) sites (n = 15) were treated with the microsurgical approach using CAF alone. Vertical gingival recession (VGR), horizontal gingival recession (HGR), gingival thickness (GT) (using transgingival probing [TGP] and ultrasonography [USG]) and patients’ response and acceptance were documented at baseline, 3 months and 6 months after surgical interventions. Results: CAF alone and in combination with PRF or AM, were effective techniques for root coverage with average VGR values of 1.47 ± 0.92 mm (56%), 0.67 ± 1.23 mm (36%) and 0.60 ± 1.06 mm (33%) in Group I (CAF with PRF), Group II (CAF with AM), and Group III (CAF alone), respectively. Complete coverage (100%) was obtained in 33.3% sites of Group I (CAF with PRF), 26.6% sites of Group II (CAF with AM) and 13.3% in Group III (CAF alone). Patients’ response and acceptance for surgical treatment modality in terms of patient esthetic score and decrease in hypersensitivity score was highest for Group I (CAF with PRF), whereas patient comfort score was highest for Group II (CAF with AM). At 6 months follow-up, significant increase in GT measurements (using TGP and USG) in Group I (CAF with PRF), whereas, nonsignificant increase for Group II (CAF with AM) and no change or decrease for Group III (CAF alone) as compared to baseline was observed. Conclusion: The present study observed enhancement in root coverage when PRF or AM are used in conjunction with CAF as compared to CAF alone. These results are based on 6-month follow-up. Therefore, the long-term evaluation may be necessary to appreciate the clinical effect of autologous PRF and AM. PMID:27011751
Closs, Luciane Quadrado; Mundstock, Karina Santos; Ribeiro, Darlene Santos; Reston, Eduardo Galia; Silva, Aurelício Novaes
2010-01-01
This case report describes the treatment of a patient with an unerupted maxillary left central incisor, class III malocclusion with crossbite of the maxillary posterior teeth and lateral open bite. Treatment consisted of rapid maxillary expansion followed by anterior space opening, maxillary protraction and traction of the unerupted teeth with a light force system. Favorable results were obtained in terms of correcting incisor position and class III malocclusion. The results achieved remained stable throughout a 4-year retention period.
[Work and health status of workers of shoe manufacturing industries].
Mironov, A I; Kirillov, V F; Bul'bulian, M A; Golubeva, A P; Kraeva, G K; Kuznetsova, A I; Nikolaeva, G M
2001-01-01
According to work conditions, severity and intensity, the main shoe-making occupations are assigned to III class of I-II jeopardy grade. If new technology applied, the work is assigned to I-II jeopardy class, being optimal--allowable. Increased mortality with liver cancer and lympholeucosis was revealed among workers contacting chloroprene.
Jules, Matthieu; Le Chat, Ludovic; Aymerich, Stéphane; Le Coq, Dominique
2009-05-01
We present here experimental evidence that the Bacillus subtilis ywjI gene encodes a class II fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, functionally equivalent to the fbp-encoded class III enzyme, and constitutes with the upstream gene, murAB, an operon transcribed at the same level under glycolytic or gluconeogenic conditions.
Jules, Matthieu; Le Chat, Ludovic; Aymerich, Stéphane; Le Coq, Dominique
2009-01-01
We present here experimental evidence that the Bacillus subtilis ywjI gene encodes a class II fructose-1,6-bisphosphatase, functionally equivalent to the fbp-encoded class III enzyme, and constitutes with the upstream gene, murAB, an operon transcribed at the same level under glycolytic or gluconeogenic conditions. PMID:19270101
Rahman, Gisel; Ocampo, Dolores; Rubinstein, Anahí; Risso, Paula
2015-10-01
The presence of sexually transmitted infections (STIs) in patients with suspected sexual abuse is uncommon in the field of pediatrics. To establish the prevalence of anogenital findings and their relation to the presence of STIs in girls referred for suspected child sexual abuse. Retrospective study conducted between January 1st, 2003 and December 31st, 2013. Physical findings and detection of STIs in girls with suspected child sexual abuse were analyzed. One thousand thirty-four patients were included. Their median age was 7.9 years old. Anogenital findings were classified as class I (normal):38.4%, class II (nonspecific):38.1%, class III (specific):19.9% and class IV (definitive):3.6%. STIs were observed in 42 patients (4.1%). A relation was established between STIs and the classification of physical findings: 10 (class II: 9; class III: 1) Neisseria gonorrhoeae, 17 (class I: 2; class II: 8; class III: 7) Chlamydia trachomatis, 15 (class I: 2; class II: 10; class III: 3) Trichomonas vaginalis. Statistically significant differences for Trichomonas vaginalis (p= 0.01) and Neisseria gonorrhoeae (p < 0.0001) were observed, with predominance of nonspecific clinical signs. Both nonspecific and specific findings were similarly observed for Chlamydia trachomatis (p= 0.03). Most cases of girls with suspected child sexual abuse had normal or nonspecific anogenital findings. The prevalence of STIs in these girls is low. Trichomonas vaginalis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae were related to nonspecific findings, while both nonspecific and specific findings were observed for Chlamydia trachomatis.
Musser, J M; Mattingly, S J; Quentin, R; Goudeau, A; Selander, R K
1989-06-01
Chromosomal genotypes of 128 isolates of six serotypes (Ia, Ib, Ic, II, Ic/II, and III) of Streptococcus agalactiae (group B Streptococcus) recovered predominantly from human infants in the United States were characterized by an analysis of electrophoretically demonstrable allelic profiles at 11 metabolic enzyme loci. Nineteen distinctive electrophoretic types (ETs), representing multilocus clonal genotypes, were identified. Mean genetic diversity per locus among ETs of isolates of the same serotype was, on average, nearly equal to that in all 19 ETs. Cluster analysis of the ETs revealed two primary phylogenetic divisions at a genetic distance of 0.65. A single clone (ET 1) represented by 40 isolates expressing type III antigen formed division I. Division II was composed of 18 ETs in three major lineages diverging from one another at distances greater than 0.35 and included strains of all six antigenic classes. The type III organisms in division I produce more extracellular neuraminidase and apparently are more virulent than the type III strains in division II, which are related to strains of other serotypes that cause disease much less frequently. The existence of this unusually virulent clone accounts, in major part, for the high morbidity and mortality associated with infection by type III organisms.
De Vries, A; Feleke, S
2008-12-01
This study assessed the accuracy of 3 methods that predict the uniform milk price in Federal Milk Marketing Order 6 (Florida). Predictions were made for 1 to 12 mo into the future. Data were from January 2003 to May 2007. The CURRENT method assumed that future uniform milk prices were equal to the last announced uniform milk price. The F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods were based on the milk futures markets because the futures prices reflect the market's expectation of the class III and class IV cash prices that are announced monthly by USDA. The F+BASIS method added an exponentially weighted moving average of the difference between the class III cash price and the historical uniform milk price (also known as basis) to the class III futures price. The F+UTIL method used the class III and class IV futures prices, the most recently announced butter price, and historical utilizations to predict the skim milk prices, butterfat prices, and utilizations in all 4 classes. Predictions of future utilizations were made with a Holt-Winters smoothing method. Federal Milk Marketing Order 6 had high class I utilization (85 +/- 4.8%). Mean and standard deviation of the class III and class IV cash prices were $13.39 +/- 2.40/cwt (1 cwt = 45.36 kg) and $12.06 +/- 1.80/cwt, respectively. The actual uniform price in Tampa, Florida, was $16.62 +/- 2.16/cwt. The basis was $3.23 +/- 1.23/cwt. The F+BASIS and F+UTIL predictions were generally too low during the period considered because the class III cash prices were greater than the corresponding class III futures prices. For the 1- to 6-mo-ahead predictions, the root of the mean squared prediction errors from the F+BASIS method were $1.12, $1.20, $1.55, $1.91, $2.16, and $2.34/cwt, respectively. The root of the mean squared prediction errors ranged from $2.50 to $2.73/cwt for predictions up to 12 mo ahead. Results from the F+UTIL method were similar. The accuracies of the F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods for all 12 fore-cast horizons were not significantly different. Application of the modified Mariano-Diebold tests showed that no method included all the information contained in the other methods. In conclusion, both F+BASIS and F+UTIL methods tended to more accurately predict the future uniform milk prices than the CURRENT method, but prediction errors could be substantial even a few months into the future. The majority of the prediction error was caused by the inefficiency of the futures markets to predict the class III cash prices.
Alkhamrah, B; Terada, K; Yamaki, M; Ali, I M; Hanada, K
2001-01-01
A longitudinal retrospective study using thin-plate spline analysis was used to investigate skeletal Class III etiology in Japanese female adolescents. Headfilms of 40 subjects were chosen from the archives of the Orthodontic department at Niigata University Dental Hospital, and were traced at IIIB and IVA Hellman dental ages. Twenty-eight homologous landmarks, representing hard and soft tissue, were digitized. These were used to reproduce a consensus for the profilogram, craniomaxillary complex, mandible, and soft tissue for each age and skeletal group. Generalized least-square analysis revealed a significant shape difference between age-matched groups (P < .001), except for the craniomaxillary complex at stage IVA. T test for size analysis showed unequivocally increased mandibular size in skeletal Class III, which directly increased the craniofacial size collectively (P < .05). A deviant profilogram showed anisotropy displaying as maxillary deficiency, acute cranial base, and obtuse gonial angle in addition to increased facial height at stage IIIB. Maxillary retrusion decreased while the mandible showed excessive incremental growth and a forward position caused by deficient orthocephalization at stage IVA. Craniomaxillary complex total spline and partial warps (PW)3 and 2 showed a maxillary retrusion at stage IIIB opposite an acute cranial base at stage IVA. Mandibular total spline and PW4, 5 showed changes affecting most landmarks and their spatial interrelationship, especially a stretch along the articulare-pogonion axis. In soft tissue analysis, PW8 showed large and local changes which paralleled the underlying hard tissue components. Allometry of the mandible and anisotropy of the cranial base, the maxilla, and the mandible asserted the complexity of craniofacial growth and the difficulty of predicting its outcome.
Hendriks, Lizza E L; Troost, Esther G C; Steward, Allan; Bootsma, Gerben P; De Jaeger, Katrien; van den Borne, Ben E E M; Dingemans, Anne-Marie C
2014-07-01
Median survival after diagnosis of brain metastases is, depending on the Recursive Partitioning Analysis (RPA) classes, 7.1 (class I) to 2.3 months (class III). In 2011 the Dutch guideline on brain metastases was revised, advising to withhold whole brain radiotherapy (WBRT) in RPA class III. In this large retrospective study, we evaluated the guideline's use in daily practice. Data of 428 lung cancer patients undergoing WBRT for brain metastases (2004-2012) referred from three Dutch hospitals were retrospectively analyzed. Details on Karnofsky performance score (KPS), age, control of primary tumor, extracranial metastases, histology, and survival after diagnosis of brain metastases were collected. RPA class was determined using the first four items. In total 327 patients had non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) and 101 small cell lung cancer (SCLC). For NSCLC, 6.1%, 71.9%, and 16.2% were classified as RPA I, II, and III, respectively, and 5.8% could not be classified. For SCLC this was 8.9%, 66.3%, 14.9%, and 9.9%, respectively. Before the revised guideline was implemented, 11.3-21.3% of WBRT patients were annually classified as RPA III. In the year thereafter, this was 13.0% (p = 0.646). Median survival (95% CI) for NSCLC RPA class I, II, and III was 11.4 (9.9-12.9), 4.0 (3.4-4.7), and 1.7 (1.3-2.0) months, respectively. For SCLC this was 7.9 (4.1-11.7), 4.7 (3.3-6.1), and 1.7 (1.5-1.8) months. Although it is advised to withhold WBRT in RPA class III patients, in daily practice 11.3-21.3% of WBRT-treated patients were classified as RPA III. The new guideline did not result in a decrease. Reasons for referral of RPA III patients despite a low KPS were not found. Despite WBRT, survival of RPA III patients remains poor and this poor outcome should be stressed in practice guidelines. Therefore, better awareness amongst physicians would prevent some patients from being treated unnecessarily.
Pamporakis, Paschalis; Nevzatoğlu, Şirin; Küçükkeleş, Nazan
2014-07-01
To assess short-term alterations in the volume of pharyngeal airway space and maxillary sinuses associated with rapid maxillary expansion (RME) and facemask (FM) use in growing Class III maxillary-deficient patients. Twenty-two patients (14 girls, eight boys) treated with the RME/FM and having pretreatment and posttreatment cone beam-computed tomographic scans were identified from the archives of the Marmara University, Department of Orthodontics. According to the protraction force that was used, they were divided into two groups: a group with 400 g protraction force (12 subjects) and a group with 800 g protraction force (10 subjects). Mean age for the study group was 10 years. All patients were diagnosed with normal/low vertical growth pattern, maxillary deficiency, and normal mandible. No control group was available for this study. For each patient, a hyrax expansion screw with acrylic cap splint was constructed and RME was performed for 10 days. On the seventh day, protraction with a FM started. The results showed a statistically significant increase in the volume of maxillary sinuses after treatment, which was related to the growth. On the other hand, the increase in the volume of pharyngeal airway was not statistically significant. RME/FM treatment did not affect at all the volume of maxillary sinuses and actually inhibited the normal expected increase of the volume of the pharynx when compared with a control group comprising normal individuals.
Are poker players all the same? Latent class analysis.
Dufour, Magali; Brunelle, Natacha; Roy, Élise
2015-06-01
Poker is the gambling game that is currently gaining the most in popularity. However, there is little information on poker players' characteristics and risk factors. Furthermore, the first studies described poker players, often recruited in universities, as an homogeneous group who played in only one of the modes (land based or on the Internet). This study aims to identify, through latent class analyses, poker player subgroups. A convenience sample of 258 adult poker players was recruited across Quebec during special events or through advertising in various media. Participants filled out a series of questionnaires (Canadian Problem Gambling Index, Beck Depression, Beck Anxiety, erroneous belief and alcohol/drug consumption). The latent class analysis suggests that there are three classes of poker players. Class I (recreational poker players) includes those who have the lowest probability of engaging intensively in different game modes. Participants in class II (Internet poker players) all play poker on the Internet. This class includes the highest proportion of players who consider themselves experts or professionals. They make a living in part or in whole from poker. Class III (multiform players) includes participants with the broadest variety of poker patterns. This group is complex: these players are positioned halfway between professional and recreational players. Results indicate that poker players are not an homogeneous group identified simply on the basis of the form of poker played. The specific characteristics associated with each subgroup points to vulnerabilities that could potentially be targeted for preventive interventions.
Regulation of Bacteriophage T5 Development by ColI Factors
Moyer, R. W.; Fu, A. S.; Szabo, C.
1972-01-01
The I-type colicinogenic factor ColIb transforms Escherichia coli from a permissive to a nonpermissive host for bacteriophage T5 reproduction by preventing complete expression of the phage genome. T5-infected ColIb+ cells synthesize only class I (early) phage protein and ribonucleic acid (RNA). Neither phage-specific class II proteins [associated with viral deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) replication] nor class III proteins (phage structural components) are formed due to the failure of the infected ColIb+ cells to synthesize class II or class III phage-specific messenger RNA. Comparable studies with T5-infected cells colicinogenic for the related ColIa factor revealed no decrease in the yield of progeny phage although the presence of the ColIa factor leads to a significant reduction in the amount of phage-directed class III protein synthesis. Images PMID:4554465
The Effect of Chin-cup Therapy in Class III Malocclusion: A Systematic Review
Mousoulea, Sophia; Tsolakis, Ioannis; Ferdianakis, Efstratios; Tsolakis, Apostolos I.
2016-01-01
Background: The treatment of Class III malocclusion has been challenging for orthodontists. Among a plethora of treatment modalities, the chin-cup is considered a traditional appliance for early orthopedic intervention. Objective: The present study aims to investigate the current scientific evidence regarding the effectiveness of chin-cup therapy in Class III malocclusion of prognathic growing patients. Method: A systematic review of the literature was conducted using PubMed/Medline and the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials from January 1954 to October 2015. Articles were selected based on established inclusion/ exclusion criteria. Results: The search strategy resulted in 3285 articles.14 studies were selected for the final analysis. They were all CCTs, 13 of retrospective and 1 of prospective design. Methodological quality was evaluated by a risk of bias assessment, as suggested by the Cochrane Risk of Bias Assessment Tool for Non-Randomized Studies on Interventions. The reported evidence presented favorable short-term outcomes both in hard and soft tissues improving the Class III profile, as well as desirable dento-alveolar changes, positively affecting the Class III malocclusion. Conclusion: There is considerable agreement between studies that chin-cup therapy can be considered for the short-term treatment of growing patients with Class III malocclusion, as indicated by favorable changes both in the hard and soft tissues. The existence of considerable risk of bias in all selected studies and the unclear long-term effectiveness of chin-cup therapy highlight the need for further investigation to draw reliable conclusions. PMID:28077971
2008-01-01
Background The origin of vertebrate retroviruses (Retroviridae) is yet to be thoroughly investigated, but due to their similarity and identical gag-pol (and env) genome structure, it is accepted that they evolve from Ty3/Gypsy LTR retroelements the retrotransposons and retroviruses of plants, fungi and animals. These 2 groups of LTR retroelements code for 3 proteins rarely studied due to the high variability – gag polyprotein, protease and GPY/F module. In relation to 3 previously proposed Retroviridae classes I, II and II, investigation of the above proteins conclusively uncovers important insights regarding the ancient history of Ty3/Gypsy and Retroviridae LTR retroelements. Results We performed a comprehensive study of 120 non-redundant Ty3/Gypsy and Retroviridae LTR retroelements. Phylogenetic reconstruction inferred based on the concatenated analysis of the gag and pol polyproteins shows a robust phylogenetic signal regarding the clustering of OTUs. Evaluation of gag and pol polyproteins separately yields discordant information. While pol signal supports the traditional perspective (2 monophyletic groups), gag polyprotein describes an alternative scenario where each Retroviridae class can be distantly related with one or more Ty3/Gypsy lineages. We investigated more in depth this evidence through comparative analyses performed based on the gag polyprotein, the protease and the GPY/F module. Our results indicate that contrary to the traditional monophyletic view of the origin of vertebrate retroviruses, the Retroviridae class I is a molecular fossil, preserving features that were probably predominant among Ty3/Gypsy ancestors predating the split of plants, fungi and animals. In contrast, classes II and III maintain other phenotypes that emerged more recently during Ty3/Gypsy evolution. Conclusion The 3 Retroviridae classes I, II and III exhibit phenotypic differences that delineate a network never before reported between Ty3/Gypsy and Retroviridae LTR retroelements. This new scenario reveals how the diversity of vertebrate retroviruses is polyphyletically recurrent into the Ty3/Gypsy evolution, i.e. older than previously thought. The simplest hypothesis to explain this finding is that classes I, II and III trace back to at least 3 Ty3/Gypsy ancestors that emerged at different evolutionary times prior to protostomes-deuterostomes divergence. We have called this "the three kings hypothesis" concerning the origin of vertebrate retroviruses. PMID:18842133
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1953 Section 147.1953 Protection of... enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1953 Section 147.1953 Protection of... enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure...
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhou, Si; Liu, Cheng-Cheng; Zhao, Jijun; Yao, Yugui
2018-03-01
Monolayer group-III monochalcogenides (MX, M = Ga, In; X = S, Se, Te), an emerging category of two-dimensional (2D) semiconductors, hold great promise for electronics, optoelectronics and catalysts. By first-principles calculations, we show that the phonon dispersion and Raman spectra, as well as the electronic and topological properties of monolayer MX can be tuned by oxygen functionalization. Chemisorption of oxygen atoms on one side or both sides of the MX sheet narrows or even closes the band gap, enlarges work function, and significantly reduces the carrier effective mass. More excitingly, InS, InSe, and InTe monolayers with double-side oxygen functionalization are 2D topological insulators with sizeable bulk gap up to 0.21 eV. Their low-energy bands near the Fermi level are dominated by the px and py orbitals of atoms, allowing band engineering via in-plane strains. Our studies provide viable strategy for realizing quantum spin Hall effect in monolayer group-III monochalcogenides at room temperature, and utilizing these novel 2D materials for high-speed and dissipationless transport devices.
Impact E-Learning Platform Moodle on the Physic's Learning Process in the High School's Students
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Torres-Montealban, Jonas; Ruiz-Chavarria, Gregorio; Gomez-Lozoya, Enrique Armando
2011-03-01
As a didactic proposal, moodle e-learning platform was implemented in one of two Physics High School's group at UACH, in order to show how the use of new technologies can improve the learning progress linked to physics concepts. As a result, the first group worked at the same time with inside class activities as well as outside resources from the moodle e-platform. The second group only worked with inside class activities. This teaching application was developed in six sections. Section I defines the educational framework. Section II identifies the key physic's concepts to be studied in each proposed activity. Section III describes the didactic model. Section IV displays the compared results between similarities and differences in both groups. Section VI shows the gathered information in order to be discussed as a topic related on how new technologies improve the Physic's learning process in the high school' students.
Yang, Qiao-Ning; Bai, Rui-Na; Dong, Guo-Ju; Ge, Chang-Jiang; Zhou, Jing-Min; Huang, Li; He, Yan; Wang, Jun; Ren, Ai-Hua; Huang, Zhan-Quan; Zhu, Guang-Li; Lu, Shu; Xiong, Shang-Quan; Xian, Shao-Xiang; Zhu, Zhi-Jun; Shi, Da-Zhuo; Lu, Shu-Zheng; Li, Li-Zhi; Chen, Ke-Ji
2018-05-01
To evaluate the effect and safety of Kuanxiong Aerosol (, KA) on patients with angina pectoris. Block randomization was performed to randomly allocate 750 patients into KA (376 cases) and control groups (374 cases). During an angina attack, the KA group received 3 consecutive sublingual sprays of KA (0.6 mL per spray). The control group received 1 sublingual nitroglycerin tablet (NT, 0.5 mg/tablet). Log-rank tests and Kaplan-Meier estimations were used to estimate the angina remission rates at 6 time-points after treatment (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and >5 min). Logistic regression analysis was performed to observe the factors inflfluencing the rate of effective angina remission, and the remission rates and incidences of adverse reactions were compared for different Canadian Cardiovascular Society (CCS) classes of angina. The 5-min remission rates in the KA and control groups were not signifificantly different (94.41% vs. 90.64%, P>0.05). The angina CCS class signifificantly inflfluenced the rate of remission (95% confidence interval = 0.483-0.740, P<0.01). In the CCS subgroup analysis, the 3-and 5-min remission rates for KA and NT were similar in the CCSII and III subgroups (P>0.05), while they were signifificantly better for KA in the CCSI and II subgroups (P<0.05 or P<0.01). Furthermore, the incidence of adverse reactions was signifificantly lower in the KA group than in the control group for the CCSII and III subgroups (9.29% vs. 26.22%, 10.13% vs. 20.88%, P<0.05 or P<0.01). KA is not inferior to NT in the remission of angina. Furthermore, in CCSII and III patients, KA is superior to NT, with a lower incidence of adverse reactions. (Registration No. ChiCTRIPR-15007204).
On the relation between carbon star spectral types and colors
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Honeycutt, R. K.; Fay, T. D., Jr.; Warren, W. H., Jr.
1974-01-01
Observations of 32 carbon stars are listed in a table, taking into account the spectral classes given by Yamashita (1966) and Richer (1971). The relations between spectral type and color for carbon stars appear consistent with the differences between Yamashita's and Richer's types if carbon star groups I-III lie on a decreasing boundary temperature sequence.
Energy: What Can We Do Right Now? Easy Energy Reader, Book III.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Information Planning Associates, Inc., Rockville, MD.
Highlighted in this collection of five articles on the nation's energy problems are the viewpoints of black people, environmentalists, consumers, and utility executives. Also included is a group of statements to help the reader develop a personal energy policy. Intended for junior high school language arts classes, this is the third in a series of…
Sensitizing Tb(III) and Eu(III) emission with triarylboron functionalized 1,3-diketonato ligands.
Smith, Larissa F; Blight, Barry A; Park, Hee-Jun; Wang, Suning
2014-08-04
Four BMes2Ar (Mes = mesityl, Ar = phenyl or duryl) functionalized 1,3-diketonato ligands have been investigated for use in selective sensitization of Tb(III) and Eu(III) emission. These ligands have the general formula of [R1C(O)CR2C(O)R3](-) (R1 = Ph, R2 = H, R3 = p-Ph-BMes2, L1; R1 = R3 = p-Ph-BMes2, R2 = H, L2; R1 = R3 = Me, R2 = p-Ph-BMes2, L3; R1 = R3 = Me, R2 = p-duryl-BMes2, L4) and belong to class I (L1 and L2) and class II (L3 and L4), respectively. In class I, the boron unit is conjugated with the phenyl linker and the diketone backbone, while in class II, the boron unit, the linker unit, and the diketone unit are nonconjugated with a mutually orthogonal arrangement. To understand the impact of the location of the BMes2Ar unit on the electronic properties of the 1,3-diketone molecules and their ability in activating lanthanide emission, the difluoroboron chelate compounds (1-BF2 to 4-BF2) of ligands L1-L4 were synthesized and examined. The class I ligands were effective in activating Eu(III) emission, while the class II ligands were effective in activating Tb(III) emission. Four Ln(III) complexes, 1Eu, 2Eu, 3Tb, and 4Tb, based on the L1-L4 ligands, respectively, were prepared and examined. The emission quantum efficiency of 1Eu and 2Eu is low (Φ(Eu) ≤ 0.01 in THF, 0.07-0.13 in the solid state), but can be greatly enhanced by the addition of fluoride ions. In contrast, the complex 4Tb has a moderate emission efficiency (Φ(Tb) = 0.14 in THF, 0.47 in the solid state) and experiences a distinct emission quenching upon the addition of fluoride. The selective sensitization of Eu(III) and Tb(III) by L1-L4 and the distinct luminescent response of their Ln(III) complexes toward fluoride ions are caused by the distinct intraligand charge transfer transitions of the two different classes of ligands involving the BMes2 unit.
Comparative evaluation of maxillary protraction with or without skeletal anchorage.
Sar, Cağla; Arman-Özçırpıcı, Ayça; Uçkan, Sina; Yazıcı, A Canan
2011-05-01
The aim of this prospective clinical study was to evaluate the skeletal, dentoalveolar, and soft-tissue effects of maxillary protraction with miniplates compared with conventional facemask therapy and an untreated Class III control group. Forty-five subjects who were in prepubertal or pubertal skeletal growth periods were included in the study and divided into 3 groups of 15 patients each. All subjects had skeletal and dental Class III malocclusions with maxillary deficiency, vertically normal growth pattern, anterior crossbite, Angle Class III molar relationship, normal or increased overbite, and retrusive nasomaxillary complex. Before maxillary protraction, rapid maxillary expansion with a bonded appliance was performed in both treatment groups. In the first group (MP+FM), consisting of 5 girls and 10 boys (mean age, 10.91 years), facemasks were applied from 2 titanium miniplates surgically placed laterally to the apertura piriformis regions of the maxilla. The second group (FM) of 7 girls and 8 boys (mean age, 10.31 years) received maxillary protraction therapy with conventional facemasks applied from hooks of the rapid maxillary expansion appliance. The third group of 8 girls and 7 boys (mean age, 10.05 years) was the untreated control group. Lateral cephalometric films were obtained at the beginning and end of treatment or observation in all groups and analyzed according to a structural superimposition method. Measurements were evaulated statistically with Wilcoxon and Kruskal-Wallis tests. Treatment periods were 6.78 and 9.45 months in the MP+FM and FM groups, respectively, and the observation period in the control group was 7.59 months. The differences were significant between the 3 groups (P <0.05) and the MP+FM and FM groups (P <0.001). The maxilla moved forward for 2.3 mm in the MP+FM group and 1.83 mm in the FM group with maxillary protraction. The difference was significant between 2 groups (P <0.001). The protraction rates were 0.45 mm per month in the MP+FM group and 0.24 mm per month in the FM group (P <0.001). The maxilla showed anterior rotation after facemask therapy in the FM group (P <0.01); there was no significant rotation in the MP+FM group. Posterior rotation of the mandible and increased facial height were more evident in the FM group compared with the MP+FM group (P <0.01). Both the maxilla and the mandible moved forward significantly in the control group. Protrusion and mesialization of the maxillary teeth in the FM group were eliminated in the MP+FM group. The maxillomandibular relationships and the soft-tissue profile were improved remarkably in both treatment groups. The undesired effects of conventional facemask therapy were reduced or eliminated with miniplate anchorage, and efficient maxillary protraction was achieved in a shorter treatment period. Copyright © 2011 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
Wu, An-hua; Xiao, Jing; Anker, Lars; Hall, Walter A; Gregerson, Dale S; Cavenee, Webster K; Chen, Wei; Low, Walter C
2006-01-01
The type III variant of the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFRvIII) mutation is present in 20-25% of patients with glioblastoma multiforme (GBM). EGFRvIII is not expressed in normal tissue and is therefore a suitable candidate antigen for dendritic cell (DC) based immunotherapy of GBM. To identify the antigenic epitope(s) that may serve as targets for EGFRvIII-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs), the peptide sequence of EGFRvIII was screened with two software programs to predict candidate epitopes restricted by the major histocompatibility complex class I subtype HLA-A0201, which is the predominant subtype in most ethnic groups. Three predicted peptides were constructed and loaded to mature human DCs generated from peripheral blood monocytes. Autologous CD8+ T cells were stimulated in vitro with the EGFRvIII peptide-pulsed DCs. One of the three peptides was found to induce EGFRvIII-specific CTLs as demonstrated by IFN-gamma production and cytotoxicity against HLA-A0201+ EGFRvIII transfected U87 glioma cells. These results suggest that vaccination with EGFRvIII peptide-pulsed DCs or adoptive transfer of in vitro elicited EGFRvIII-specific CTLs by EGFRvIII peptide-pulsed DCs are potential approaches to the treatment of glioma patients.
Yu, Na; Klepov, Vladislav V; Kegler, Philip; Bosbach, Dirk; Albrecht-Schmitt, Thomas E; Alekseev, Evgeny V
2014-08-18
A high-temperature/high-pressure method was employed to investigate phase formation in the Th(NO3)4·5H2O-As2O3-CsNO3 system. It was observed that an excess of arsenic(III) in starting system leads to the formation of Th(As(III)4As(V)4O18), which is representative of a rare class of mixed-valent arsenic(III)/arsenic(V) compounds. This compound was studied with X-ray diffraction, energy-dispersive X-ray, and Raman spectroscopy methods. Crystallographic data show that Th(As(III)4As(V)4O18) is built from (As(III)4As(V)4O18)(4-) layers connected through Th atoms. The arsenic layers are found to be isoreticular to those in previously reported As2O3 and As3O5(OH), and the geometric differences between them are discussed. Bands in the Raman spectrum are assigned with respect to the presence of AsO3 and AsO4 groups.
Wood, Matthew R; Lalancette, Roger A
2013-04-01
The ortho-metallation product of the reaction of (±)-amphetamine with gold(III) chloride, [D,L-2-(2-aminopropyl)phenyl-κ(2)N,C(1)]dichloridogold(III), [Au(C9H12N)Cl2], and the two salts resulting from crystallization of (+)-methamphetamine with gold(III) chloride, D-methyl(1-phenylpropan-2-yl)azanium tetrachloridoaurate(III), (C10H16N)[AuCl4], and of (±)-ephedrine with gold(III) chloride, D,L-(1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl)(methyl)azanium tetrachloridoaurate(III), (C10H16NO)[AuCl4], have different structures. The first makes a bidentate complex directly with a dichloridogold(III) group, forming a six-membered ring structure; the second and third each form a salt with [AuCl4](-) (each has two formula units in the asymmetric unit). The organic components are all members of the same class of stimulants that are prevalent in illicit drug use. These structures are important contributions to the understanding of the microcrystal tests for these drugs that have been employed for well over 100 years.
Childhood eczema: disease of the advantaged?
Williams, H. C.; Strachan, D. P.; Hay, R. J.
1994-01-01
OBJECTIVE--To determine whether the increased prevalence of childhood eczema in advantaged socioeconomic groups is due to increased parental reporting. DESIGN--Comparison of parental reports of eczema with visible eczema recorded by medical officers during a detailed physical examination. SETTING--National birth cohort study. SUBJECTS--8279 children from England, Wales, and Scotland born during 3-9 March 1958 and followed up at the ages of 7, 11, and 16. MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES--Prevalence of eczema according to parental report compared with medical officer's examination at the ages of 7, 11, and 16. RESULTS--Prevalence of both reported and examined eczema increased with rising social class at the ages of 7, 11, and 16 years. The point prevalence of examined eczema at age 7 was 4.8%, 3.6%, 3.6%, 2.4%, 2.2%, and 2.4% in social classes I, II, III non-manual, III manual, IV, and V respectively (chi 2 value for linear trend 12.6, P < 0.001). This trend persisted after adjustment for potential confounders such as region and family size and was not present for examined psoriasis or acne. CONCLUSIONS--Eczema is more prevalent among British schoolchildren in social classes I and II than those in lower classes. Exposures associated with social class are probably at least as important as genetic factors in the expression of childhood eczema. PMID:8173454
Terlizzi, Vito; Castaldo, Giuseppe; Salvatore, Donatello; Lucarelli, Marco; Raia, Valeria; Angioni, Adriano; Carnovale, Vincenzo; Cirilli, Natalia; Casciaro, Rosaria; Colombo, Carla; Di Lullo, Antonella Miriam; Elce, Ausilia; Iacotucci, Paola; Comegna, Marika; Scorza, Manuela; Lucidi, Vincenzina; Perfetti, Anna; Cimino, Roberta; Quattrucci, Serena; Seia, Manuela; Sofia, Valentina Maria; Zarrilli, Federica; Amato, Felice
2017-04-01
The effect of complex alleles in cystic fibrosis (CF) is poorly defined for the lack of functional studies. To describe the genotype-phenotype correlation and the results of either in vitro and ex vivo studies performed on nasal epithelial cells (NEC) in a cohort of patients with CF carrying cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator ( CFTR ) complex alleles. We studied 70 homozygous, compound heterozygous or heterozygous for CFTR mutations: p.[Arg74Trp;Val201Met;Asp1270Asn], n=8; p.[Ile148Thr;Ile1023_Val1024del], n=5; p.[Arg117Leu;Leu997Phe], n=6; c.[1210-34TG[12];1210-12T[5];2930C>T], n=3; p.[Arg74Trp;Asp1270Asn], n=4; p.Asp1270Asn, n=2; p.Ile148Thr, n=6; p.Leu997Phe, n=36. In 39 patients, we analysed the CFTR gating activity on NEC in comparison with patients with CF (n=8) and carriers (n=4). Finally, we analysed in vitro the p.[Arg74Trp;Val201Met;Asp1270Asn] complex allele. The p.[Ile148Thr;Ile1023_Val1024del] caused severe CF in five compound heterozygous with a class I-II mutation. Their CFTR activity on NEC was comparable with patients with two class I-II mutations (mean 7.3% vs 6.9%). The p.[Arg74Trp;Asp1270Asn] and the p.Asp1270Asn have scarce functional effects, while p.[Arg74Trp;Val201Met;Asp1270Asn] caused mild CF in four of five subjects carrying a class I-II mutation in trans , or CFTR-related disorders (CFTR-RD) in three having in trans a class IV-V mutation. The p.[Arg74Trp;Val201Met;Asp1270Asn] causes significantly (p<0.001) higher CFTR activity compared with compound heterozygous for class I-II mutations. Furthermore, five of six compounds heterozygous with the p.[Arg117Leu;Leu997Phe] had mild CF, whereas the p.Leu997Phe, in trans with a class I-II CFTR mutation, caused CFTR-RD or a healthy status (CFTR activity: 21.3-36.9%). Finally, compounds heterozygous for the c.[1210-34TG[12];1210-12T[5];2930C>T] and a class I-II mutation had mild CF or CFTR-RD (gating activity: 18.5-19.0%). The effect of complex alleles partially depends on the mutation in trans . Although larger studies are necessary, the CFTR activity on NEC is a rapid contributory tool to classify patients with CFTR dysfunction. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://www.bmj.com/company/products-services/rights-and-licensing/.
Zerbe, Philipp; Chiang, Angela; Yuen, Macaire; Hamberger, Björn; Hamberger, Britta; Draper, Jason A.; Britton, Robert; Bohlmann, Jörg
2012-01-01
The labdanoid diterpene alcohol cis-abienol is a major component of the aromatic oleoresin of balsam fir (Abies balsamea) and serves as a valuable bioproduct material for the fragrance industry. Using high-throughput 454 transcriptome sequencing and metabolite profiling of balsam fir bark tissue, we identified candidate diterpene synthase sequences for full-length cDNA cloning and functional characterization. We discovered a bifunctional class I/II cis-abienol synthase (AbCAS), along with the paralogous levopimaradiene/abietadiene synthase and isopimaradiene synthase, all of which are members of the gymnosperm-specific TPS-d subfamily. The AbCAS-catalyzed formation of cis-abienol proceeds via cyclization and hydroxylation at carbon C-8 of a postulated carbocation intermediate in the class II active site, followed by cleavage of the diphosphate group and termination of the reaction sequence without further cyclization in the class I active site. This reaction mechanism is distinct from that of synthases of the isopimaradiene- or levopimaradiene/abietadiene synthase type, which employ deprotonation reactions in the class II active site and secondary cyclizations in the class I active site, leading to tricyclic diterpenes. Comparative homology modeling suggested the active site residues Asp-348, Leu-617, Phe-696, and Gly-723 as potentially important for the specificity of AbCAS. As a class I/II bifunctional enzyme, AbCAS is a promising target for metabolic engineering of cis-abienol production. PMID:22337889
Ortho-surgical management of skeletal Class III malocclusion
Gupta, Rahul Kumar; Tikku, Tripti; Khanna, Rohit; Gupta, Hemant; Srivastava, Kamna; Verma, Sneh Lata
2015-01-01
Class III malocclusions are considered to be one of the most difficult problems to treat. Establishment of the treatment plan is based on the efficacy and thoughtful application by the clinician and easy acceptance by the patient. We are presenting a case report of an adult male patient with skeletal Class III malocclusion who was treated by orthosurgical approach in Department of Orthodontics in collaboration with Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. The treatment was complete with a positive overbite and acceptable occlusion and satisfactory facial esthetics using a combination approach. PMID:26668466
Mahn, Douglas H
2015-04-01
Miller Class III and IV gingival recession defects have interdental bone and soft-tissue loss that limit root coverage. Given the importance of the interdental papilla, protecting the integrity of this structure would seem prudent. Tunnel techniques have been successfully used to protect the interdental papilla. This article discusses the results of two cases in which multiple Miller Class III gingival recession defects were treated using tunnel-grafting techniques and an acellular dermal matrix. In both cases, root coverage was achieved while protecting the interdental papilla height.
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
40 CFR 147.2650 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... CONTROL PROGRAMS Puerto Rico § 147.2650 State-administered program—Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. The Underground Injection Control Program for all classes of wells in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by Puerto Rico's Environmental Quality Board (EQB...
SINGH, G. D.; McNAMARA JR, J. A.; LOZANOFF, S.
1997-01-01
This study determines deformations of the midface that contribute to a class III appearance, employing thin-plate spline analysis. A total of 135 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either class III malocclusions or a class I molar occlusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and 7 homologous landmarks of the midface were identified and digitised. The data sets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to Procrustes analysis. These statistical tests indicated significant differences (P<0.05) between the averaged class I and class III morphologies. Thin-plate spline analysis indicated that both affine and nonaffine transformations contribute towards the total spline for the averaged midfacial configuration. For nonaffine transformations, partial warp 3 had the highest magnitude, indicating the large scale deformations of the midfacial configuration. These deformations affected the palatal landmarks, and were associated with compression of the midfacial complex in the anteroposterior plane predominantly. Partial warp 4 produced some vertical compression of the posterior aspect of the midfacial complex whereas partial warps 1 and 2 indicated localised shape changes of the maxillary alveolus region. Large spatial-scale deformations therefore affect the midfacial complex in an anteroposterior axis, in combination with vertical compression and localised distortions. These deformations may represent a developmental diminution of the palatal complex anteroposteriorly that, allied with vertical shortening of midfacial height posteriorly, results in class III malocclusions with a retrusive midfacial profile. PMID:9449078
Singh, G D; McNamara, J A; Lozanoff, S
1997-11-01
This study determines deformations of the midface that contribute to a class III appearance, employing thinplate spline analysis. A total of 135 lateral cephalographs of prepubertal children of European-American descent with either class III malocclusions or a class I molar occlusion were compared. The cephalographs were traced and checked, and 7 homologous landmarks of the midface were identified and digitised. The data sets were scaled to an equivalent size and subjected to Procrustes analysis. These statistical tests indicated significant differences (P < 0.05) between the averaged class I and class III morphologies. Thinplate spline analysis indicated that both affine and nonaffine transformations contribute towards the total spline for the averaged midfacial configuration. For nonaffine transformations, partial warp 3 had the highest magnitude, indicating the large scale deformations of the midfacial configuration. These deformations affected the palatal landmarks, and were associated with compression of the midfacial complex in the anteroposterior plane predominantly. Partial warp 4 produced some vertical compression of the posterior aspect of the midfacial complex whereas partial warps 1 and 2 indicated localised shape changes of the maxillary alveolus region. large spatial-scale deformations therefore affect the midfacial complex in an anteroposterior axis, in combination with vertical compression and localised distortions. These deformations may represent a developmental diminution of the palatal complex anteroposteriorly that, allied with vertical shortening of midfacial height posteriorly, results in class III malocclusions with a retrusive midfacial profile.
Lin, Mingqun; Liu, Hongyan; Xiong, Qingming; Niu, Hua; Cheng, Zhihui; Yamamoto, Akitsugu; Rikihisa, Yasuko
2016-01-01
Ehrlichia chaffeensis is an obligatory intracellular bacterium that causes a potentially fatal emerging zoonosis, human monocytic ehrlichiosis. E. chaffeensis has a limited capacity for biosynthesis and metabolism and thus depends mostly on host-synthesized nutrients for growth. Although the host cell cytoplasm is rich with these nutrients, as E. chaffeensis is confined within the early endosome-like membrane-bound compartment, only host nutrients that enter the compartment can be used by this bacterium. How this occurs is unknown. We found that ehrlichial replication depended on autophagy induction involving class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PtdIns3K) activity, BECN1 (Beclin 1), and ATG5 (autophagy-related 5). Ehrlichia acquired host cell preincorporated amino acids in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner and ehrlichial growth was enhanced by treatment with rapamycin, an autophagy inducer. Moreover, ATG5 and RAB5A/B/C were routed to ehrlichial inclusions. RAB5A/B/C siRNA knockdown, or overexpression of a RAB5-specific GTPase-activating protein or dominant-negative RAB5A inhibited ehrlichial infection, indicating the critical role of GTP-bound RAB5 during infection. Both native and ectopically expressed ehrlichial type IV secretion effector protein, Etf-1, bound RAB5 and the autophagy-initiating class III PtdIns3K complex, PIK3C3/VPS34, and BECN1, and homed to ehrlichial inclusions. Ectopically expressed Etf-1 activated class III PtdIns3K as in E. chaffeensis infection and induced autophagosome formation, cleared an aggregation-prone mutant huntingtin protein in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner, and enhanced ehrlichial proliferation. These data support the notion that E. chaffeensis secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy to repurpose the host cytoplasm and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III PtdIns3K, while avoiding autolysosomal killing. PMID:27541856
Lin, Mingqun; Liu, Hongyan; Xiong, Qingming; Niu, Hua; Cheng, Zhihui; Yamamoto, Akitsugu; Rikihisa, Yasuko
2016-11-01
Ehrlichia chaffeensis is an obligatory intracellular bacterium that causes a potentially fatal emerging zoonosis, human monocytic ehrlichiosis. E. chaffeensis has a limited capacity for biosynthesis and metabolism and thus depends mostly on host-synthesized nutrients for growth. Although the host cell cytoplasm is rich with these nutrients, as E. chaffeensis is confined within the early endosome-like membrane-bound compartment, only host nutrients that enter the compartment can be used by this bacterium. How this occurs is unknown. We found that ehrlichial replication depended on autophagy induction involving class III phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PtdIns3K) activity, BECN1 (Beclin 1), and ATG5 (autophagy-related 5). Ehrlichia acquired host cell preincorporated amino acids in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner and ehrlichial growth was enhanced by treatment with rapamycin, an autophagy inducer. Moreover, ATG5 and RAB5A/B/C were routed to ehrlichial inclusions. RAB5A/B/C siRNA knockdown, or overexpression of a RAB5-specific GTPase-activating protein or dominant-negative RAB5A inhibited ehrlichial infection, indicating the critical role of GTP-bound RAB5 during infection. Both native and ectopically expressed ehrlichial type IV secretion effector protein, Etf-1, bound RAB5 and the autophagy-initiating class III PtdIns3K complex, PIK3C3/VPS34, and BECN1, and homed to ehrlichial inclusions. Ectopically expressed Etf-1 activated class III PtdIns3K as in E. chaffeensis infection and induced autophagosome formation, cleared an aggregation-prone mutant huntingtin protein in a class III PtdIns3K-dependent manner, and enhanced ehrlichial proliferation. These data support the notion that E. chaffeensis secretes Etf-1 to induce autophagy to repurpose the host cytoplasm and capture nutrients for its growth through RAB5 and class III PtdIns3K, while avoiding autolysosomal killing.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.903 Section 147.903 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1653 Section 147.1653 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.303 Section 147.303 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.2153 Section 147.2153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.103 Section 147.103 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.903 Section 147.903 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.303 Section 147.303 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.253 Section 147.253 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1353 Section 147.1353 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1453 Section 147.1453 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1153 Section 147.1153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1353 Section 147.1353 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.253 Section 147.253 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.103 Section 147.103 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1653 Section 147.1653 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1153 Section 147.1153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.1453 Section 147.1453 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Existing Class I, II (except enhanced recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. 147.2153 Section 147.2153 Protection of... recovery and hydrocarbon storage) and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner...
Ahn, Hyo-Won; Seo, Dong-Hwi; Kim, Seong-Hun; Park, Young-Guk; Chung, Kyu-Rhim; Nelson, Gerald
2016-10-01
Our aim in this study was to evaluate the effect of augmented corticotomy on the decompensation pattern of mandibular anterior teeth, alveolar bone, and surrounding periodontal tissues during presurgical orthodontic treatment. Thirty skeletal Class III adult patients were divided into 2 groups according to the application of augmented corticotomy labial to the anterior mandibular roots: experimental group (with augmented corticotomy, n = 15) and control group (without augmented corticotomy, n = 15). Lateral cephalograms and cone-beam computed tomography images were taken before orthodontic treatment and before surgery. The measurements included the inclination and position of the mandibular incisors, labial alveolar bone area, vertical alveolar bone height, root length, and alveolar bone thickness at 3 levels surrounding the mandibular central incisors, lateral incisors, and canines. The mandibular incisors were significantly proclined in both groups (P <0.001); however, the labial movement of the incisor tip was greater in the experimental group (P <0.05). Significant vertical alveolar bone loss was observed only in the control group (P <0.001). The middle and lower alveolar thicknesses and labial alveolar bone area increased in the experimental group. In the control group, the upper and middle alveolar thicknesses and labial alveolar bone area decreased significantly. There were no significant differences in dentoalveolar changes between the 3 kinds of anterior teeth in each group, except for root length in the experimental group (P <0.05). Augmented corticotomy provided a favorable decompensation pattern of the mandibular incisors, preserving the periodontal structures surrounding the mandibular anterior teeth for skeletal Class III patients. Copyright © 2016 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Ross, Jana; Waterhouse-Bradley, Bethany; Contractor, Ateka A; Armour, Cherie
2018-05-01
Numerous studies have reported that adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) are associated with negative psychosocial outcomes in adulthood, but no study has examined the different typologies of ACEs and the relationship of these with adult incarceration in military veterans. The current study used latent class analysis to examine the existence of different childhood maltreatment and household dysfunction typologies in a sample of U.S. military veterans identified through the National Epidemiological Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions-III ((NESARC-III)). A total of 60.73% of veterans reported one or more ACEs. Four latent classes were identified and were named Low adversities, Moderate maltreatment with high household substance use, Severe maltreatment with moderate household dysfunction and Severe multi-type adversities. Relative to the Low adversities class, the three maltreatment/dysfunction classes had significantly elevated odds ratios (1.72-2.29) for adult incarceration, when controlling for sociodemographic characteristics and alcohol and drug use. The results point to the importance of examining childhood risk factors for incarceration and suggest that a certain sub-group of military personnel who are about to transition into the civilian life may need additional support to adjust and live successful lives. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Burke, Thomas F; Danso-Bamfo, Sandra; Guha, Moytrayee; Oguttu, Monica; Tarimo, Vincent; Nelson, Brett D
2017-10-01
To examine the outcomes of women in advanced shock from uncontrolled postpartum hemorrhage (PPH) who underwent placement of an Every Second Matters for Mothers and Babies Uterine Balloon Tamponade (ESM-UBT) device. In a prospective case series, data were collected for women who received an ESM-UBT device at healthcare facilities in Kenya, Senegal, Sierra Leone, and Tanzania between September 1, 2012, and September 30, 2016. Shock class was assigned on the basis of recorded blood pressures and mental status at the time of UBT placement. Data for 306 women with uncontrolled PPH from uterine atony across 117 facilities were analyzed. Normal vital signs or class I/II shock were reported for 166 (54.2%). In this group, one death occurred and was attributed to PPH (survival rate 99.4%). There were no cases of shock progression. One hundred and eleven (36.3%) were in class III shock and 29 (9.5%) in class IV shock; the respective survival rates were 97.3% (n=108) and 86.2% (n=25). The ESM-UBT device arrests hemorrhage, prevents shock progression, and is associated with high survival rates among women with uncontrolled PPH from uterine atony. © 2017 International Federation of Gynecology and Obstetrics.
Martinez, P; Bellot-Arcís, C; Llamas, J M; Cibrian, R; Gandia, J L; Paredes-Gallardo, V
2017-04-01
The objective of this study was to compare different cephalometric variables in adult patients with class III malocclusions before and after treatment, in order to determine which variables are indicative of orthodontic camouflage or orthognathic surgery. The cases of 156 adult patients were assessed: 77 treated with orthodontic camouflage and 79 treated with orthodontics and orthognathic surgery. The following cephalometric variables were measured on pre-treatment (T1) and post-treatment (T2) lateral cephalograms: sella-nasion-A-point (SNA), sella-nasion-B-point (SNB), and A-point-nasion-B-point (ANB) angles, Wits appraisal, facial axis angle, mandibular plane angle, upper and lower incisor inclination, and inter-incisal angle. There were statistically significant differences in cephalometric variables before and after treatment between the two groups. The percentage of normal pre-treatment measurements in the camouflage orthodontics group was 30.7%, which worsened slightly to 28.4% post-treatment. However in the group receiving surgery, this was 24.5% pre-treatment, improving to 33.5% after surgery. SNA, SNB, Wits appraisal, lower incisor inclination, and inter-incisal angle showed differences between the two groups before and after treatment. Wits appraisal, lower incisor inclination, and inter-incisal angle were indicative of one or other treatment. Upper and lower incisor decompensation in both groups did not reach ideal values, which impeded complete skeletal correction in 52% of surgical cases. Copyright © 2016 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Dolferus, R.; Osterman, J. C.; Peacock, W. J.; Dennis, E. S.
1997-01-01
This article reports the cloning of the genes encoding the Arabidopsis and rice class III ADH enzymes, members of the alcohol dehydrogenase or medium chain reductase/dehydrogenase superfamily of proteins with glutathione-dependent formaldehyde dehydrogenase activity (GSH-FDH). Both genes contain eight introns in exactly the same positions, and these positions are conserved in plant ethanol-active Adh genes (class P). These data provide further evidence that plant class P genes have evolved from class III genes by gene duplication and acquisition of new substrate specificities. The position of introns and similarities in the nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of the different classes of ADH enzymes in plants and humans suggest that plant and animal class III enzymes diverged before they duplicated to give rise to plant and animal ethanol-active ADH enzymes. Plant class P ADH enzymes have gained substrate specificities and evolved promoters with different expression properties, in keeping with their metabolic function as part of the alcohol fermentation pathway. PMID:9215914
Guide to preemption of state-law claims against Class III PMA medical devices.
Whitney, Daniel W
2010-01-01
There is a perception that the express preemption holding of the Supreme Court in Riegel v. Medtronic, 552 U.S. 312(2008), immunizes medical device manufacturers from common law personal injury actions involving Class III devices that received FDA clearance under a premarket approval application (PMA). In the aftermath of Riegel, many lawsuits involving Class III PMA devices have been dismissed by district courts applying the new heightened pleading standard of Bell Atlantic Corp. v. Twombly, 550 U.S. 544 (2007). Other lawsuits involving Class III PMA devices premised on fraud-on-FDA have been dismissed based on the implied preemption holding of the Supreme Court in Buckman v. Plaintiffs' Legal Comm., 531 U.S. 341 (2001). When these decisions are carefully analyzed together with Medtronic, Inc. v. Lohr, 518 U.S. 470 (1996), which found no preemption regarding a Class III device receiving FDA clearance through the 510(k) mechanism, it is apparent that the preemption defense does not apply universally to Class III PMA devices. The overall methodology for framing a non-preempted claim is to first identify conduct which violated the PMA or other specific requirements related to safety or efficacy. If such conduct can also be stated in terms of a breach of a parallel common law duty (e.g, failure to warn under strict liability or negligence, manufacturing defect or breach of warranty), then it would appear the claim is not preempted. Alternatively, regardless of a specific violation, common law remedies are not preempted by general CGMP requirements.
Assessing Angle's malocclusion among cleft lip and/or palate patients in Jammu.
Gupta, Akshay; Gupta, Anur; Bhardwaj, Amit; Vikram, S; Gomathi, Ajeetha; Singh, Karanprakash
2016-04-01
The study was conducted to examine the patients with abnormalities of cleft lip and/or palate and its association with different types of malocclusion. This descriptive study was done among 168 patients with abnormalities of cleft lip and/or palate. Angle's classification of malocclusion was applied for assessment of occlusion as Class I, Class II, and Class III. The types of oral clefts classification such as cleft lip unilateral and cleft lip bilateral, cleft palate (CP), unilateral cleft lip with palate (UCLP) and bilateral cleft lip with palate (BCLP) was considered. Chi-square test was applied to analyze the data at P < 0.05. The study showed different categories of clefts patients as cleft lip (81), CP (31), and both cleft lip and palate (53). The occurrence of unilateral cleft lip (44) was maximum among the sample followed by UCLP (39), and bilateral cleft lip (31). Maximum subjects with Class II (10.7%) and Class III (4.9%) malocclusion were seen with unilateral cleft lip deformities. None of the patients with UCLP had Class III malocclusion. Cleft lip was the most commonly observed deformity and high frequency of Class II and III malocclusion was evident. Therefore, patients with such abnormalities should be screened timely.
25 CFR 291.6 - What must the Secretary do upon receiving a proposal?
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.6 What must the Secretary do upon receiving a proposal? Upon receipt of a proposal requesting Class III gaming procedures, the Secretary must: (a) Within 15 days, notify...
Zhou, Ang; Crossland, Patrick M; Draksharapu, Apparao; Jasniewski, Andrew J; Kleespies, Scott T; Que, Lawrence
2018-01-01
Nonheme oxoiron(IV) complexes can serve as synthons for generating heterobimetallic oxo-bridged dimetal complexes by reaction with divalent metal complexes. The formation of Fe III -O-Cr III and Fe III -O-Mn III complexes is described herein. The latter complexes may serve as models for the Fe III -X-Mn III active sites of an emerging class of Fe/Mn enzymes represented by the Class 1c ribonucleotide reductase from Chlamydia trachomatis and the R2-like ligand-binding oxidase (R2lox) found in Mycobacterium tuberculosis. These synthetic complexes have been characterized by UV-Vis, resonance Raman, and X-ray absorption spectroscopy, as well as electrospray mass spectrometry. The Fe III -O-Cr III complexes exhibit a three-band UV-Vis pattern that differs from the simpler features associated with Fe III -O-Fe III complexes. The positions of these features are modulated by the nature of the supporting polydentate ligand on the iron center, and their bands intensify dramatically in two examples upon the binding of an axial cyanate or thiocyanate ligand trans to the oxo bridge. In contrast, the Fe III -O-Mn III complexes resemble Fe III -O-Fe III complexes more closely. Resonance Raman characterization of the Fe III -O-M III complexes reveals an 18 O-sensitive vibration in the range of 760-890 cm -1 . This feature has been assigned to the asymmetric Fe III -O-M III stretching mode and correlates reasonably with the Fe-O bond distance determined by EXAFS analysis. The likely binding of an acetate as a bridging ligand to the Fe III -O-Mn III complex 12 lays the foundation for further efforts to model the heterobimetallic active sites of Fe/Mn enzymes.
Chelation of Thallium (III) in Rats Using Combined Deferasirox and Deferiprone Therapy.
Salehi, Samie; Saljooghi, Amir Sh; Badiee, Somayeh; Moqadam, Mojtaba Mashmool
2017-10-01
Thallium and its compounds are a class of highly toxic chemicals that cause wide-ranging symptoms such as gastrointestinal disturbances; polyneuritis; encephalopathy; tachycardia; skin eruptions; hepatic, renal, cardiac, and neurological toxicities; and have mutagenic and genotoxic effects. The present research aimed to evaluate the efficacy of the chelating agents deferasirox (DFX) and deferiprone (L1) in reducing serum and tissue thallium levels after the administration of thallium (III), according to two different dosing regimens, to several groups of Wistar rats for 60 days. It was hypothesized that the two chelators might be more efficient as a combined therapy than as monotherapies in removing thallium (III) from the rats' organs. The chelators were administered orally as either single or combined therapies for a period of 14 days. Serum and tissue thallium (III) and iron concentrations were determined by flame atomic absorption spectroscopy. Serum and tissue thallium (III) levels were significantly reduced by combined therapy with DFX and L1. Additionally, iron concentrations returned to normal levels and symptoms of toxicity decreased.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Persson, Martina; Cnattingius, Sven; Villamor, Eduardo; Söderling, Jonas; Pasternak, Björn; Stephansson, Olof; Neovius, Martin
2017-06-14
Objective To estimate the risks of major congenital malformations in the offspring of mothers who are underweight (body mass index (BMI) <18.5), overweight (BMI 25 to <30), or in obesity classes I (BMI 30 to <35), II (35 to <40), or III (≥40) compared with offspring of normal weight mothers (BMI 18.5 to <25) in early pregnancy. Design Population based cohort study. Setting Nationwide Swedish registries. Participants 1 243 957 liveborn singleton infants from 2001 to 2014 in Sweden. Data on maternal and pregnancy characteristics were obtained by individual record linkages. Exposure Maternal BMI at the first prenatal visit. Main outcome measures Offspring with any major congenital malformation, and subgroups of organ specific malformations diagnosed during the first year of life. Risk ratios were estimated using generalised linear models adjusted for maternal factors, sex of offspring, and birth year. Results A total of 43 550 (3.5%) offspring had any major congenital malformation, and the most common subgroup was for congenital heart defects (n=20 074; 1.6%). Compared with offspring of normal weight mothers (risk of malformations 3.4%), the proportions and adjusted risk ratios of any major congenital malformation among the offspring of mothers with higher BMI were: overweight, 3.5% and 1.05 (95% confidence interval 1.02 to 1.07); obesity class I, 3.8% and 1.12 (1.08 to 1.15), obesity class II, 4.2% and 1.23 (1.17 to 1.30), and obesity class III, 4.7% and 1.37 (1.26 to 1.49). The risks of congenital heart defects, malformations of the nervous system, and limb defects also progressively increased with BMI from overweight to obesity class III. The largest organ specific relative risks related to maternal overweight and increasing obesity were observed for malformations of the nervous system. Malformations of the genital and digestive systems were also increased in offspring of obese mothers. Conclusions Risks of any major congenital malformation and several subgroups of organ specific malformations progressively increased with maternal overweight and increasing severity of obesity. For women who are planning pregnancy, efforts should be encouraged to reduce adiposity in those with a BMI above the normal range. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
49 CFR 572.127 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Forces—Class 1000; (ii) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation—Class 60 (if used). (3) Thorax: (i) Rib acceleration—Class 1000; (ii) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class...
The New Class of Layered Iii-Vi Diluted Magnetic Semiconductors and Their Magnetic MEASUREMENTS*
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Pekarek, T. M.; Maymi, C.; Watson, E.; Fuller, C. L.; Garner, J. L.; Crooker, B. C.; Miotkowski, I.; Ramdas, A. K.
2002-03-01
A new class of diluted magnetic semiconductors (DMS) based on III-VI semiconductor hosts has been studied. To date three III-VI DMS systems have been investigated (Ga1-xMnxS, Ga1-xMnxSe, and Ga1-xFexSe). Magnetization measurements on all three systems will be presented. Recent theoretical calculations (based on a Hamiltonian including crystal-field, spin-orbit, spin-spin, and Zeeman terms) have been made for Ga1-xMnxS showing excellent agreement with the experimental data. This establishes Ga1-xMnxS as the first III-VI DMS to be understood both experimentally and theoretically. This new class of III-VI DMS complements the more extensive work on II-VI DMS and III-V DMS. *Support: Research Corporation Cottrell College Science Awards CC4719, CC4845, and CC4668, FL Space Grant Consortium, NHMFL, Purdue Academic Reimbursement Grant, and NSF No. DMR-99-72196, DMR-99-75887, DMR-01-02699, and ECS-01-29853.
Purrello, M; Di Pietro, C; Rapisarda, A; Viola, A; Corsaro, C; Motta, S; Grzeschik, K H; Sichel, G
1996-01-01
Dr1 is a nuclear protein of 19 kDa that exists in the nucleoplasm as a homotetramer. By binding to TBP (the DNA-binding subunit of TFIID, and also a subunit of SL1 and TFIIIB), the protein blocks class II and class III preinitiation complex assembly, thus repressing the activity of the corresponding promoters. Since transcription of class I genes is unaffected by Dr1. it has been proposed that the protein may coordinate the expression of class I, class II and class III genes. By somatic cell genetics and fluorescence in situ hybridization, we have localized the gene (DR1), present in the genome of higher eukaryotes as a single copy, to human chromosome region 1p21-->p13. The nucleotide sequence conservation of the coding segment of the gene, as determined by Noah's ark blot analysis, and its ubiquitous transcription suggest that Dr1 has an important biological role, which could be related to the negative control of cell proliferation.
New Cadets and Other College Freshman, Class of 1977
1974-04-01
Council on Education’s survey, which is the basis for this report investigates data on secondary school and socioeconomic backgrounds, values, interests...4 II. SECONDARY SCHOOL GRADES ................................................ 10 III. EDUCATIONAL AND CAREER ASPIRATIONS...participation in the survey permits a comparison of entering Plebes with norms for other freshmen male students and with norms for groups of schools with
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-07-21
... Compact Process. The information collection is currently authorized by OMB Control Number 1076-0172, which... OMB Control Number: 1076-0172. Title: Class III Tribal State Gaming Compact Process, 25 CFR 293. Brief...
Two-Step Extraction of the Lower First Molar for Class III Treatment in Adult Patient.
Almeida, Kélei Cristina de Mathias; Paulin, Ricardo Fabris; Raveli, Taísa Barnabé; Raveli, Dirceu Barnabé; Santos-Pinto, Ary
2016-01-01
The aim of this article is to describe a case report of Class III malocclusion treatment with lower first molar extraction. The 27-year-old Caucasian male patient presented a symmetric face with a straight profile, hyperdivergent growth pattern, molar and cuspid Class III relation, and an anterior crossbite as well as a mild crowding on cuspids area, in both upper and lower arches and a tendency to posterior crossbite. The treatment was performed by the use of Haas expansion appliance followed by an initial alignment and leveling of the upper and lower arches with a fixed edgewise appliance, extraction of lower teeth aiming the correction of the incisors proclination and end the treatment with a Class I molar relationship. It resulted in a significant change in the patient's profile, dentoalveolar Class III correction, upper arch expansion, leveling and alignment of the upper and lower arches, and improvement of tipping of the upper and lowers incisors. In cases of a dentoalveolar compensation in well positioned bone bases the treatment with fixed appliances is an alternative and extraction of lower teeth is considered.
Redo surgery risk in patients with cardiac prosthetic valve dysfunction
Maciejewski, Marek; Piestrzeniewicz, Katarzyna; Bielecka-Dąbrowa, Agata; Piechowiak, Monika; Jaszewski, Ryszard
2011-01-01
Introduction The aim of the study was to analyse the risk factors of early and late mortality in patients undergoing the first reoperation for prosthetic valve dysfunction. Material and methods A retrospective observational study was performed in 194 consecutive patients (M = 75, F = 119; mean age 53.2 ±11 years) with a mechanical prosthetic valve (n = 103 cases; 53%) or bioprosthesis (91; 47%). Univariate and multivariate Cox statistical analysis was performed to determine risk factors of early and late mortality. Results The overall early mortality was 18.6%: 31.4% in patients with symptoms of NYHA functional class III-IV and 3.4% in pts in NYHA class I-II. Multivariate analysis identified symptoms of NYHA class III-IV and endocarditis as independent predictors of early mortality. The overall late mortality (> 30 days) was 8.2% (0.62% year/patient). Multivariate analysis identified age at the time of reoperation as a strong independent predictor of late mortality. Conclusions Reoperation in patients with prosthetic valves, performed urgently, especially in patients with symptoms of NYHA class III-IV or in the case of endocarditis, bears a high mortality rate. Risk of planned reoperation, mostly in patients with symptoms of NYHA class I-II, does not differ from the risk of the first operation. PMID:22291767
Robischon, Marcel; Du, Juan; Miura, Eriko; Groover, Andrew
2011-03-01
The secondary growth of a woody stem requires the formation of a vascular cambium at an appropriate position and proper patterning of the vascular tissues derived from the cambium. Class III homeodomain-leucine zipper (HD ZIP) transcription factors have been implicated in polarity determination and patterning in lateral organs and primary vascular tissues and in the initiation and function of shoot apical meristems. We report here the functional characterization of a Populus class III HD ZIP gene, popREVOLUTA (PRE), that demonstrates another role for class III HD ZIPs in regulating the development of cambia and secondary vascular tissues. PRE is orthologous to Arabidopsis (Arabidopsis thaliana) REVOLUTA and is expressed in both the shoot apical meristem and in the cambial zone and secondary vascular tissues. Transgenic Populus expressing a microRNA-resistant form of PRE presents unstable phenotypic abnormalities affecting both primary and secondary growth. Surprisingly, phenotypic changes include abnormal formation of cambia within cortical parenchyma that can produce secondary vascular tissues in reverse polarity. Genes misexpressed in PRE mutants include transcription factors and auxin-related genes previously implicated in class III HD ZIP functions during primary growth. Together, these results suggest that PRE plays a fundamental role in the initiation of the cambium and in regulating the patterning of secondary vascular tissues.
Kopský, Vojtech
2006-03-01
This article is a roadmap to a systematic calculation and tabulation of tensorial covariants for the point groups of material physics. The following are the essential steps in the described approach to tensor calculus. (i) An exact specification of the considered point groups by their embellished Hermann-Mauguin and Schoenflies symbols. (ii) Introduction of oriented Laue classes of magnetic point groups. (iii) An exact specification of matrix ireps (irreducible representations). (iv) Introduction of so-called typical (standard) bases and variables -- typical invariants, relative invariants or components of the typical covariants. (v) Introduction of Clebsch-Gordan products of the typical variables. (vi) Calculation of tensorial covariants of ascending ranks with consecutive use of tables of Clebsch-Gordan products. (vii) Opechowski's magic relations between tensorial decompositions. These steps are illustrated for groups of the tetragonal oriented Laue class D(4z) -- 4(z)2(x)2(xy) of magnetic point groups and for tensors up to fourth rank.
Ko, Ellen Wen-Ching; Teng, Terry Te-Yi; Huang, Chiung Shing; Chen, Yu-Ray
2015-01-01
The study was conducted to evaluate the effect of early physical rehabilitation by comparing the differences of surface electromyographic (sEMG) activity in the masseter and anterior temporalis muscles after surgical correction of skeletal class III malocclusion. The prospective study included 63 patients; the experimental groups contained 31 patients who received early systematic physical rehabilitation; the control group (32 patients) did not receive physiotherapy. The amplitude of sEMG in the masticatory muscles reached 72.6-121.3% and 37.5-64.6% of pre-surgical values in the experimental and control groups respectively at 6 weeks after orthognathic surgery (OGS). At 6 months after OGS, the sEMG reached 135.1-233.4% and 89.6-122.5% of pre-surgical values in the experimental and control groups respectively. Most variables in the sEMG examination indicated that recovery of the masticatory muscles in the experimental group was better than the control group as estimated in the early phase (T1 to T2) and the total phase (T1 to T3); there were no significant differences between the mean recovery percentages in the later phase (T2 to T3). Early physical rehabilitative therapy is helpful for early recovery of muscle activity in masticatory muscles after OGS. After termination of physical therapy, no significant difference in recovery was indicated in patients with or without early physiotherapy. Copyright © 2014 European Association for Cranio-Maxillo-Facial Surgery. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2,5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 6 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM 10-2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53... Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-2 Figure C-2 to Subpart C of Part 53—Illustration...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 5 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Illustration of the Slope and Intercept Limits for Class II and Class III PM10â2.5 Candidate Equivalent Methods C Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part... Candidate Methods and Reference Methods Pt. 53, Subpt. C, Fig. C-3 Figure C-3 to Subpart C of Part 53...
Clinical outcomes of redo valvular operations: a 20-year experience.
Fukunaga, Naoto; Okada, Yukikatsu; Konishi, Yasunobu; Murashita, Takashi; Yuzaki, Mitsuru; Shomura, Yu; Fujiwara, Hiroshi; Koyama, Tadaaki
2012-12-01
A higher operative mortality rate has been reported after redo valvular procedures than after the primary operation. Outcomes of 330 consecutive patients undergoing 433 redo valvular operations at our institute during a 20-year period (January 1990 to December 2010) were reviewed retrospectively. The mean follow-up was 6.4 years (range, 0.05 to 1.3 years). Logistic regression analysis was used to identify factors associated with hospital death. The overall hospital mortality rate was 6.7% (29 of 433 procedures). Logistic regression analysis identified only advanced New York Heart Association (NYHA) class as an independent predictor of hospital death. Overall survival at 5, 10, and 15 years was 83.6%±2.2%, 70.7%±3.4%, and 61.5%±4.5%, respectively. The 5-, 10-, and 15-year survivals for the first redo vs more than second redo groups were 86.5%±2.4% vs 74.7%±5.5%, 71.8%±3.9% vs 66.8%±6.6%, and 60.2%±5.7% vs 63.1%±7.2%, respectively (log-rank P=0.505). The 5- and 10-year survivals for NYHA class I/II vs III/IV patients were 91.5%±2.1% vs 70.4%±4.5% and 77.8%±4.1% vs 58.5%±5.6%, respectively (log-rank p<0.005). Redo valvular operation in NYHA class III/IV patients is associated with high hospital death and poor long-term survival. To achieve low hospital death and good long-term survival, redo operations, including more than third redo operations, should be performed in patients with lower NYHA class. Copyright © 2012 The Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
De Clerck, Hugo; Nguyen, Tung; de Paula, Leonardo Koerich; Cevidanes, Lucia
2013-01-01
Introduction Conventional treatment for young Class III patients involves extraoral devices designed to either protract the maxilla or restrain mandibular growth. The use of skeletal anchorage offers a promising alternative to obtain orthopedic results with fewer dental compensations. Our aim was to evaluate 3-dimensional changes in the mandibles and the glenoid fossae of Class III patients treated with bone-anchored maxillary protraction. Methods Twenty-five consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 9 and 13 years (mean age, 11.10 ± 1.1 year) were treated with Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (2 in the infrazygomatic crests of the maxilla and 2 in the anterior mandible). The patients had cone-beam computed tomography images taken before initial loading and at the end of active treatment. Three-dimensional models were generated from these images, registered on the anterior cranial base, and analyzed by using color maps. Results Posterior displacement of the mandible at the end of treatment was observed in all subjects (posterior ramus: mean, 2.74 ± 1.36 mm; condyles: mean, 2.07 ± 1.16 mm; chin: mean, −0.13 ± 2.89 mm). Remodeling of the glenoid fossa at the anterior eminence (mean, 1.38 ± 1.03 mm) and bone resorption at the posterior wall (mean, −1.34 ± 0.6 mm) were observed in most patients. Conclusions This new treatment approach offers a promising alternative to restrain mandibular growth for Class III patients with a component of mandibular prognathism or to compensate for maxillary deficiency in patients with hypoplasia of the midface. Future studies with long-term follow-up and comparisons with facemask and chincup therapies are needed to better understand the treatment effects. PMID:22748987
Culbertson, Michael R.; Gaber, Richard F.; Cummins, Claudia M.
1982-01-01
Two classes of frameshift suppressors distributed at 22 different loci were identified in previous studies in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. These suppressors exhibited allele-specific suppression of +1 G:C insertion mutations in either glycine or proline codons, designated as group II and group III frameshift mutations, respectively. Genes corresponding to representative suppressors of each group have been shown to encode altered glycine or proline tRNAs containing four base anticodons.—This communication reports the existence of a third class of frameshift suppressor that exhibits a wider range in specificity of suppression. The suppressors map at three loci, suf12, suf13, and suf14, which are located on chromosomes IV, XV, and XIV, respectively. The phenotypes of these suppressors suggest that suppression may be mediated by genes other than those encoding the primary structure of glycine or proline tRNAs. PMID:6757053
Phylogenetic analysis of dissimilatory Fe(III)-reducing bacteria
Lonergan, D.J.; Jenter, H.L.; Coates, J.D.; Phillips, E.J.P.; Schmidt, T.M.; Lovley, D.R.
1996-01-01
Evolutionary relationships among strictly anaerobic dissimilatory Fe(III)- reducing bacteria obtained from a diversity of sedimentary environments were examined by phylogenetic analysis of 16S rRNA gene sequences. Members of the genera Geobacter, Desulfuromonas, Pelobacter, and Desulfuromusa formed a monophyletic group within the delta subdivision of the class Proteobacteria. On the basis of their common ancestry and the shared ability to reduce Fe(III) and/or S0, we propose that this group be considered a single family, Geobacteraceae. Bootstrap analysis, characteristic nucleotides, and higher- order secondary structures support the division of Geobacteraceae into two subgroups, designated the Geobacter and Desulfuromonas clusters. The genus Desulfuromusa and Pelobacter acidigallici make up a distinct branch with the Desulfuromonas cluster. Several members of the family Geobacteraceae, none of which reduce sulfate, were found to contain the target sequences of probes that have been previously used to define the distribution of sulfate-reducing bacteria and sulfate-reducing bacterium-like microorganisms. The recent isolations of Fe(III)-reducing microorganisms distributed throughout the domain Bacteria suggest that development of 16S rRNA probes that would specifically target all Fe(III) reducers may not be feasible. However, all of the evidence suggests that if a 16S rRNA sequence falls within the family Geobacteraceae, then the organism has the capacity for Fe(III) reduction. The suggestion, based on geological evidence, that Fe(III) reduction was the first globally significant process for oxidizing organic matter back to carbon dioxide is consistent with the finding that acetate-oxidizing Fe(III) reducers are phylogenetically diverse.
Muthukumar, Kirthika; Vijaykumar, N M; Sainath, M C
2016-01-01
Orthopedic correction of skeletal Class III malocclusion in a growing patient is crucial as it can circumvent future surgical procedures. Further, as surgery is done only at a later stage, early treatment helps to avoid the detrimental effects produced by the facial disfigurement on the patient's social life. This case report describes the treatment of a child aged 9 years 6 months who had a skeletal Class III malocclusion. The treatment plan involved the use of a reverse pull headgear (facemask) and multibracket appliance therapy resulting in successful correction of the malocclusion. The treatment results were highly satisfactory resulting in improved facial esthetics, a skeletal Class I with a Dental Class I molar and canine relationship, an ideal overjet and overbite. Thus, dentoalveolar camouflage, if done in properly selected cases, alleviates the need for surgical intervention. The patient is being monitored until the end of growth to ensure the stability of treatment results.
Nachajski, Michał J; Piotrowska, Jowita B; Kołodziejczyk, Michał K; Lukosek, Marek; Zgoda, Marian M
2013-01-01
Research was conducted into the solubilization processes of diclofenac, ibuprofen, ketoprofen and naproxen in equilibrium conditions in the environment of aqueous solutions of oxyethylated lard's fractions (Adeps suillus, Polish Pharmacopoeia VIII). The determined thermodynamic (cmc, deltaGm(0)) and hydrodynamic (R0, R(obs), omega, M(eta)) parameters characterizing the micelle of the solubilizer and the adduct demonstrate that lipophilic therapeutic agents are adsorbed in a palisade structure of the micelle due to a topologically created so-called "lipophilic adsorption pocket". This shows that the hydrophilicity of the micelle and the adsorption layer decreases at the phase boundary, which is confirmed by the calculated values of coefficients A(m) and r x (a). The results obtained indicate the possibility of making use of the class of non-ionic surfactants which are not ksenobiotics for the modification of the profile of solid oral dosage forms with lipophilic therapeutic agents from the II class of Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS).
Krejcí, J; Groch, L; Meluzín, J; Vykypel, T; Halámek, J; Vitovec, J
2006-04-01
Percutaneous transluminal septal myocardial ablation (PTSMA) and pacemaker (PM) therapy with apical preexcitation are therapeutic options for hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy (HOCM) patients with symptoms despite pharmacological therapy. evaluation and comparison of treatment results of PTSMA and PM implantation. 22 HOCM patients (NYHA class III and IV) with left ventricle outflow tract gradient (LVOTG) at rest more than 30 mm Hg. In group A were evaluated 11 patients treated by PTSMA. Left ventricle outflow tract gradient (LVOTG) was 90.5 +/- 16.0 mm Hg, NYHA class 3.1 +/- 0.2. Group B included 11 patients treated by dual chamber PM implantation, LVOTG in this group was 105 +/- 48 mm Hg, NYHA class 3.0 +/- 0.4. NYHA class in the group A decreased after treatment to 1.8 +/- 0.6 (p < 0.01), LVOTG to 24 +/- 12 mm Hg (p < 0.001). There was observed significant decrease in grade of systolic anterior motion (SAM), interventricular septum (IVS) thickness and left atrium (LA) size. Left ventricle end systolic diameter (LV SD) and left ventricle end diastolic diameter (LV DD) increased during follow-up. Decrease of NYHA class in the group B was to 2.1 +/- 0.6 (p < 0.001), LVOTG to 25.5 +/- 21.0 mm Hg (p < 0.001). Changes of other parameters in the group B were not significant, except decrease of SAM. Comparison of both groups: NYHA class change PTSMA/PM: 1.3 +/- 0.6/0.9 +/- 0.4 (p < 0.05), LVOTG change PTSMA/PM: -66 +/- 20/-79 +/- 46 mm Hg (p = n.s.). LV SD assessment comparison of LV SD change PTSMA/PM: 5 +/- 5/1 +/- 5 mm (p < 0.05). LA assessment - comparison of LA change PTSMA/PM: 5 +/- 5/-1 +/- 4 mm (p < 0.05). Other changes were not significant. Both therapeutic approaches - PTSMA and PM implantation - resulted in significant improvement of functional capacity assessed by NYHA classification. Decrease of LVOTG was also significant and was similar in both groups, NYHA class improvement as well as LA size decrease and LV DS increase were more expressed in PTSMA group.
Biton, Yitschak; Rosero, Spencer; Moss, Arthur; Zareba, Wojciech; Kutyifa, Valentina; Baman, Jayson; Barsheshet, Alon; McNitt, Scott; Polonsky, Bronislava; Goldenberg, Ilan
2018-03-01
The ACC/AHA/HRS (American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Clinical Practice Guidelines and the Heart Rhythm Society) guidelines recommend implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) therapy primary prevention in all patients with severely reduced left ventricular ejection fraction (≤30%) regardless of New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional class, whereas recent European guidelines limit the indication to those with symptomatic heart failure (NYHA ≥ II). We therefore aimed to evaluate the long-term survival benefit of primary ICD therapy among postmyocardial infarction patients with and without heart failure (HF) symptoms who were enrolled in MADIT-II (Multicenter Automatic Defibrillator Implantation Trial II). We classified 1,164 MADIT-II patient groups according to the baseline NYHA class (NYHA I [n = 442], NYHA II [n = 425], and NYHA III [n = 297]); patients with NYHA IV were excluded. Multivariate Cox proportional hazards regression modeling was performed to compare the mortality reduction with ICD versus non-ICD therapy during 8 years of follow-up between the 3 NYHA groups. The median (interquartile range) follow-up time was 7.6 (3.5 to 9) years. At 8 years of follow-up, the cumulative probability of mortality in the non-ICD treatment arm was 57% for NYHA I, 57% for NYHA II, and 76% for NYHA III (p <0.001). Multivariate models demonstrated similar long-term mortality risk reduction with ICD compared with the non-ICD treatment arm regardless of HF symptoms: NYHA I (HR = 0.63, 0.46 to 0.85, p = 0.003), NYHA II (HR = 0.68, 0.50 to 0.93, p = 0.017), and NYHA III (HR = 0.68, 0.50 to 0.94, p = 0.018); p for NYHA class by treatment arm interaction >0.10. In conclusion, primary ICD therapy provides consistent long-term survival benefit among patients with previous myocardial infarction and severe left ventricular dysfunction, regardless of HF symptoms. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Chracterization of class III peroxidases from switchgrass
USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database
Class III peroxidases (CIIIPRX) catalyze the oxidation of monolignols, generate radicals, and ultimately lead to the formation of lignin. In general, CIIIPRX genes encode a large number of isozymes with ranges of in vitro substrate specificities. In order to elucidate the mode of substrate specifici...
Masuda, Taro; Zhao, Guanghua; Mikami, Bunzo
2015-01-01
Chitinase hydrolyzes the β-1,4-glycosidic bond in chitin. In higher plants, this enzyme has been regarded as a pathogenesis-related protein. Recently, we identified a class III chitinase, which functions as a calcium storage protein in pomegranate (Punica granatum) seed (PSC, pomegranate seed chitinase). Here, we solved a crystal structure of PSC at 1.6 Å resolution. Although its overall structure, including the structure of catalytic site and non-proline cis-peptides, was closely similar to those of other class III chitinases, PSC had some unique structural characteristics. First, there were some metal-binding sites with coordinated water molecules on the surface of PSC. Second, many unconserved aspartate residues were present in the PSC sequence which rendered the surface of PSC negatively charged. This acidic electrostatic property is in contrast to that of hevamine, well-characterized plant class III chitinase, which has rather a positively charged surface. Thus, the crystal structure provides a clue for metal association property of PSC.
Transparent aligners: An invisible approach to correct mild skeletal class III malocclusion
Yezdani, A. Arif
2015-01-01
This case report highlights the treatment of a mild skeletal class III malocclusion with an invisible thermoplastic retainer. A 15-year-old female patient presented with a mild skeletal class III malocclusion with a retrognathic maxilla, orthognathic mandible, a low mandibular plane angle with Angle's class III malocclusion with maxillary lateral incisors in anterior cross-bite with crowding of maxillary anteriors, imbricated and rotated mandibular incisors and deep bite. Accurate upper and lower impressions and a bite registration were taken with polyvinyl siloxane rubber base impression material. This was then sent to the lab for the processing of a series of ClearPath aligners. The ClearPath virtual set-up sent from the lab provided the treatment plan and interproximal reduction estimation complete with posttreatment results. This enabled the clinician to actively participate in the treatment plan and provide the necessary suggestions. The ClearPath three-dimensional aligner was found to have effectively corrected the anterior cross-bite and crowding of the maxillary anteriors. PMID:26015738
Marañón-Vásquez, Guido Artemio; Soldevilla Galarza, Luciano Carlos; Tolentino Solis, Freddy Antonio; Wilson, Cliff; Romano, Fábio Lourenço
2017-09-01
Occasionally, orthodontists will be challenged to treat malocclusions and skeletal disharmonies, which by their complexity one might think that the only treatment alternative is the surgical-orthodontic approach. A male patient, aged 17 years old, was diagnosed with a skeletal Class III malocclusion, anterior open bite and negative overjet. An unpleasant profile was the patient's 'chief complaint' showing interest in facial aesthetics improvement. Nevertheless, the patient and his parents strongly preferred a non-surgical treatment approach. He was treated with a multiloop edgewise archwire to facilitate uprighting and distal en-masse movement of lower teeth, correct the Class III open bite malocclusion, change the inclination of the occlusal plane and obtain the consequent morphological-functional adaptation of the mandible. The Class III malocclusion was corrected and satisfactory changes in the patient's profile were obtained. Active treatment was completed in 2 years, and facial result remained stable at 2 years 6 months after debonding.
Evolution of Class III treatment in orthodontics.
Ngan, Peter; Moon, Won
2015-07-01
Angle, Tweed, and Moyers classified Class III malocclusions into 3 types: pseudo, dentoalveolar, and skeletal. Clinicians have been trying to identify the best timing to intercept a Class III malocclusion that develops as early as the deciduous dentition. With microimplants as skeletal anchorage, orthopedic growth modification became more effective, and it also increased the scope of camouflage orthodontic treatment for patients who were not eligible for orthognathic surgery. However, orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery remains the only option for patients with a severe skeletal Class III malocclusion or a craniofacial anomaly. Distraction osteogenesis can now be performed intraorally at an earlier age. The surgery-first approach can minimize the length of time that the malocclusion needs to worsen before orthognathic surgery. Finally, the use of computed tomography scans for 3-dimensional diagnosis and treatment planning together with advances in imaging technology can improve the accuracy of surgical movements and the esthetic outcomes for these patients. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Huang, Andrew H; Patel, Kamlesh B; Maschhoff, Clayton W; Huebener, Donald V; Skolnick, Gary B; Naidoo, Sybill D; Woo, Albert S
2015-09-01
To determine a correlation between the width of the cleft palate measured at the time of lip adhesion, definitive lip repair, and palatoplasty and the subsequent occlusal classification of patients born with unilateral cleft lip and palate. Retrospective, observational study. Referral, urban, children's hospital Participants : Dental models and records of 270 patients were analyzed. None. Angle occlusion classification. The mean age at which occlusal classification was determined was 11 ± 0.3 years. Of the children studies, 84 were diagnosed with Class I or II occlusion, 67 were diagnosed with Class III occlusion, and 119 were lost to follow up or transferred care. Mean cleft widths were significantly larger in subjects with Class III occlusion for all measures at time of lip adhesion and definitive lip repair (P < .02). At time of palatoplasty, cleft widths were significantly greater at the alveolus (P = .025) but not at the midportion of the hard palate (P = .35) or posterior hard palate (P = .10). Cleft widths from the lip through to the posterior hard palate are generally greater in children who are diagnosed with Class III occlusion later in life. Notably, the alveolar cleft width is significantly greater at each time point for patients who went on to develop Class III occlusion. There were no significant differences in cleft widths between patients diagnosed later with Class I and Class II occlusions.
Prevalence of Malocclusion among 6 to 10 Year old Nalgonda School Children
Reddy, E Rajendra; Manjula, M; Sreelakshmi, N; Rani, S Thabitha; Aduri, Rajesh; Patil, B Dharamraj
2013-01-01
Background: To evaluate the prevalence of malocclusion among 6 to 10 year old children of Nalgonda District. Materials & Methods: A total of 3000 children were examined, out of which 2135 children (1009 boys and 1126 girls) who fulfilled the inclusion criteria were included. The selected sample was examined for Class I, Class II, Class III molar relationship, lower anterior crowding, cross bite (anterior and posterior), open bite, and pseudo class III [edge to edge bite] discrepancies after obtaining the written consent from the concerned school authorities. The collected data was tabulated and statistically analysed using chi-square test. Results: Among the selected sample, 648 (30.35%) children had minor tooth alignment discrepancies. Angle’s Class I molar relation with and without minor discrepancies was observed in 78.6%, Class II in 13.9%, Class III in 7.8% of the subjects surveyed. Lower anterior crowding in 11.8%, anterior cross bite in 4.5%, posterior cross bite in 3.75%, openbite in 3% and Pseudo class III [edge to edge] in 5.97% was noticed among the studied population. There was no statistical significant difference observed gender wise. Conclusion: In the current study, 52% of the studied population had malocclusion with a higher prevalence of Angle’s Class I molar relation with lower anterior crowding. How to cite this article: Reddy ER, Manjula M, Sreelakshmi N, Rani ST, Aduri R, Patil BD. Prevalence of Malocclusion among 6 to 10 Year old Nalgonda School Children. J Int Oral Health 2013; 5(6):49-54 . PMID:24453444
Management of severe skeletal Class III malocclusion with bimaxillary orthognathic surgery
Haryani, Jitesh; Nagar, Amit; Mehrotra, Divya; Ranabhatt, Rani
2016-01-01
Orthognathic surgery in conjunction with fixed orthodontics is a common indication for interdisciplinary management of severe skeletal Class III malocclusion. A thorough analysis of pretreatment investigations and development of a surgical visual treatment objective is essential to plan the type of surgical technique required. Bimaxillary orthognathic surgery is the most common type of surgical procedure for severe skeletal discrepancies. The present case report is a combined ortho-surgical team management of a skeletally Class III patient. The severity of the case required bilateral upper first premolar extraction for dentoalveolar decompensation and simultaneous “Two-jaw surgery” with maxillary advancement of 4 mm and mandibular setback of 7 mm. Postsurgery, a pleasing good facial profile was achieved with Class II molar relation and positive overjet. PMID:27994433
Souki, Marcelo Quiroga
2016-01-01
ABSTRACT The present case report describes the orthodontic treatment of a young adult patient (18y / 1m), Class III skeletal malocclusion, with mandibular prognathism and significant dental compensation. The canine relation was Class III, incisors with tendency to crossbite and open bite, moderate inferior crowding, and concave profile. Skeletal correction of malocclusion, facial profile harmony with satisfactory labial relationship, correction of tooth compensation and normal occlusal relationship were obtained with orthodontic treatment associated to orthognathic surgery. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Facial Orthopedics (BBO), as part of the requirements to become a BBO diplomate. PMID:28125146
Chen, Kun; Cao, Yang
2015-12-01
This case report describes the orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 16-year-old Chinese girl with a Class III malocclusion. The treatment included extractions of the mandibular second molars, fixed appliance therapy, and miniscrew-aided mandibular arch distalization. Pretreatment, posttreatment, and 2-year follow-up records are shown. The anterior negative overjet and the Class III molar and canine relationships were corrected. The patient's facial profile was greatly improved. The mandibular third molars erupted into the second molar spaces, with acceptable intercuspation with the maxillary dentition. Copyright © 2015 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Verdenik, M; Ihan Hren, N
2014-11-01
The decision is not always straightforward as to which orthognathic procedure is best for a good aesthetic result; three-dimensional imaging has brought new insight into this topic. The aim of this prospective study was to verify objectively whether postoperative changes occur within those regions not directly affected by surgical movements of the underlying jaw bones. The study included 83 young adults with skeletal class III deformities. They were classified into three groups according to the type of surgery: bilateral sagittal split osteotomy set-back of the mandible (BSSO), Le Fort I advancement of the maxilla, or a combination of both. Pre- and postoperative optical scans were registered as regional best-fits on the areas of the foreheads and both orbits. The shell to shell differences were measured and the average distances between the observed regions were calculated. As expected, changes were greatest in the regions where the underlying bones had been moved, but regardless of the operation performed, changes were found over the whole face. Changes in the nose, cheek, and upper lip regions in the BSSO group and in the lower lip and chin region in the Le Fort I group confirmed the concept of the facial soft tissue mask acting as one unit. Copyright © 2014 International Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
The Thresholds of Toxicological Concern (TTC) are generic human exposure threshold for structural groups of chemicals below which no risk to human health is assumed and therefore no further testing is needed. Different thresholds have been developed for oral exposure e.g. for gen...
Altered fructosamine and lipid fractions in subclinical hypothyroidism.
Udupa, Sridevi V; Manjrekar, Poornima A; Udupa, Vinit A; Vivian, D'Souza
2013-01-01
Thyroid function disorders lead to changes in the lipoprotein metabolism. To study the lipid and the glycaemic abnormalities in the subclinical hypothyroidism cases and to compare the same with the euthyroid, overt hypothyroid and the hyperthyroid subjects. Four groups, euthyroid (Group-I), hypothyroid (Group-II), subclinical hypothyroid (Group-III) and hyperthyroid (Group-IV), which consisted of 30 subjects each, of either sex, who were aged 25-55 years, underwent Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG), fructosamine, lipid profile and total T3, T4 and TSH estimations. The subjects who were on lipid lowering or thyroid disorder drugs and known diabetics were excluded from the study. In Group-III, all the lipid fractions were comparable to those of Group-II and they were significantly deranged, as compared to those of Group-I. The fructosamine levels were significantly higher in Group-II and Group-III (p<0.05), but the subclinical hypothyroid pool had statistically lower levels than the hypothyroid pool (376.63±54.73, 587.80±65.10). In the Group-IV patients, the LDL-C levels were significantly higher as compared to those in the euthyroid pool. The fructosamine levels were significantly lower in comparison with both the euthyroid and the hypothyroid pools (both in Groups-II and III). The FPG levels were higher in all the classes of the thyroid abnormalities (subclinical hypothyroidnot significant) but within the reference range of 70-100mg/dl. Since the lipid derangement in subclinical hypothyroidism is on par with that in overt hypothyrodism, the subclinical hypothyroid cases also need to be treated similarly. The fructosamine values which are largely in excess of the FPG values, indicate a higher propensity to glycation and a decreased turnover of the proteins in the hypothyroid and the subclinical hypothyroid pools. Vice versa is true of the hyperthyroid pool. Fructosamine can be included in the thyroid work up of the patients to assess the metabolic function and the subsequent response after the initiation of the therapy.
Spectroscopic studies of Wolf-Rayet stars. III - The WC subclass
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Torres, A. V.; Conti, P. S.; Massey, P.
1986-01-01
Wolf-Rayet (W-R) stars, which are the descendants of massive O-type stars, can be subdivided into three groups depending on their spectral appearance. These groups include the nitrogen class (WN), the carbon class (WC), and the oxygen class (WO). The present paper is concerned with the WC stars. The assignment of WC subtypes has been based on visual inspections of photographic plates. One of the aims of this study is related to the quantification of the visual estimates. The measured ratios of equivalent widths and the FWHM of the 4650 A line for Galactic and LMC stars are presented, and the reclassification of some stars is proposed on this basis. In particular, it is shown that the majority of the LMC WC stars should logically be classified WC4 instead of WC5. Comments on individual stars are provided, and terminal velocities are discussed. It is attempted to give a complete overview of the most important spectroscopic features of the WC stars in the optical region.
Correlation of platelet count and acute ST-elevation myocardial infarction.
Paul, G K; Sen, B; Rahman, M Z; Ali, M; Rahman, M M; Rokonuzzaman, S M
2014-10-01
The study was conducted in the Department of cardiology, NICVD Dhaka during the period January 2006 to December 2007 to assess the impact of platelet on ST-elevation myocardial infarction (STEMI). To perform this prospective study 200 patients with STEMI within 72 hours of chest pain of both sexes were randomly selected and were evaluated by clinical history, physical examination and with the help of ECG, Echocardiography and others cardiac risk factors analysis. Heparin therapy before admission, previously documented thrombocytopenia (<140,000/cmm), history of previous or current haemostatic disorder, renal impairment (Creatinine >1.6mg/dl) and history of PCI & CABG were excluded in this study. Patient of Platelet count (PC) ≤200000/cubic millimeter (cmm) in Group I and patient of Group II, platelet counts were PC >200000/cmm. Follow up period was 3 days to 7 days after hospital admission. Primary outcome heart failure (any Killip class) was significantly more in Group II than Group I (40.0% vs. 23.0%; p=0.009). Though the incidence of Killip class I and cardiogenic shock were not significant between these two groups but Killip class II (18.0% vs. 8.0%; p=0.036) and Killip class III (15.0% vs. 6.0%; p=0.037) heart failure were significantly more among the patient with higher platelet counts. In-hospital mortality, one of the primary outcomes of this study, was significantly higher in Group II (13.0%) than Group I (5.0 %) and p value was 0.048. Re-infarction was more in patient with higher platelet counts group (Group II) than patients with lower platelet count (Group I) but statistically was not significant (16.0% vs.11.0%; p=0.300).
Rolston, Aimee; Spencer, Ryan J; Kevin Reynolds, R; Rice, Laurel W; Uppal, Shitanshu
2018-05-16
To investigate the association of obesity and other comorbidities as well as route of surgery with postoperative outcomes, as well as 30- and 90-day inpatient cost of care after hysterectomy for endometrial cancer. From the 2013 National Readmission Database release, patients who underwent hysterectomy for endometrial cancer were included. Obesity was classified as non-obese (body mass index [BMI] < 35 kg/m 2 ); class I/II obesity (BMI ≥ 35 but <40 kg/m 2 and without obesity related medical condition qualifying it as morbid obesity), class III obesity (BMI ≥ 40 kg/m 2 OR BMI ≥ 35 kg/m 2 with an obesity-related medical condition). Incremental cost at 30 and 90 days was calculated using cost-to-charge ratio. A total of 27,658 patients were identified. Compared to non-obese patients those with class III obesity had higher rate of any medical (non-surgical) complication (22.3% vs 17.2%, p = 0.004), and higher rate of 30-day readmission (6% vs 4.4%, p = 0.003), but similar rates of surgical complications. There were no significant differences in perioperative outcomes between non-obese patients and those with class I/II obesity. Non-obese patients had higher rates of traditional laparoscopy (8.4% vs 13.6%, p < 0.001) and lower conversion rates from a minimally invasive to abdominal (5.5% vs. 8.2%, p < 0.001) than those with class III obesity. Based on multivariate regression model compared to non-obese patients, class I/II obesity (OR 1.05, 95% CI 1.02-1.09) and class III obesity (OR 1.1, 95% CI 1.1-1.18) were associated with higher cost of care. Other factors increasing cost of care included: comorbidity score per unit increase (OR 1.08, 95% 1.07-1.08), insurance status and route of surgery. Class III obesity was associated with higher medical (but not surgical) complication rates as well as increased overall inpatient care cost when compared to the non-obese population. Number of comorbidities significantly impacted the cost and outcomes after hysterectomy. As more healthcare initiatives focus on bundled payments, our results suggest that payment packages should adjust for obesity rates and medical comorbidities stratified by region and hospital type in order to fairly compensate for increased costs of care. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier Inc.
Laser Atherectomy for Treatment of Femoropopliteal In-Stent Restenosis.
Armstrong, Ehrin J; Thiruvoipati, Thejasvi; Tanganyika, Kundai; Singh, Gagan D; Laird, John R
2015-08-01
To investigate if laser atherectomy with adjunctive balloon angioplasty can improve endovascular treatment outcomes for femoropopliteal in-stent restenosis (ISR). A dual center study included 135 symptomatic patients (mean age 71 years; 76 men) who underwent endovascular treatment of femoropopliteal ISR between 2006 and 2013. Of these, 54 (40%) were treated with laser atherectomy and the remaining 81 patients with balloon angioplasty alone. Angiographic images were reviewed for lesion morphology and characteristics, TransAtlantic InterSociety Consensus (TASC) II classification, and distal runoff. Class I ISR was defined as focal lesions ≤50 mm, class II ISR as lesions >50 mm, and class III ISR as stent total occlusion. Recurrent ISR was determined by a peak systolic velocity ratio >2.4 by duplex ultrasound. Patients treated with laser atherectomy had longer mean ISR lesion length (222 vs 114 mm, p<0.001) and more class III ISR (69% vs 20%, p=0.001). There was no association between laser atherectomy and rates of recurrent restenosis or occlusion for patients with class I/II ISR, but there was a significantly lower rate of target lesion revascularization at 2 years among patients treated with laser atherectomy (14% vs 44%, p=0.05). In comparison, patients with class III ISR treated with laser atherectomy had lower rates of recurrent restenosis at 1 year (54% vs 91%, p=0.05) and 2 years (69% vs 100%, p=0.05). Patients with class III ISR treated with laser atherectomy also had lower rates of recurrent in-stent occlusion at 2-year follow-up (33% vs 71%, p=0.04). When used to treat complex ISR, including in-stent occlusions, laser atherectomy with adjunctive balloon angioplasty may be associated with improved patency. © The Author(s) 2015.
Long-Term Incisal Relationships After Palatoplasty in Patients With Isolated Cleft Palate.
Odom, Elizabeth B; Woo, Albert S; Mendonca, Derick A; Huebener, Donald V; Nissen, Richard J; Skolnick, Gary B; Patel, Kamlesh B
2016-06-01
Various palatoplasty techniques have limited incisions in the hard palate due to concerns that these incisions may limit maxillary growth. There is little convincing long-term evidence to support this. Our purpose is to determine incisal relationships, an indicator for future orthognathic procedure, in patients after repair of an isolated cleft of the secondary palate. Our craniofacial database was used to identify patients aged 10 years or greater with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate who underwent palatoplasty between 1985 and 2002. Data collected included age at palatoplasty and follow-up, cleft type, associated syndrome, Robin sequence, surgeon, repair technique, number of operations, and occlusion. Incisal relationship was determined through clinical observation by a pediatric dentist and orthodontist. Seventy eligible patients operated on by 9 surgeons were identified. Class III incisal relationship was seen in 5 patients (7.1%). Palatoplasty techniques over the hard palate (63 of 70 patients) included 2-flap palatoplasty, VY-pushback, and Von Langenbeck repair. There was an association between class III incisal relationship and syndromic diagnosis (P <0.001). Other study variables were not associated with class III incisal relationships. In patients with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate, there was no association between class III incisal relationship and surgeon, age at repair, cleft type, palatoplasty technique, or number of operations. Increased likelihood of class III incisal relationship was associated primarily with syndromic diagnosis.
Phylogenetics and evolution of Trx SET genes in fully sequenced land plants.
Zhu, Xinyu; Chen, Caoyi; Wang, Baohua
2012-04-01
Plant Trx SET proteins are involved in H3K4 methylation and play a key role in plant floral development. Genes encoding Trx SET proteins constitute a multigene family in which the copy number varies among plant species and functional divergence appears to have occurred repeatedly. To investigate the evolutionary history of the Trx SET gene family, we made a comprehensive evolutionary analysis on this gene family from 13 major representatives of green plants. A novel clustering (here named as cpTrx clade), which included the III-1, III-2, and III-4 orthologous groups, previously resolved was identified. Our analysis showed that plant Trx proteins possessed a variety of domain organizations and gene structures among paralogs. Additional domains such as PHD, PWWP, and FYR were early integrated into primordial SET-PostSET domain organization of cpTrx clade. We suggested that the PostSET domain was lost in some members of III-4 orthologous group during the evolution of land plants. At least four classes of gene structures had been formed at the early evolutionary stage of land plants. Three intronless orphan Trx SET genes from the Physcomitrella patens (moss) were identified, and supposedly, their parental genes have been eliminated from the genome. The structural differences among evolutionary groups of plant Trx SET genes with different functions were described, contributing to the design of further experimental studies.
Hegde, Mithra N; Vyapaka, Pallavi; Shetty, Shishir
2009-01-01
Aims/Objectives: The aim of this in vitro study is to study, measure and compare the microleakage in three different newer direct composite resins using a self-etch adhesive bonding system in class V cavities by fluorescent dye penetration technique. Materials and Methods: Class V cavities were prepared on 45 human maxillary premolar teeth. On all specimens, one coat of G-Bond (GC Japan) applied and light cured. Teeth are then equally divided into 3 groups of 15 samples each. Filtek Z350 (3M ESPE), Ceram X duo (Dentsply Asia) and Synergy D6 (Coltene/Whaledent) resin composites were placed on samples of Groups I, II and III, respectively, in increments and light cured. After polishing the restorations, the specimens were suspended in Rhodamine 6G fluorescent dye for 48 h. The teeth were then sectioned longitudinally and observed for the extent of microleakage under the florescent microscope. Statistical Analysis Used: The results were subjected to statistical analysis using Kruskal Wallis and Mann–Whitney U Test. Results: Results showed no statistically significant difference among three groups tested. Conclusions: None of the materials tested was able to completely eliminate the microleakage in class V cavities. PMID:20543926
40 CFR 146.32 - Construction requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false Construction requirements. 146.32... to Class III Wells § 146.32 Construction requirements. (a) All new Class III wells shall be cased and... would result. The casing and cement used in the construction of each newly drilled well shall be...
40 CFR 146.32 - Construction requirements.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false Construction requirements. 146.32... to Class III Wells § 146.32 Construction requirements. (a) All new Class III wells shall be cased and... would result. The casing and cement used in the construction of each newly drilled well shall be...
77 FR 48167 - Approved Tribal-State Class III Gaming Compact; Indian Gaming
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-08-13
... DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR Bureau of Indian Affairs Approved Tribal--State Class III Gaming Compact; Indian Gaming AGENCY: Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior. ACTION: Notice of Approved Tribal... the Eastern Band of Cherokee Indians and the State of North Carolina. DATES: Effective Date: August 13...
Caffeine as symptomatic treatment for Parkinson disease (Café-PD): A randomized trial.
Postuma, Ronald B; Anang, Julius; Pelletier, Amelie; Joseph, Lawrence; Moscovich, Mariana; Grimes, David; Furtado, Sarah; Munhoz, Renato P; Appel-Cresswell, Silke; Moro, Adriana; Borys, Andrew; Hobson, Douglas; Lang, Anthony E
2017-10-24
To assess effects of caffeine on Parkinson disease (PD). In this multicenter parallel-group controlled trial, patients with PD with 1-8 years disease duration, Hoehn & Yahr stages I-III, on stable symptomatic therapy were randomized to caffeine 200 mg BID vs matching placebo capsules for 6-18 months. The primary research question was whether objective motor scores would differ at 6 months (Movement Disorder Society-sponsored Unified Parkinson's Disease Rating Scale [MDS-UPDRS]-III, Class I evidence). Secondary outcomes included safety and tolerability, motor symptoms (MDS-UPDRS-II), motor fluctuations, sleep, nonmotor symptoms (MDS-UPDRS-I), cognition (Montreal Cognitive Assessment), and quality of life. Sixty patients received caffeine and 61 placebo. Caffeine was well-tolerated with similar prevalence of side effects as placebo. There was no improvement in motor parkinsonism (the primary outcome) with caffeine treatment compared to placebo (difference between groups -0.48 [95% confidence interval -3.21 to 2.25] points on MDS-UPDRS-III). Similarly, on secondary outcomes, there was no change in motor signs or motor symptoms (MDS-UPDRS-II) at any time point, and no difference on quality of life. There was a slight improvement in somnolence over the first 6 months, which attenuated over time. There was a slight increase in dyskinesia with caffeine (MDS-UPDRS-4.1+4.2 = 0.25 points higher), and caffeine was associated with worse cognitive testing scores (average Montreal Cognitive Assessment = 0.66 [0.01, 1.32] worse than placebo). Caffeine did not provide clinically important improvement of motor manifestations of PD (Class I evidence). Epidemiologic links between caffeine and lower PD risk do not appear to be explained by symptomatic effects. NCT01738178. This study provides Class I evidence that for patients with PD, caffeine does not significantly improve motor manifestations. © 2017 American Academy of Neurology.
Rapakousiou, Amalia; Deraedt, Christophe; Irigoyen, Joseba; Wang, Yanlan; Pinaud, Noël; Salmon, Lionel; Ruiz, Jaime; Moya, Sergio; Astruc, Didier
2015-03-02
The design of redox-robust polymers is called for in view of interactions with nanoparticles and surfaces toward applications in nanonetwork design, sensing, and catalysis. Redox-robust triazolylbiferrocenyl (trzBiFc) polymers have been synthesized with the organometallic group in the side chain by ring-opening metathesis polymerization using Grubbs-III catalyst or radical polymerization and with the organometallic group in the main chain by Cu(I) azide alkyne cycloaddition (CuAAC) catalyzed by [Cu(I)(hexabenzyltren)]Br. Oxidation of the trzBiFc polymers with ferricenium hexafluorophosphate yields the stable 35-electron class-II mixed-valent biferrocenium polymer. Oxidation of these polymers with Au(III) or Ag(I) gives nanosnake-shaped networks (observed by transmission electron microscopy and atomic force microscopy) of this mixed-valent Fe(II)Fe(III) polymer with encapsulated metal nanoparticles (NPs) when the organoiron group is located on the side chain. The factors that are suggested to be synergistically responsible for the NP stabilization and network formation are the polymer bulk, the trz coordination, the nearby cationic charge of trzBiFc, and the inter-BiFc distance. For instance, reduction of such an oxidized trzBiFc-AuNP polymer to the neutral trzBiFc-AuNP polymer with NaBH4 destroys the network, and the product flocculates. The polymers easily provide modified electrodes that sense, via the oxidized Fe(II)Fe(III) and Fe(III)Fe(III) polymer states, respectively, ATP(2-) via the outer ferrocenyl units of the polymer and Pd(II) via the inner Fc units; this recognition works well in dichloromethane, but also to a lesser extent in water with NaCl as the electrolyte.
Injuries in national Olympic level judo athletes: an epidemiological study.
Kim, Keun-Suh; Park, Ki Jun; Lee, Jaekoo; Kang, Byung Yong
2015-09-01
To present an epidemiological study of injuries found among South Korea's National level Judo athletes as a foundation for future injury prevention and skill enhancement in this group. This study is a prospective study on a 4-year injury assessment held from January 2010 to December 2013 at the training centre in South Korea for National Level athletes. Athlete's weight class, gender, injury location and injury grade (grade I=1-3 treatment days, grade II=4-7 treatment days, and grade III ≥8 treatment days) were analysed. There were a total of 782 injuries recorded during this period, equalling to four injuries per athlete annually. Almost half of these injuries (47%) were grade I injuries. Injury occurrence was the highest in the Lower body (44.2%). This was then followed by injuries in the upper body (29.8%), trunk (20.3%) and head and neck (5.6%). Men and women showed similar, non-significantly different trends in the proportion of body parts injured. Women experienced more grade III injuries than males (p=0.0228). Comparison between women in different weight classes also showed that heavyweights incurred more grade III injuries than lightweights (p=0.0087). Lightweights had a higher rate of injury than heavyweights in males and females, although this was statistically significant only among males (p<0.001). Many body regions are prone to injury in the elite judo population. Women, especially those in the heavyweight classification, were more prone to severe injuries. Lightweights experienced more injuries than heavyweights among male athletes. Specifically, further studies are needed to confirm these findings and to address the impact of rapid weight loss practices on injury risk to implement effective preventive measures. Published by the BMJ Publishing Group Limited. For permission to use (where not already granted under a licence) please go to http://group.bmj.com/group/rights-licensing/permissions.
Cheng, Ching-Ling; Yu, Lawrence X; Lee, Hwei-Ling; Yang, Chyun-Yu; Lue, Chang-Sha; Chou, Chen-Hsi
2004-07-01
The biopharmaceutics classification system (BCS) allows biowaiver for rapid dissolving immediate-release (IR) products of Class I drugs (high solubility and high permeability). The possibility of extending biowaivers to Class III high solubility and low permeability drugs is currently under scrutiny. In vivo bioequivalence data of different formulations of Class III drugs would support such an extension. The objective of this work was to demonstrate the bioequivalence of two marketed IR tablet products of a Class III drug, metformin hydrochloride, that are rapidly dissolving and have similar in vitro dissolution profiles. The effect of race on the systemic exposure of metformin was also explored. A randomized, open-label, two-period crossover study was conducted in 12 healthy Chinese male volunteers. Each subject received a single-dose of 500 mg of each product after an overnight fasting. The plasma concentrations of metformin were followed for 24 h. No significant formulation effect was found for the bioequivalence metrics: areas under concentration-time curve (AUC0-t, AUC0-infinity) and maximal concentration (Cmax). The 90% confidence intervals for the ratio of means were found within the acceptance range of 80-125% for the log-transformed data. Based on these results, it was concluded that the two IR products are bioequivalent. The pharmacokinetic parameters of metformin in Chinese for both products were similar and were in good agreement with those reported for metformin IR tablets in other ethnic populations. This study serves as an example for supporting biowaiver for BCS Class III drugs.
Nizam, Shadab; Gazara, Rajesh Kumar; Verma, Sandhya; Singh, Kunal; Verma, Praveen Kumar
2014-01-01
Old Yellow Enzyme (OYE1) was the first flavin-dependent enzyme identified and characterized in detail by the entire range of physical techniques. Irrespective of this scrutiny, true physiological role of the enzyme remains a mystery. In a recent study, we systematically identified OYE proteins from various fungi and classified them into three classes viz. Class I, II and III. However, there is no information about the structural organization of Class III OYEs, eukaryotic Class II OYEs and Class I OYEs of filamentous fungi. Ascochyta rabiei, a filamentous phytopathogen which causes Ascochyta blight (AB) in chickpea possesses six OYEs (ArOYE1-6) belonging to the three OYE classes. Here we carried out comparative homology modeling of six ArOYEs representing all the three classes to get an in depth idea of structural and functional aspects of fungal OYEs. The predicted 3D structures of A. rabiei OYEs were refined and evaluated using various validation tools for their structural integrity. Analysis of FMN binding environment of Class III OYE revealed novel residues involved in interaction. The ligand para-hydroxybenzaldehyde (PHB) was docked into the active site of the enzymes and interacting residues were analyzed. We observed a unique active site organization of Class III OYE in comparison to Class I and II OYEs. Subsequently, analysis of stereopreference through structural features of ArOYEs was carried out, suggesting differences in R/S selectivity of these proteins. Therefore, our comparative modeling study provides insights into the FMN binding, active site organization and stereopreference of different classes of ArOYEs and indicates towards functional differences of these enzymes. This study provides the basis for future investigations towards the biochemical and functional characterization of these enigmatic enzymes.
The analysis of 146 patients with difficult laparoscopic cholecystectomy.
Bat, Orhan
2015-01-01
Laparoscopic cholecystectomy (LC) is very commonly performed surgical intervention. Acute or chronic cholecystitis, adhesions due to previous upper abdomen surgeries, Mirrizi's syndrome and obesity are common clinical conditions that can be associated with difficult cholecystectomy. In this study, we evaluated and scored the patients with difficult surgical exploration during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. All patients who underwent LC from 2010 to 2015 were retrospectively rewieved. According to intraoperative findings DLC cases were described and classified. Class I difficulty: Adhesion of omentum majus, transverse colon, duodenum to the fundus of the gallbladder. Class II difficulty: Adhesions in Calot's triangle and difficulty in dissection of cystic artery and cystic duct Class III difficulty: Difficulty in dissection of gallbladder bed (scleroathrophic gallbladder, hemorrhage from liver during dissection of gallbladder, chirotic liver). Class IV difficulty: Difficulty in exploration of gallbladder due to intraabdominal adhesions including technical problems. A total of 146 patients were operated with DLC. The most common difficulty type was Class I difficulty (88 patients/60.2%). Laparoscopic cholecystectomy was converted to laparotomy in 98 patients. Operation time was found to be related with conversion to open surgery (P<0.05). Wound infection rate was also statistically higher in conversion group (P<0.05). The opertion time was found to be longest with Class II difficulty. Conversion rate to open surgery was also highest with Class II difficulty group. Class II difficulty characterized by severe adhesions in calot's triangle is most serious problem among all DLC cases. They have longer operation time and higher conversion rate.
Relationship between foot posture and dental malocclusions in children aged 6 to 9 years
Marchena-Rodríguez, Ana; Moreno-Morales, Noelia; Ramírez-Parga, Edith; Labajo-Manzanares, María Teresa; Luque-Suárez, Alejandro; Gijon-Nogueron, Gabriel
2018-01-01
Abstract The aim of this study was to determine the association, if any, between foot posture and dental malocclusions in the anteroposterior plane, in children. The study population consisted of 189 children (95 boys and 94 girls) aged 6 to 9 years. In every case, previous informed consent was requested and obtained from the parent/guardian and the study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Málaga (CEUMA 26/2015H). This observational, descriptive, cross-sectional analysis is based on a study population (STROBE). Qualified personnel conducted a podiatric and dental examination of each child, recording the Clarke angle and the foot posture index (FPI) as an outcomes measure in the feet, and also dental malocclusions, according to Angle classification. A significant correlation was observed for the FPI scores (for right foot) as well as the Clarke angle (for right foot), in relation to dental malocclusions as determined by Angle classification (P < .001). Of all the supinated feet analyzed, 38.46% were Class II according to Angle classification, and none were Class III. Of the pronated feet, 48.57% were Class III, 42.85% were Class I, and 8.57% were Class II. The Clarke angle decreases with the progression from Class I to III, whereas the FPI increases with that from Class I to III. These findings suggest there is a relation between the Clarke angle and FPI, on the one hand, and dental malocclusion on the other. PMID:29742725
Safety considerations in the pharmacological management of atrial fibrillation.
Camm, A John
2008-07-21
The pharmacological management of atrial fibrillation (AF) requires careful consideration from a safety perspective. This article focuses primarily on maintenance therapy using antiarrhythmic drugs (AADs). The foremost safety issue for AADs is the propensity of class IA and III agents to cause torsade de pointes arrhythmias. Class IA drugs, particularly quinidine, can induce torsade de pointes at low or subtherapeutic doses, but higher doses are not necessarily associated with an increased incidence. 'Pure' class III drugs such as dofetilide induce torsade de pointes in a dose-related manner, but some class III agents with more complex actions such as amiodarone have a markedly lower potential to cause this arrhythmia. The risk of torsade de pointes precludes the use of class IA and 'pure' class III agents in patients with left ventricular hypertrophy and bradycardia. Class IC agents may cause sustained monomorphic ventricular tachycardias and are generally precluded in ischaemic and structural heart disease. Advanced heart failure patients may be treated with amiodarone or dofetilide, but most other AADs are unsuitable. The most important extracardiac toxicities occurring with AADs are those of amiodarone. Drug interactions are a significant safety issue in the management of AF, including pharmacokinetic interactions in which plasma levels of the AAD are raised - increasing the risk of proarrhythmia - and concomitant use of drugs that prolong the QT interval. Notwithstanding these considerations, most patients with AF can be considered for rhythm control, provided there is adequate pre-treatment assessment and protocols for initiation, dosing and monitoring are followed with care.
Marchena-Rodríguez, Ana; Moreno-Morales, Noelia; Ramírez-Parga, Edith; Labajo-Manzanares, María Teresa; Luque-Suárez, Alejandro; Gijon-Nogueron, Gabriel
2018-05-01
The aim of this study was to determine the association, if any, between foot posture and dental malocclusions in the anteroposterior plane, in children.The study population consisted of 189 children (95 boys and 94 girls) aged 6 to 9 years. In every case, previous informed consent was requested and obtained from the parent/guardian and the study was approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Málaga (CEUMA 26/2015H).This observational, descriptive, cross-sectional analysis is based on a study population (STROBE). Qualified personnel conducted a podiatric and dental examination of each child, recording the Clarke angle and the foot posture index (FPI) as an outcomes measure in the feet, and also dental malocclusions, according to Angle classification.A significant correlation was observed for the FPI scores (for right foot) as well as the Clarke angle (for right foot), in relation to dental malocclusions as determined by Angle classification (P < .001). Of all the supinated feet analyzed, 38.46% were Class II according to Angle classification, and none were Class III. Of the pronated feet, 48.57% were Class III, 42.85% were Class I, and 8.57% were Class II.The Clarke angle decreases with the progression from Class I to III, whereas the FPI increases with that from Class I to III. These findings suggest there is a relation between the Clarke angle and FPI, on the one hand, and dental malocclusion on the other.
Shimamoto, Ken; Kusumoto, Miyako; Sakai, Rieko; Watanabe, Hirota; Ihara, Syunichi; Koike, Natsuka; Kawana, Masatoshi
2007-03-15
Atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP) and brain natriuretic peptide (BNP) levels were characterized in subjects with mitral regurgitation (MR). Sixty-two cases of moderate or severe chronic MR were studied. The blood levels of neurohormonal factors were stratified by the known MR prognostic factors of New York Heart Association (NYHA) functional class, left ventricular end-diastolic diameters, left ventricular end-systolic diameter (LVDs), ejection fraction (EF), left atrial diameter and presence of atrial fibrillation (AF). ANP levels were higher in NYHA class II and lower in classes I and III/IV (P=0.0206). BNP levels were higher in NYHA class II than class I (P=0.0355). The BNP/ANP ratio was significantly higher in NYHA classes II and III/IV than in class I (P=0.0007). To differentiate between NYHA classes I/II and III/IV, a cut-off BNP/ANP ratio of 2.97 produced a sensitivity of 78% and specificity of 87%. Compared with subjects in sinus rhythm, patients with AF had an enlarged left atrium and lower ANP levels. The BNP/ANP ratio correlated significantly with left atrial diameter, LVDs and EF (r=0.429, P=0.0017; r=0.351, P=0.0117; and r=-0.349, P=0.0122; respectively), and was significantly higher among all the known operative indications for MR tested (LVDs 45 mm or more, EF 60% or less, NYHA class II or greater and AF; P=0.0073, P=0.003, P=0.0102 and P=0.0149, respectively). In chronic MR, levels of ANP and BNP, and the BNP/ANP ratio are potential indicators of disease severity.
Pulpal temperature increase with high-speed handpiece, Er:YAG laser and ultrasound tips.
Mollica, Fernanda Brandão; Camargo, Fernanda Pelogia; Zamboni, Sandra Costa; Pereira, Sarina Maciel Braga; Teixeira, Symone Cristina; Nogueira, Lafayette
2008-01-01
The aim of this study was to compare intrapulpal temperature increase produced by high-speed handpiece, Er:YAG laser and CVDentus ultrasound tips during cavity preparation. Thirty bovine mandibular incisors with an enamel/dentin thickness of 4 mm at buccal surface had their roots amputated and were allocated to the following groups (n=10): Group I- high-speed handpiece; Group II- noncontact Er:YAG laser (250 mJ/4 Hz); and Group III- CVDentus ultrasouns tips. All devices were used with water cooling. Class V cavities were prepared to a depth of 3.5 mm, measured with a periodontal probe. A type T thermocouple was placed inside the pulp chamber to determine the temperature increase (degrees C), which was recorded by a data acquisition system ADS 2000 IP (Lynx Technology) linked to a notebook computer. Data were analyzed statistically by one-way ANOVA and Tukey's test (p=0.05). The mean temperature rises were: 1.10 degrees C (+/-0.56) for Group I, 0.84 degrees C (+/-0.55) for Group II, and 3.00 degrees C (+/- 1.34) for Group III. There were no statistically significant differences (p>0.05) between Groups I and II, but both of them differed significantly from Group III (p<0.05). In conclusion, the use of Er:YAG laser and high-speed handpiece for cavity preparation resulted in similar temperature increase. Although ultrasound tips generated significantly higher intrapulpal temperature increase, it remained below the critical value of 5.5 degrees C and may be considered safe for use.
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-10-01
...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-10-01
...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-10-01
...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-10-01
...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
49 CFR 572.155 - Test conditions and instrumentation.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-10-01
...) Moments—Class 600; (iii) Pendulum acceleration—Class 180; (iv) Rotation potentiometer response (if used)—CFC 60. (3) Thorax: (i) Spine and pendulum accelerations—Class 180; (ii) Shoulder forces—Class 600; (4...
Molecular interaction studies of some Co(III)-surfactants with the transport protein.
Vignesh, Gopalaswamy; Parthiban, Marimuthu; Senthilkumar, Rajendran; Arunachalam, Sankaralingam
2018-05-08
The present work describes the synthesis and the molecular interaction of two single-chain Co(III)-coordinated surfactant complexes with a plasma protein, human serum albumin by using various biophysical and in silico techniques. The experimental data reveals that like ordinary classical surfactants, our metallosurfactants also have the tendency to associate themselves and form micelles at critical micelle concentration. The thermodynamic parameters (ΔH°, ΔS°, and ΔG°) derived from the experiment demonstrates that the alkyl chain length and the head group of the Co(III)-surfactant complexes played a vital role in the binding process. Both the physico-chemical and computational docking results indicated that the Co(III)-surfactant complexes are stabilized by hydrogen bonding, hydrophobic and/or van der Waals forces. Thus, the data acquired herein for the interesting class of surfactant complexes will be of significance in metal-based drug discovery and developmental research. Copyright © 2018. Published by Elsevier B.V.
Ravi, Manjula; Allu, Srinivasarao; Swamy, K C Kumara
2017-03-03
An efficient Rh(III)-catalyzed ortho-alkylation of phenoxy substrates with diazo compounds has been achieved for the first time using pyrimidine or pyridine as the directing group. Furthermore, bis-alkylation has also been achieved using para-substituted phenoxypyrimidine and 3 mol equiv of the diazo ester. The ortho-alkylated derivatives of phenoxy products possessing the ester functionality undergo decarboxylative pyrimidine/pyridine migratory cyclization (rather than deprotection of pyrimidine/pyridine group) using 20% NaOEt in EtOH affording a novel class of 3-(pyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidene)benzofuran-2(3H)-ones and 6-methyl-3-(pyridin-2(1H)-ylidene)benzofuran-2(3H)-one. The ortho-alkylated phenoxypyridine possessing ester functionality also undergoes decarboxylative pyridine migratory cyclization using MeOTf/NaOMe in toluene providing 6-methyl-3-(1-methylpyridin-2(1H)-ylidene)benzofuran-2(3H)-one.
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-05-24
... becoming a Class III rail carrier. CCR has established CHB as a limited liability company and has the... Commercial Railroad Company, LLC--Continuance in Control Exemption--Cleveland Harbor Belt Railroad Cleveland Commercial Railroad Company, LLC (CCR), a Class III rail carrier, has filed a verified notice of exemption...
25 CFR 291.1 - Purpose and scope.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-04-01
... 25 Indians 1 2010-04-01 2010-04-01 false Purpose and scope. 291.1 Section 291.1 Indians BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR ECONOMIC ENTERPRISES CLASS III GAMING PROCEDURES § 291.1... promulgate rules for the conduct of Class III Indian gaming when: (a) A State and an Indian tribe are unable...
40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...
40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...
40 CFR 147.753 - Existing Class I and III wells authorized by rule.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Indiana § 147.753 Existing Class I and III wells authorized by rule. Maximum injection pressure. The owner or operator shall limit injection pressure to the lessor of: (a) A value which will not...
40 CFR 146.10 - Plugging and abandoning Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAM: CRITERIA AND STANDARDS General... of drinking water. The Director may allow Class III wells to use other plugging materials if the... sources of drinking water. (2) Placement of the cement plugs shall be accomplished by one of the following...
UIC Area Permit R9UIC-AZ3-FY16-1 and supporting documents for Class III In-Situ Production of Copper: Gunnison Copper Project, Cochise County, AZ, issued to Excelsior Mining Arizona Inc., Concord Place, Suite 300, 2999 North 44th Street, Phoenix, AZ 85018.
40 CFR 147.251 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells and Indian lands.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
..., IV and V wells and Indian lands. 147.251 Section 147.251 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS California § 147.251 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV and V wells and...
40 CFR 147.301 - EPA-administered program-Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian lands.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
..., IV, V wells and Indian lands. 147.301 Section 147.301 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED) WATER PROGRAMS (CONTINUED) STATE, TRIBAL, AND EPA-ADMINISTERED UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL PROGRAMS Colorado § 147.301 EPA-administered program—Class I, III, IV, V wells and Indian...
Nguyen, Tung; Cevidanes, Lucia; Cornelis, Marie A.; Heymann, Gavin; de Paula, Leonardo K.; De Clerck, Hugo
2013-01-01
Introduction Bone-anchored maxillary protraction has been shown to be an effective treatment modality for the correction of Class III malocclusions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate 3-dimensional changes in the maxilla, the surrounding hard and soft tissues, and the circummaxillary sutures after bone-anchored maxillary protraction treatment. Methods Twenty-five consecutive skeletal Class III patients between the ages of 9 and 13 years (mean, 11.10 ± 1.1 years) were treated with Class III intermaxillary elastics and bilateral miniplates (2 in the infrazygomatic crests of the maxilla and 2 in the anterior mandible). Cone-beam computed tomographs were taken before initial loading and 1 year out. Three-dimensional models were generated from the tomographs, registered on the anterior cranial base, superimposed, and analyzed by using color maps. Results The maxilla showed a mean forward displacement of 3.7 mm, and the zygomas and the maxillary incisors came forward 3.7 and 4.3 mm, respectively. Conclusions This treatment approach produced significant orthopedic changes in the maxilla and the zygomas in growing Class III patients. PMID:22133943
Mou, Lan; Xu, Gengchi; Han, Yaohui; Ge, Zhenlin
2015-06-01
To evaluate the outcome of patients with skeletal Class III malocclusion treated with extraction of mandibular third molars and distalization of molars using implant anchorage combined with MBT appliance. Fifteen patients (mean age 24.0 ± 5.8) with skeletal Class III malocclusion were selected. The mandibular third molars were extracted and the mandibular molars were moved distally using implant combined with MBT appliance. Cephalometric analysis was carried out before and after treatment. After active treatment, ANB, Wits distance, AB-NP and the distance between upper and lower lip position to SnPg' increased by 1.65° ± 1.04°, (4.39 ± 1.93) mm, 3.20° ± 1.61° and (1.13 ± 0.99) mm, respectively. The differences were statistically significant (P < 0.05). The skeletal Class III patients in the permanent dentition could be treated successfully with extraction of mandibular third molars and distalization of mandibular molars using implant anchorage combined with MBT appliance. The soft-tissue profile was improved.
[Pesticides use by flower companies associated with the Colombian Association of Flower Exporters].
Varona, Marcela E; Tolosa, Jorge E; Cárdenas, Omayda; Torres, Carlos H; Pardo, Darío; Carrasquilla, Gabriel; Frumkin, Howard
2005-09-01
In Colombia, pesticide exposure has became a public health problem, as the use of these substances continues to increase. The current study accumulated information concerning pesticides used by flower companies in Bogotá and Rionegro (Antioquia) that were associated with Asociación Colombiana de Exportadores de Flores (Asocolflores) in Colombia. Eighty-four companies were stratified by geographic location and size. Company and worker information was collected, and for each company, the process of pesticide application and maintenance of the cultivated flowers was carefully observed. Univariate and bivariate, and correlation analyses were applied for data analysis. Sex of workers was 39.4% male and 60.6% female. Pesticides were grouped into 4 toxicity classes: 14.3% were class I, 14.4% class II, 52.0% class III, and 19.2% class IV. Dithiocarbamates was the group of pesticides more commonly used (11.7%). The equipment most frequently used for pesticide application was the "bomba móvil" (92.8%), and the "lanza" (92.9%). Cholinesterase activity measured by the Michel-Aldrige method was the biological marker for exposure to pesticides used in 85.9% of the companies. Recommendations for improvements in their use and for measures to further reduce exposure of workers are made.
Lee, Yoonjung; Chun, Youn-Sic; Kang, Nara; Kim, Minji
2012-12-01
Postsurgical changes of the airway have become a great point of interest and often have been reported to be a predisposing factor for obstructive sleep apnea after mandibular setback surgery. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the 3-dimensional volumetric changes in the upper airway space of patients who underwent bimaxillary surgery to correct Class III malocclusions. This study was performed retrospectively in a group of patients who underwent bimaxillary surgery for Class III malocclusion and had full cone-beam computed tomographic (CBCT) images taken before surgery and 1 day, 3 months, and 6 months after surgery. The upper and lower parts of the airway volume and the diameters of the airway were measured from 2 different levels. Presurgical measurements and the amount of surgical correction were evaluated for their effect on airway volume. Data analyses were performed by analysis of variance and multiple stepwise regression analysis. The subjects included 21 patients (6 men and 15 women; mean age, 22.7 yrs). The surgeries were Le Fort I impaction (5.27 ± 2.58 mm impaction from the posterior nasal spine) and mandibular setback surgery (9.20 ± 4.60 mm set back from the pogonion). No statistically significant differences were found in the total airway volume for all time points. In contrast, the volume of the upper part showed an increase (12.35%) and the lower part showed a decrease (14.07%), with a statistically significant difference 6 months after surgery (P < .05). Predictor variables affecting the upper and lower parts of the airway volume were presurgical A point to Nasion-perpendicular (A to N-perp) and vertical surgical correction of the pogonion and the posterior nasal spine (P < .05). Bimaxillary surgery for the correction of Class III malocclusion affected the morphology by increasing the upper part and decreasing the lower part of the airway, but not the total volume. Copyright © 2012 American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Lack of Support for the Association Between GAD2 Polymorphisms andSevere Human Obesity
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Swarbrick, Michael M.; Waldenmaier, Bjorn; Pennacchio, Len A.
Demonstration of association between common genetic variants and chronic human diseases such as obesity could have profound implications for the prediction, prevention and treatment of these conditions. Unequivocal proof of such an association, however, requires adherence to established methodological guidelines, which include independent replication of initial positive findings. Recently, single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) within GAD2 were found to be associated with class III obesity (BMI > 40 kg/m2) in 188 families (612 individuals) segregating the condition and a case-control study of 575 cases and 646 lean controls. Functional data supporting a pathophysiological role for one of the SNPs (-243A>G) weremore » also presented. In the present study, we attempted to replicate this association in larger groups of subjects, and to extend the functional studies of the -243A>G SNP. In 2,327 subjects comprising 692 German nuclear families with severe, early-onset obesity, we found no evidence for a relationship between the three GAD2 SNPs and obesity, whether SNPs were studied individually or as haplotypes. In two independent case-control studies (a total of 680 class III obesity cases and 1,186 lean controls), there was no significant relationship between the -243A>G SNP and obesity (odds ratio (OR) = 0.99, 95% CI 0.83 - 1.18,in the pooled sample). These negative findings were reinforced by a meta-analysis for the association between the 243G allele and class III obesity, which yielded an OR of 1.11 (95% CI 0.90 - 1.36) in a total sample of 1,252 class III obese cases and 1,800 lean controls. Finally,we were unable to confirm or extend the functional data pertaining to the -243A>G variant. Potential confounding variables in association studies involving common variants and complex diseases (low power to detect modest genetic effects, over-interpretation of marginal data, population stratification and biological plausibility) are also discussed in the context of GAD2 and severe obesity.« less
Zha, Hong-Guang; Milne, Richard I; Zhou, Hong-Xia; Chen, Xiang-Yang; Sun, Hang
2016-10-01
Class II and III chitinases belonging to different glycoside hydrolase families were major nectarins in Rhododendron irroratum floral nectar which showed significant chitinolytic activity. Previous studies have demonstrated antimicrobial activity in plant floral nectar, but the molecular basis for the mechanism is still poorly understood. Two chitinases, class II (Rhchi2) and III (Rhchi3), were characterized from alkaline Rhododendron irroratum nectar by both SDS-PAGE and mass spectrometry. Rhchi2 (27 kDa) and Rhchi3 (29 kDa) are glycoside hydrolases (family 19 and 18) with theoretical pI of 8.19 and 7.04. The expression patterns of Rhchi2 and Rhchi3 were analyzed by semi-quantitative RT-PCR. Rhchi2 is expressed in flowers (corolla nectar pouches) and leaves while Rhchi3 is expressed in flowers. Chitinase in concentrated protein and fresh nectar samples was visualised by SDS-PAGE and chitinolytic activity in fresh nectar was determined spectrophotometrically via chitin-azure. Full length gene sequences were cloned with Tail-PCR and RACE. The amino acid sequence deduced from the coding region for these proteins showed high identity with known chitinases and predicted to be located in extracellular space. Fresh R. irroratum floral nectar showed significant chitinolytic activity. Our results demonstrate that class III chitinase (GH 18 family) also exists in floral nectar. The functional relationship between class II and III chitinases and the role of these pathogenesis-related proteins in antimicrobial activity in nectar is suggested.
Long-Term Incisal Relationships after Palatoplasty in Patients with Isolated Cleft Palate
Odom, Elizabeth B.; Woo, Albert S.; Mendonca, Derick A.; Huebener, Donald V.; Nissen, Richard J.; Skolnick, Gary B.; Patel, Kamlesh B.
2016-01-01
Purpose Various palatoplasty techniques have limited incisions in the hard palate due to concerns that these incisions may limit maxillary growth. There is little convincing long-term evidence to support this. Our purpose is to determine incisal relationships, an indicator for future orthognathic procedure, in patients after repair of an isolated cleft of the secondary palate. Methods Our craniofacial database was used to identify patients aged ten years or greater with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate who underwent palatoplasty between 1985 and 2002. Data collected included age at palatoplasty and follow-up, cleft type, associated syndrome, Robin sequence, surgeon, repair technique, number of operations, and occlusion. Incisal relationship was determined through clinical observation by a pediatric dentist and orthodontist. Results Seventy eligible patients operated on by 9 surgeons were identified. Class III incisal relationship was seen in 5 patients (7.1%). Palatoplasty techniques over the hard palate (63 of 70 patients) included two-flap palatoplasty, VY-pushback, and Von Langenbeck repair. There was an association between class III incisal relationship and syndromic diagnosis (p < 0.001). Other study variables were not associated with class III incisal relationships. Conclusion In patients with an isolated cleft of the secondary palate, there was no association between class III incisal relationship and surgeon, age at repair, cleft type, palatoplasty technique, or number of operations. Increased likelihood of class III incisal relationship was associated primarily with syndromic diagnosis. PMID:27171942
Incipient class II mixed valency in a plutonium solid-state compound
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cary, Samantha K.; Galley, Shane S.; Marsh, Matthew L.; Hobart, David L.; Baumbach, Ryan E.; Cross, Justin N.; Stritzinger, Jared T.; Polinski, Matthew J.; Maron, Laurent; Albrecht-Schmitt, Thomas E.
2017-09-01
Electron transfer in mixed-valent transition-metal complexes, clusters and materials is ubiquitous in both natural and synthetic systems. The degree to which intervalence charge transfer (IVCT) occurs, dependent on the degree of delocalization, places these within class II or III of the Robin-Day system. In contrast to the d-block, compounds of f-block elements typically exhibit class I behaviour (no IVCT) because of localization of the valence electrons and poor spatial overlap between metal and ligand orbitals. Here, we report experimental and computational evidence for delocalization of 5f electrons in the mixed-valent PuIII/PuIV solid-state compound, Pu3(DPA)5(H2O)2 (DPA = 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylate). The properties of this compound are benchmarked by the pure PuIII and PuIV dipicolinate complexes, [PuIII(DPA)(H2O)4]Br and PuIV(DPA)2(H2O)3·3H2O, as well as by a second mixed-valent compound, PuIII[PuIV(DPA)3H0.5]2, that falls into class I instead. Metal-to-ligand charge transfer is involved in both the formation of Pu3(DPA)5(H2O)2 and in the IVCT.
New fluorescent pH sensors based on covalently linkable PET rhodamines
Aigner, Daniel; Borisov, Sergey M.; Orriach Fernández, Francisco J.; Fernández Sánchez, Jorge F.; Saf, Robert; Klimant, Ingo
2012-01-01
A new class of rhodamines for the application as indicator dyes in fluorescent pH sensors is presented. Their pH-sensitivity derives from photoinduced electron transfer between non-protonated amino groups and the excited chromophore which results in effective fluorescence quenching at increasing pH. The new indicator class carries a pentafluorophenyl group at the 9-position of the xanthene core where other rhodamines bear 2-carboxyphenyl substituents instead. The pentafluorophenyl group is used for covalent coupling to sensor matrices by “click” reaction with mercapto groups. Photophysical properties are similar to “classical” rhodamines carrying 2′-carboxy groups. pH sensors have been prepared with two different matrix materials, silica gel and poly(2-hydroxyethylmethacrylate). Both sensors show high luminescence brightness (absolute fluorescence quantum yield ΦF≈0.6) and high pH-sensitivity at pH 5–7 which makes them suitable for monitoring biotechnological samples. To underline practical applicability, a dually lifetime referenced sensor containing Cr(III)-doped Al2O3 as reference material is presented. PMID:22967541
Wages, Nolan A; Read, Paul W; Petroni, Gina R
2015-01-01
Dose-finding studies that aim to evaluate the safety of single agents are becoming less common, and advances in clinical research have complicated the paradigm of dose finding in oncology. A class of more complex problems, such as targeted agents, combination therapies and stratification of patients by clinical or genetic characteristics, has created the need to adapt early-phase trial design to the specific type of drug being investigated and the corresponding endpoints. In this article, we describe the implementation of an adaptive design based on a continual reassessment method for heterogeneous groups, modified to coincide with the objectives of a Phase I/II trial of stereotactic body radiation therapy in patients with painful osseous metastatic disease. Operating characteristics of the Institutional Review Board approved design are demonstrated under various possible true scenarios via simulation studies. Copyright © 2015 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Sæle, Paul; Østhus, Eirik; Ådalen, Sondre; Nasir, Elwalid F; Mustafa, Manal
2017-03-01
Clefts of the lip and/or palate (CL/P) are the most common congenital disorders of the head and neck. In Norway, the incidence is 1.9/1000 live births. The aim of this study was to investigate the frequency and distribution of various types of clefts and dental anomalies in patients treated by the cleft lip and palate (CLP) team in Bergen, Norway. The material comprised the records of patients 6 years of age, examined by the CLP team in Bergen from spring 1993 to autumn 2012, incomplete records were excluded. The records of 989 patients were analysed, using frequencies and Chi-square test to compare differences in percentages between groups. The gender distribution was 58.8% male and 41.2% female. Isolated cleft palate (CP) was the most common condition (39.5%). Clefts of the lip, jaw and palate (CLP) constituted (30%) of cases and (30.5%) had isolated cleft lip (CL). The frequencies of agenesis, supernumerary and peg-shaped teeth were (36.5%), (17.8%) and (7.5%), respectively. Over 50% of the study population were diagnosed with one or more malocclusion. Of the CLP patients, 61.4% had Angle Class III occlusion. Statistical analysis disclosed a positive association of agenesis with Class III occlusion (OR =1.8, p≤ 0.001). The findings supported the hypothesis that the distribution of dental anomalies and occlusal disorders varied among patients with CL, CP and CLP. In patients with cleft, there is a twofold chance to get Class III malocclusion in the presence of agenesis.
Cost-effectiveness of telephonic disease management in heart failure.
Smith, Brad; Hughes-Cromwick, Paul F; Forkner, Emma; Galbreath, Autumn Dawn
2008-02-01
To evaluate the cost-effectiveness of a telephonic disease management (DM) intervention in heart failure (HF). Randomized controlled trial of telephonic DM among 1069 community-dwelling patients with systolic HF (SHF) and diastolic HF performed between 1999 and 2003. The enrollment period was 18 months per subject. Bootstrap-resampled incremental cost-effectiveness ratios (ICERs) were computed and compared across groups. Direct medical costs were obtained from a medical record review that collected records from 92% of patients; 66% of records requested were obtained. Disease management produced statistically significant survival advantages among all patients (17.4 days, P = .04), among patients with New York Heart Association (NYHA) class III/IV symptoms (47.7 days, P = .02), and among patients with SHF (24.2 days, P = .01). Analyses of direct medical and intervention costs showed no cost savings associated with the intervention. For all patients and considering all-cause medical care, the ICER was $146 870 per quality-adjusted life-year (QALY) gained, while for patients with NYHA class III/IV symptoms and patients with SHF, the ICERs were $67 784 and $95 721 per QALY gained, respectively. Costs per QALY gained were $101 120 for all patients, $72 501 for patients with SHF, and $41 348 for patients with NYHA class III/IV symptoms. The intervention was effective but costly to implement and did not reduce utilization. It may not be cost-effective in other broadly representative samples of patients. However, with program cost reductions and proper targeting, this program may produce life-span increases at costs that are less than $100 000 per QALY gained.
Munch, Gregers Winding; Rosenmeier, Jaya Birgitte; Petersen, Morten; Rinnov, Anders Rasmussen; Iepsen, Ulrik Winning; Pedersen, Bente Klarlund; Mortensen, Stefan Peter
2018-05-01
Cardiorespiratory fitness is positively related to heart failure (HF) prognosis, but lack of time and low energy are barriers for adherence to exercise. We, therefore, compared the effect of low-volume time-based resistance exercise training (TRE) with aerobic moderate-intensity cycling (AMC) on maximal and submaximal exercise capacity, health-related quality of life, and vascular function. Twenty-eight HF patients (New York Heart Association class I-II) performed AMC (n = 14) or TRE (n = 14). Maximal and submaximal exercise capacity, health-related quality of life, and vascular function were evaluated before and after a 6-wk training intervention with 3 training sessions per week. The AMC group and the TRE group trained for 45 and 25 min per training session, respectively. During the training sessions, the TRE and AMC groups trained at 60 ± 4% and 59 ± 2% (mean ± standard deviation) of (Equation is included in full-text article.)O2peak, respectively. The energy expenditure was significantly greater in AMC than in TRE (P < .05). The (Equation is included in full-text article.)O2peak and Wattpeak increased in AMC group (P < .001) and TRE group (P = .001), with no differences between groups. Six-minute walk distance also increased in both groups (AMC, P = .006 and TRE, P = .036), with no difference between groups. Health-related quality of life improved equally in the 2 groups, whereas vascular function did not change in either group. These results demonstrate that AMC and TRE equally improved exercise capacity and health-related quality of life in lower New York Heart Association-stage HF patients, despite less time required as well as lower energy expenditure during TRE than during AMC. Therefore, TRE might represent a time-efficient exercise modality for improving adherence to exercise in patients with class I-II HF.
[Microinvasive dental treatment in pre-school children].
Korolenkova, M V
The aim of the study was to assess the efficiency of atraumatic restorative treatment (ART) with cavity preparation by means of dental endo motor. ART method was applied in 94 children (50 females and 44 males, 301 teeth treated) aged 21-96 months. Wireless dental endo motor (Endo Mate TC2, NSK, Japan) was used for cavity preparation. The cavities (102 (33.9%) class I, 156 (51.8%) class V, 20 (6.6%) class II, 18 (6%) class III and 5 (1.7%) class IV) were then filled with glass-ionomer cement (Fuji IX, GC, Japan). Success rate was assessed 3, 6, 12 and 18 months after treatment. Overall ART procedure success rate (good marginal fit, no occlusal wearing or restoration fractures) at 18-month follow up was 88.7% (267 fillings out of 301) with the highest survival in class I (96.1%) and class V (96.2%) restoration and poorest in class II (50%), class III (44.4%) and class IV (20%) restorations. Cavity preparation with wireless dental endo motor was well tolerated even by infants (12 children were younger than 24 months), as it is noiseless and significantly faster than conventional manual preparation. ART method with the use of dental endo motor showed good success rate and proved to be highly efficient in small and apprehensive children. The method, however, should be avoided in class III and IV cavities as the success rate is poor mostly because of restoration fractures.
Orthodontic camouflage of skeletal Class III malocclusion with miniplate: a case report
Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Milton M. Benitez; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori
2016-01-01
ABSTRACT Introduction: Skeletal Class III malocclusion is often referred for orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery. However, with the aid of miniplates, some moderate discrepancies become feasible to be treated without surgery. Objective: To report the case of a 24-year-old man with severe skeletal Angle Class III malocclusion with anterior crossbite and a consequent concave facial profile. Methods: The patient refused to undergo orthognathic surgery; therefore, orthodontic camouflage treatment with the aid of miniplates placed on the mandibular arch was proposed. Results: After 18 months of treatment, a Class I molar and canine relationship was achieved, while anterior crossbite was corrected by retraction of mandibular teeth. The consequent decrease in lower lip fullness and increased exposure of maxillary incisors at smiling resulted in a remarkable improvement of patient's facial profile, in addition to an esthetically pleasing smile, respectively. One year later, follow-up revealed good stability of results. PMID:27653269
Orthodontic retreatment using anchorage with miniplate to camouflage a Class III skeletal pattern.
Farret, Marcel Marchiori
2016-06-01
This manuscript describes the treatment of a 27-year-old patient who was previously treated with two maxillary first premolar extractions. The patient had skeletal Class III malocclusion, Class III canine relationship, anterior crossbite, and a concave profile. As the patient refused orthognathic surgery, a miniplate was used on the right side of the lower arch as an anchorage unit after the extraction of mandibular first premolars, aiding the retraction of anterior teeth. At the end of treatment, anterior crossbite was corrected, in which first molars and canines were in a Class I relationship, and an excellent intercuspation was reached. Furthermore, patient's profile remarkably improved as a result of mandibular incisor retraction. A 30-month follow-up showed good stability of the results obtained. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics (BBO) as one of the requirements to become diplomate by the BBO.
Orthodontic retreatment using anchorage with miniplate to camouflage a Class III skeletal pattern
Farret, Marcel Marchiori
2016-01-01
ABSTRACT This manuscript describes the treatment of a 27-year-old patient who was previously treated with two maxillary first premolar extractions. The patient had skeletal Class III malocclusion, Class III canine relationship, anterior crossbite, and a concave profile. As the patient refused orthognathic surgery, a miniplate was used on the right side of the lower arch as an anchorage unit after the extraction of mandibular first premolars, aiding the retraction of anterior teeth. At the end of treatment, anterior crossbite was corrected, in which first molars and canines were in a Class I relationship, and an excellent intercuspation was reached. Furthermore, patient's profile remarkably improved as a result of mandibular incisor retraction. A 30-month follow-up showed good stability of the results obtained. This case was presented to the Brazilian Board of Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics (BBO) as one of the requirements to become diplomate by the BBO. PMID:27409659
Orthodontic camouflage of skeletal Class III malocclusion with miniplate: a case report.
Farret, Marcel Marchiori; Farret, Milton M Benitez; Farret, Alessandro Marchiori
2016-01-01
Skeletal Class III malocclusion is often referred for orthodontic treatment combined with orthognathic surgery. However, with the aid of miniplates, some moderate discrepancies become feasible to be treated without surgery. To report the case of a 24-year-old man with severe skeletal Angle Class III malocclusion with anterior crossbite and a consequent concave facial profile. The patient refused to undergo orthognathic surgery; therefore, orthodontic camouflage treatment with the aid of miniplates placed on the mandibular arch was proposed. After 18 months of treatment, a Class I molar and canine relationship was achieved, while anterior crossbite was corrected by retraction of mandibular teeth. The consequent decrease in lower lip fullness and increased exposure of maxillary incisors at smiling resulted in a remarkable improvement of patient's facial profile, in addition to an esthetically pleasing smile, respectively. One year later, follow-up revealed good stability of results.
Hakami, Zaki; Chen, Po Jung; Ahmida, Ahmad; Janakiraman, Nandakumar; Uribe, Flavio
2018-01-01
This case report describes orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 32-year-old African American male patient with Class III malocclusion. The treatment included nonextraction, nonsurgical orthodontic camouflage by en masse distalization of the mandibular teeth using skeletal anchorage devices. The total treatment time was 23 months. Normal overjet and overbite with Class I occlusion were obtained despite the compensated dentition to the skeletal malocclusion. His smile esthetics was significantly improved at the completion of his treatment.
Chen, Po Jung; Ahmida, Ahmad; Janakiraman, Nandakumar; Uribe, Flavio
2018-01-01
This case report describes orthodontic camouflage treatment for a 32-year-old African American male patient with Class III malocclusion. The treatment included nonextraction, nonsurgical orthodontic camouflage by en masse distalization of the mandibular teeth using skeletal anchorage devices. The total treatment time was 23 months. Normal overjet and overbite with Class I occlusion were obtained despite the compensated dentition to the skeletal malocclusion. His smile esthetics was significantly improved at the completion of his treatment. PMID:29721340
2012-04-13
conventional CT, the newer CBCT system had a number of advantages . The most celebrated advantage of CBCT is the reduced radiation burden to the patient...anteroposterior growth or perhaps do they mirror the overall shape of the underlying maxillary basal bone? 9 In a 2005 study, Franchi and Bacetti...stated that “no information is available for the dentoskeletal transverse dimensions in Class III subjects” ( Franchi and Baccetti 2005). These
Torre-Amione, Guillermo; Sestier, François; Radovancevic, Branislav; Young, James
2004-09-15
We sought to determine whether a novel, non-pharmacological form of immune modulation therapy (IMT), shown experimentally to reduce inflammatory and increase anti-inflammatory cytokines, improved outcomes in patients with advanced heart failure (HF). Immune activation contributes to the progression of HF, but treatments directed against inflammation have been largely unsuccessful. Seventy-five HF patients (New York Heart Association [NYHA] functional class III to IV) were randomized to receive either IMT (n = 38) or placebo (n = 37) in a double-blind trial for six months, with continuation of standard HF therapy. Patients were evaluated using the 6-min walk test, changes in NYHA functional class, cardiac function, and quality of life assessments, as well as occurrence of death and hospitalization. There was no between-group difference in 6-min walk test, but 15 IMT patients (compared with 9 placebo) improved NYHA functional classification by at least one class (p = 0.140). The Kaplan-Meier survival analysis showed that IMT significantly reduced the risk of death (p = 0.022) and hospitalization (p = 0.008). Analysis of a clinical composite score demonstrated a significant between-group difference (p = 0.006). There was no difference in left ventricular ejection fraction, but there was a trend toward improved quality of life (p = 0.110). These preliminary findings are consistent with the hypothesis that immune activation is important in the pathogenesis of HF and establish the basis for a phase III trial to define the benefit of IMT in chronic HF.
The Dimanganese(II) Site of Bacillus subtilis Class Ib Ribonucleotide Reductase
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Boal, Amie K.; Cotruvo, Jr., Joseph A.; Stubbe, JoAnne
2014-10-02
Class Ib ribonucleotide reductases (RNRs) use a dimanganese-tyrosyl radical cofactor, Mn{sub 2}{sup III}-Y{sm_bullet}, in their homodimeric NrdF ({beta}2) subunit to initiate reduction of ribonucleotides to deoxyribonucleotides. The structure of the Mn{sub 2}{sup II} form of NrdF is an important component in understanding O{sub 2}-mediated formation of the active metallocofactor, a subject of much interest because a unique flavodoxin, NrdI, is required for cofactor assembly. Biochemical studies and sequence alignments suggest that NrdF and NrdI proteins diverge into three phylogenetically distinct groups. The only crystal structure to date of a NrdF with a fully ordered and occupied dimanganese site is thatmore » of Escherichia coli Mn{sub 2}{sup II}-NrdF, prototypical of the enzymes from actinobacteria and proteobacteria. Here we report the 1.9 {angstrom} resolution crystal structure of Bacillus subtilis Mn{sub 2}{sup II}-NrdF, representative of the enzymes from a second group, from Bacillus and Staphylococcus. The structures of the metal clusters in the {beta}2 dimer are distinct from those observed in E. coli Mn{sub 2}{sup II}-NrdF. These differences illustrate the key role that solvent molecules and protein residues in the second coordination sphere of the Mn{sub 2}{sup II} cluster play in determining conformations of carboxylate residues at the metal sites and demonstrate that diverse coordination geometries are capable of serving as starting points for Mn{sub 2}{sup III}-Y{sm_bullet} cofactor assembly in class Ib RNRs.« less
Marbach-Ad, Gili; Rietschel, Carly H; Saluja, Neeti; Carleton, Karen L; Haag, Eric S
2016-12-01
This study describes the implementation and effectiveness of small-group active engagement (GAE) exercises in an introductory biology course (BSCI207) taught in a large auditorium setting. BSCI207 (Principles of Biology III-Organismal Biology) is the third introductory core course for Biological Sciences majors. In fall 2014, the instructors redesigned one section to include GAE activities to supplement lecture content. One section ( n = 198) employed three lectures per week. The other section ( n = 136) replaced one lecture per week with a GAE class. We explored the benefits and challenges associated with implementing GAE exercises and their relative effectiveness for unique student groups (e.g., minority students, high- and low-grade point average [GPA] students). Our findings show that undergraduates in the GAE class exhibited greater improvement in learning outcomes than undergraduates in the traditional class. Findings also indicate that high-achieving students experienced the greatest benefit from GAE activities. Some at-risk student groups (e.g., two-year transfer students) showed comparably low learning gains in the course, despite the additional support that may have been afforded by active learning. Collectively, these findings provide valuable feedback that may assist other instructors who wish to revise their courses and recommendations for institutions regarding prerequisite coursework approval policies.
Long-lasting, specific immunologic unresponsiveness associated with cryptococcal meningitis.
Henderson, D K; Bennett, J E; Huber, M A
1982-01-01
A sensitive radioimmunoassay and an antibody class-specific enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay were used to determine whether patients cured of cryptococcosis responded normally to immunization with cryptococcal capsular polysaccharide (CPS) and type III pneumococcal polysaccharide. 10 normal volunteers and 8 patients who had been cured of cryptococcal meningitis and who had been cured of cryptococcal meningitis and who had no serious underlying diseases were immunized with both antigens. Geometric mean titers to CPS measured by radioimmunoassay were 1:1 in both groups before vaccination, but were 1:3 in patients and 1:119 in controls following immunization (P less than 0.01, Student's t test). Analysis of the class-specific response to immunization with CPS found little anti-CPS IgG or IgA. Geometric mean postvaccination IgM titers were 1:31 in patients and 1:238 in controls (P less than 0.01). Responses to immunization with type III pneumococcal polysaccharide were similar in patients and controls, with IgA, IgM, and IgG mean titers of 1:1129, 1:369, and 1:158 in patients and 1:1504, 1:1039, and 1:163 in controls (P greater than 0.2 for each antibody class). Cured cryptococcal meningitis is often associated with prolonged specific immunologic unresponsiveness. PMID:7068854
Color-color diagrams in near infrared: (J-H)/(H-K). I
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Gyulbudaghian, Armen L.; Baloian, N.; Sanchez, I. A.
2017-12-01
In the paper are presented the color-color diagrams (J-H)/(H-K) for all stars with visible values B<11, for which in the known catalogs the values of J, H, K, and also spectral classes and luminosity classes of these stars are given. The diagrams are constructed for luminosity classes Ia, Ib, II, III, IV, V. The similarity of diagrams for classes Ia and Ib (super giants) and II (giants), is obvious from these diagrams. The diagrams obtained by us can be used for discovering of new young stars and also for determining of color excesses of investigating stars. Maximal amounts of stars are registered in the classes V and III. There is a tendency of increasing of J-H and H-K along the sequence of spectral classes O - M, which is correct for all luminosity classes.
A Genetic Screen for Mutants with Supersized Lipid Droplets in Caenorhabditis elegans
Li, Shiwei; Xu, Shibin; Ma, Yanli; Wu, Shuang; Feng, Yu; Cui, Qingpo; Chen, Lifeng; Zhou, Shuang; Kong, Yuanyuan; Zhang, Xiaoyu; Yu, Jialei; Wu, Mengdi; Zhang, Shaobing O.
2016-01-01
To identify genes that regulate the dynamics of lipid droplet (LD) size, we have used the genetically tractable model organism Caenorhabditis elegans, whose wild-type LD population displays a steady state of size with an upper limit of 3 μm in diameter. From a saturated forward genetic screen of 6.7 × 105 mutagenized haploid genomes, we isolated 118 mutants with supersized intestinal LDs often reaching 10 μm. These mutants define nine novel complementation groups, in addition to four known genes (maoc-1, dhs-28, daf-22, and prx-10). The nine groups are named drop (lipid droplet abnormal) and categorized into four classes. Class I mutants drop-5 and drop-9, similar to prx-10, are up-regulated in ACS-22-DGAT-2-dependent LD growth, resistant to LD hydrolysis, and defective in peroxisome import. Class II mutants drop-2, drop-3, drop-6, and drop-7 are up-regulated in LD growth, are resistant to LD hydrolysis, but are not defective in peroxisome import. Class III mutants drop-1 and drop-8 are neither up-regulated in LD growth nor resistant to LD hydrolysis, but seemingly up-regulated in LD fusion. Class IV mutant drop-4 is cloned as sams-1 and, different to the other three classes, is ACS-22-independent and hydrolysis-resistant. These four classes of supersized LD mutants should be valuable for mechanistic studies of LD cellular processes including growth, hydrolysis, and fusion. PMID:27261001
Martin, Alice
2011-01-01
ABSTRACT Objectives We aimed to compare the standard methods of cephalometry and two-dimensional photogrammetry, to evaluate the reliability and accuracy of both methods. Material and Methods Twenty-six patients (mean age 25.5, standard deviation (SD) 5.2 years) with Class II relationship and 23 patients with Class III relationship (mean age 26.4, SD 4.7 years) who had undergone bilateral sagittal split ramus osteotomy were selected, with a median follow-up of 8 months between pre- and postsurgical evaluation. Pre- and postsurgical cephalograms and lateral photograms were traced and changes were recorded. Results Pre- and postsurgical measurements of hard tissue angles and distances revealed higher correlations with cephalometrically performed soft tissue measurements of facial convexity (Class II: N-PG, r = - 0.50, P = 0.047; Class III: ANB, r = 0.73, P = 0.005; NaPg , r = 0.71, P = 0.007;) and labiomental angle (Class II: SNB, r = 0.72, P = 0.002; ANB, r = - 0.72, P = 0.002; N-B, r = - 0.68, P = 0.004; ANS-Gn, r = 0.71, P = 0.002; Class III: ANS-Gn, r = 0.65, P = 0.043) compared with two-dimensional photogrammetry. However, two-dimensional photogrammetry revealed higher correlation between lower lip length and cephalometrically assessed angular hard tissue changes (Class II: SNB, r = 0.98, P = 0.007; N-B, r = 0.89, P = 0.037; N-Pg, r = 0.90, P = 0.033; Class III: SNB, r = - 0.54, P = 0.060; NAPg, r = - 0.65, P = 0.041; N-Pg, r = 0.58, P = 0.039). Conclusions Our findings suggest that cephalometry and two-dimensional photogrammetry offer the possibility to complement one another. PMID:24421994
Cytoskeleton and paclitaxel sensitivity in breast cancer: the role of beta-tubulins.
Tommasi, Stefania; Mangia, Anita; Lacalamita, Rosanna; Bellizzi, Antonia; Fedele, Vita; Chiriatti, Annalisa; Thomssen, Christopher; Kendzierski, Nancy; Latorre, Agnese; Lorusso, Vito; Schittulli, Francesco; Zito, Francesco; Kavallaris, Maria; Paradiso, Angelo
2007-05-15
The antineoplastic effect of paclitaxel is mainly related to its ability to bind the beta subunit of tubulin, thus preventing tubulin chain depolarization and inducing apoptosis. The relevance of the Class I beta-tubulin characteristics have also been confirmed in the clinical setting where mutations of paclitaxel-binding site of beta-tubulin Class I have been related to paclitaxel resistance in non small cell lung and ovarian cancers. In the present study, we verified the hypothesis of a relationship between molecular alterations of beta-tubulin Class I and paclitaxel sensitivity in a panel of breast cell lines with different drug IC(50). The Class I beta-tubulin gene cDNA has been sequenced detecting heterozygous missense mutations (exon 1 and 4) only in MCF-7 and SK-BR-3 lines. Furthermore, the expression (at both mRNA and protein level) of the different isotypes have been analyzed demonstrating an association between low cell sensitivity to paclitaxel and Class III beta-tubulin expression increasing. Antisense oligonucleotide (ODN) experiments confirmed that the inhibition of Class III beta-tubulin could at least partially increase paclitaxel-chemosensitivity. The hypothesis of a relationship between beta-tubulin tumor expression and paclitaxel clinical response has been finally verified in a series of 92 advanced breast cancer patients treated with a first line paclitaxel-based chemotherapy. Thirty-five percent (95% CI: 45-31) of patients with high Class III beta-tubulin expression showed a disease progression vs. only 7% of patients with low expression (35% vs. 7%, p < 0.002). Our study suggests that Class III beta-tubulin tumor expression could be considered a predictive biomarker of paclitaxel-clinical resistance for breast cancer patients. (c) 2007 Wiley-Liss, Inc.
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR
2011-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR
2014-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 23 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 22 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2800 - State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR
2013-07-01
... 40 Protection of Environment 24 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false State-administered program-Class I, II, III, IV, and V wells. 147.2800 Section 147.2800 Protection of Environment ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION... Federal Register effective July 31, 1985. (1) CNMI Environmental Protection Act, 2 CMC sections 3101, et...
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...
40 CFR 147.2550 - State-administered program-Class I, III, IV and V wells.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR
2012-07-01
... Rules and Regulations, Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality, Chapter XXI: In Situ Mining... program for Class I, III, IV and V wells in the State of Wyoming, except those on Indian lands is the... section 1422 of the SDWA. Notice of this approval was published in the Federal Register on July 15, 1983...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-03-10
... auxiliary and temporary storage tracks, in Cowlitz County, Wash. CLC and Woods are Class III rail carriers... intended to result in more efficient and lower cost operations. \\1\\ See Tenn. S. R.R.--Continuance in... for transactions under Sec. Sec. 11324 and 11325 that involve only Class III rail carriers...
Orthodontics-surgical combination therapy for Class III skeletal malocclusion
Ravi, M. S.; Shetty, Nillan K.; Prasad, Rajendra B.
2012-01-01
The correction of skeletal Class III malocclusion with severe mandibular prognathism in an adult individual requires surgical and Othodontic combination therapy. The inter disciplinary approach is the treatment of choice in most of the skeletal malocclusions. A case report of an adult individual with Class III malocclusion, having mandibular excess in sagittal and vertical plane and treated with orthodontics,, bilateral sagittal split osteotomy and Le – Forte I osteotomy for the correction of skeletal, dental and soft tissue discrepancies is herewith presented. The surgical–orthodontic combination therapy has resulted in near–normal skeletal, dental and soft tissue relationship, with marked improvement in the facial esthetics in turn, has helped the patient to improve the self-confidence level. PMID:22557903
de ALMEIDA, Renato Rodrigues; ALESSIO, Luiz Eduardo; de ALMEIDA-PEDRIN, Renata Rodrigues; de ALMEIDA, Marcio Rodrigues; PINZAN, Arnaldo; VIEIRA, Luiz Sérgio
2015-01-01
The facial growth of Class III malocclusion worsens with age, in this case, the early orthopedic treatment, providing facial balance, modifying the maxillofacial growth and development. A 7.6-year old boy presented with Class III malocclusion associated with anterior crossbite; the mandible was shifted to the right and the maxilla had a transversal deficiency. Rapid maxillary expansion followed by facemask therapy was performed, to correct the anteroposterior relationship and improve the facial profile. The patient was followed for a 15-year period, after completion of the treatment, and stability was observed. Growing patients should be monitored following their treatment, so as to prevent malocclusion relapse. PMID:25760273
Wong, Vincent; Farah, Ahmed; von Korn, Hubertus; Memisevic, Nedim; Richter, Stefan; Tukhiashvili, Ketevan; Lauer, Bernward; Ohlow, Marc-Alexander
2015-01-01
Objective Absence of significant epicardial coronary artery disease (CAD) in patients with acute onset of chest pain and elevation of myocardial necrosis markers is occasionally observed. The aim of this study was to analyse the clinical characteristics and outcome of such patients with advanced age. Methods We retrospectively analysed 4,311 patients with acute onset of chest pain plus necrosis marker elevation. Two hundred and seventy two patients without CAD on angiogram (6.3%) were identified. Out of them, 50 (1.2%) patients ≥ 75 years (Group I) were compared with (1) 222 acute coronary syndrome (ACS) patients without CAD on angiogram < 75 years (Group II), and (2) 610 consecutive patients ≥ 75 years with Non-ST-elevation Myocardial Infarction (NSTEMI) undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention (Group III). Results Group I compared to Group III patients made up for more females (64.0% vs. 49.2%; P < 0.0001), and had more severe anginal symptoms on presentation [Canadian Cardiovascular Society (CCS) class I/II, 26.0% vs. 49.8%; P = 0.02]. Group I patients also had lower troponin levels (0.62 ± 0.8 ng/mL vs. 27 ± 74 ng/mL; P < 0.02), lower leukocyte count (9.4 ± 3.13 × 109 vs. 12 ± 5.1 × 109; P = 0.001) and better preserved left ventricular function (56.7% ± 14.3% vs. 45% ± 11%; P < 0.0001). Event-free survival (cardiac death, myocardial infarction, recurrent angina, and re-hospitalisation) was more frequent in Group I and II patients compared to Group III patients (64.9%, 66.7%, and 41.6%, respectively; P < 0.0001). Conclusions ACS in patients ≥ 75 years without CAD is very infrequent, associated with a (1) similar outcome compared to ACS patients < 75 years without CAD, and (2) significant better outcome compared to NSTEMI patients ≥ 75 years. PMID:25678899
Fine structure of OXI1, the mitochondrial gene coding for subunit II of yeast cytochrome c oxidase.
Weiss-Brummer, B; Guba, R; Haid, A; Schweyen, R J
1979-12-01
Genetic and biochemical studies have been performed with 110 mutants which are defective in cytochrome a·a3 and map in the regions on mit DNA previously designated OXI1 and OXI2. With 88 mutations allocated to OXI1 fine structure mapping was achieved by the analysis of rho (-) deletions. The order of six groups of mutational sites (A 1, A2, B 1, B2, C 1, C2) thus determined was confirmed by oxi i x oxi j recombination analysis.Analysis of mitochondrially translated polypeptides of oxil mutants by SDS-polyacrylamide electrophoresis reveals three classes of mutant patterns: i) similar to wild-tpye (19 mutants); ii) lacking SU II of cytochrome c oxidase (53 mutants); iii) lacking this subunit and exhibiting a single new polypeptide of lower Mr (16 mutants). Mutations of each of these classes are scattered over the OXI1 region without any detectable clustering; this is consistent with the assumption that all oxil mutations studied are within the same gene.New polypeptides observed in oxil mutants of class iii) vary in Mr in the range from 10,500 to 33,000. Those of Mr 17,000 to 33,000 are shown to be antigenically related to subunit II of cytochrome c oxidase. Colinearity is established between the series of new polypeptides of Mr values increasing from 10,500 to 31,500 and the order of the respective mutational sites on the map, e.g. mutations mapping in A 1 generate the smallest and mutations mapping in C2 the largest mutant fragments.From these data we conclude that i) all mutations allocated to the OXI1 region are in the same gene; ii) this gene codes for subunit II of cytochrome c oxidase; iii) the direction of translation is from CAP to 0X12. Out of 19 mutants allocated to OXI2 three exhibit a new polypeptide; these and all the other oxi2 mutants lack subunit III of cytochrome oxidase. This result provides preliminary evidence that the OXI2 region harbours the structural gene for this subunit III.
Skeletal Class lll severe openbite treatment using implant anchorage.
Sakai, Yuichi; Kuroda, Shingo; Murshid, Sakhr A; Takano-Yamamoto, Teruko
2008-01-01
A female patient with a skeletal Class III severe anterior openbite was treated using miniplates as the anchorage. The patient was 15 years and 10 months of age when she reported to our university hospital with a chief complaint of anterior openbite and reversed occlusion. The patient had an anterior openbite with an overjet of -3.0 mm and overbite of -5.0 mm and a Class III molar relationship. The cephalometric analysis showed a skeletal Class III relationship (ANB 0 degrees ). After the extraction of the bilateral mandibular third molars, miniplates were placed in the mandibular external oblique line. The mandibular dentition was retracted using elastic chain and miniplates. After treatment, an Angle Class I molar relationship was achieved and overjet and overbite had become 2.0 mm and 1.5 mm. A good facial appearance and occlusal relationship were obtained. The total active orthodontic treatment period was 23 months. Wrap-around type retainers were placed on both jaws and a lingual bonded retainer was also attached in the mandibular incisors. After 1 year of retention, the occlusion was stable, and a good facial profile was also retained. The mandibular deviation to the left was improved and the strain in the circumoral musculature during lip closure disappeared. An appropriate interincisal relationship was achieved by the uprighting of mandibular dentition without changing the vertical intermaxillary relationship. A panoramic radiograph showed no marked root resorption. Our results suggest that implant anchorage is useful for correction of skeletal Class III severe anterior openbite cases.
Hyperspectral Based Skin Detection for Person of Interest Identification
2015-03-01
burns, tans minimally. Type III 14-20 Cream white; fair with any hair or eye color ; quite common. Sometimes mild burn, tans uniformly. Type IV 21-27...90 viii List of Figures Figure Page 2.1 Hyperspectral Cube: The colors underneath the image are the different layers. Each...and 1348 nm). Group one has the melanin concentration distribution of 8% or less. Each color line is a sample of a class
Lee, Soon-Jae; Kong, Mengxuan; Harrison, Paul; Hijri, Mohamed
2018-01-01
Horizontal gene transfer (HGT) is an important mechanism in the evolution of many living organisms particularly in Prokaryotes where genes are frequently dispersed between taxa. Although, HGT has been reported in Eukaryotes, its accumulative effect and its frequency has been questioned. Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) are an early diverged fungal lineage belonging to phylum Glomeromycota, whose phylogenetic position is still under debate. The history of AMF and land plant symbiosis dates back to at least 460 Ma. However, Glomeromycota are estimated to have emerged much earlier than land plants. In this study, we surveyed genomic and transcriptomic data of the model arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus Rhizoglomus irregulare (synonym Rhizophagus irregularis) and its relatives to search for evidence of HGT that occurred during AMF evolution. Surprisingly, we found a signature of putative HGT of class I ribonuclease III protein-coding genes that occurred from autotrophic cyanobacteria genomes to R. irregulare. At least one of two HGTs was conserved among AMF species with high levels of sequence similarity. Previously, an example of intimate symbiosis between AM fungus and cyanobacteria was reported in the literature. Ribonuclease III family enzymes are important in small RNA regulation in Fungi together with two additional core proteins (Argonaute/piwi and RdRP). The eukaryotic RNA interference system found in AMF was conserved and showed homology with high sequence similarity in Mucoromycotina, a group of fungi closely related to Glomeromycota. Prior to this analysis, class I ribonuclease III has not been identified in any eukaryotes. Our results indicate that a unique acquisition of class I ribonuclease III in AMF is due to a HGT event that occurred from cyanobacteria to Glomeromycota, at the latest before the divergence of the two Glomeromycota orders Diversisporales and Glomerales. © The Author(s) 2018. Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Society for Molecular Biology and Evolution.
Lee, Soon-Jae; Kong, Mengxuan; Harrison, Paul
2018-01-01
Abstract Horizontal gene transfer (HGT) is an important mechanism in the evolution of many living organisms particularly in Prokaryotes where genes are frequently dispersed between taxa. Although, HGT has been reported in Eukaryotes, its accumulative effect and its frequency has been questioned. Arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF) are an early diverged fungal lineage belonging to phylum Glomeromycota, whose phylogenetic position is still under debate. The history of AMF and land plant symbiosis dates back to at least 460 Ma. However, Glomeromycota are estimated to have emerged much earlier than land plants. In this study, we surveyed genomic and transcriptomic data of the model arbuscular mycorrhizal fungus Rhizoglomus irregulare (synonym Rhizophagus irregularis) and its relatives to search for evidence of HGT that occurred during AMF evolution. Surprisingly, we found a signature of putative HGT of class I ribonuclease III protein-coding genes that occurred from autotrophic cyanobacteria genomes to R. irregulare. At least one of two HGTs was conserved among AMF species with high levels of sequence similarity. Previously, an example of intimate symbiosis between AM fungus and cyanobacteria was reported in the literature. Ribonuclease III family enzymes are important in small RNA regulation in Fungi together with two additional core proteins (Argonaute/piwi and RdRP). The eukaryotic RNA interference system found in AMF was conserved and showed homology with high sequence similarity in Mucoromycotina, a group of fungi closely related to Glomeromycota. Prior to this analysis, class I ribonuclease III has not been identified in any eukaryotes. Our results indicate that a unique acquisition of class I ribonuclease III in AMF is due to a HGT event that occurred from cyanobacteria to Glomeromycota, at the latest before the divergence of the two Glomeromycota orders Diversisporales and Glomerales. PMID:29329439
The analysis of 146 patients with difficult laparoscopic cholecystectomy
Bat, Orhan
2015-01-01
Introduction: Laparoscopic cholecystectomy (LC) is very commonly performed surgical intervention. Acute or chronic cholecystitis, adhesions due to previous upper abdomen surgeries, Mirrizi’s syndrome and obesity are common clinical conditions that can be associated with difficult cholecystectomy. In this study, we evaluated and scored the patients with difficult surgical exploration during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Material and Method: All patients who underwent LC from 2010 to 2015 were retrospectively rewieved. According to intraoperative findings DLC cases were described and classified. Class I difficulty: Adhesion of omentum majus, transverse colon, duodenum to the fundus of the gallbladder. Class II difficulty: Adhesions in Calot’s triangle and difficulty in dissection of cystic artery and cystic duct Class III difficulty: Difficulty in dissection of gallbladder bed (scleroathrophic gallbladder, hemorrhage from liver during dissection of gallbladder, chirotic liver). Class IV difficulty: Difficulty in exploration of gallbladder due to intraabdominal adhesions including technical problems. Results: A total of 146 patients were operated with DLC. The most common difficulty type was Class I difficulty (88 patients/60.2%). Laparoscopic cholecystectomy was converted to laparotomy in 98 patients. Operation time was found to be related with conversion to open surgery (P<0.05). Wound infection rate was also statistically higher in conversion group (P<0.05). The opertion time was found to be longest with Class II difficulty. Conversion rate to open surgery was also highest with Class II difficulty group. Conclusion: Class II difficulty characterized by severe adhesions in calot’s triangle is most serious problem among all DLC cases. They have longer operation time and higher conversion rate. PMID:26629124
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Keown, Sandra L.
This study was devised to determine effects of the use of interactive thematic organizers and concept maps in middle school science classes during a unit study on minerals. The design, a pretest-posttest control group, consisted of matched groups (three experimental groups and one comparison group). It also included a student survey assessing qualitative aspects of the investigation. The 67 6th-grade students and one science teacher who participated in the study were from an independent K-12 school. Students represented a normal, well-distributed range of abilities. Group I (control) proceeded with their usual method of studying a unit---reading aloud the text and answering workbook questions. Group II worked with interactive thematic organizers, designed to activate prior knowledge and help students make inferences about target concepts in three treatments. Group III created three interactive concept maps, which represented both understandings and misconceptions. Concept maps were reviewed and repaired as students completed each treatment. Group IV participated in both thematic organizer and concept map treatments. Statistical analyses were determined through a pretest and a delayed recall posttest essay for all four groups. Two scores were assigned---one quantitative raw score of correct explicit answers and one rubric score based on the quality of interpretive responses. Group II also received scores for thematic organizer responses. Group III received rubric scores for concept maps. Group IV received all possible scores. Paired t-tests reported comparisons of scores across the treatment groups. A linear regression indicated whether or not concept map misconceptions affected posttest scores. Finally, an ANCOVA reported statistical significance across the four treatment groups. Findings of data analysis indicated statistically significant improvement in posttest scores among students in the three experimental groups. Students who participated in both treatments represented the highest scores among the four groups. Results of the ANCOVA indicated there was statistically significant difference in scores among the four treatments. Recommendations were made to further investigate development of interactive thematic organizers with student-chosen hyperlinks to concepts, as well as a recommendation that researchers investigate teacher understandings of interpretive purpose and form in the creation of thematic organizers.
Snyder, Susan M; Rubenstein, Casey
2014-01-01
This study examined how incest, depression, parental drinking, relationship status, and living with parents affect patterns of substance use among emerging adults, 18 to 25 years old. The study sample included (n = 11,546) individuals who participated in Waves I, II, and III of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health). The study used separate latent class analysis for males and females to determine how patterns of substance use clustered together. The study identified the following three classes of substance use: heavy, moderate, and normative substance use patterns. Multinomial logistic regression indicated that, for females only, incest histories also nearly doubled the risk of heavy-use class membership. In addition, experiencing depression, being single, and not living with parents serve as risk factors for males and females in the heavy-use group. Conversely, being Black, Hispanic, or living with parents lowered the likelihood of being in the group with the most substance use behaviors (i.e., heavy use). Findings highlight the need for interventions that target depression and female survivors of incest among emerging adults.
Snyder, Susan M.; Rubenstein, Casey
2016-01-01
This study examined how incest, depression, parental drinking, relationship status, and living with parents affect patterns of substance use among emerging adults, 18 to 25 years old. The study sample included (n = 11,546) individuals who participated in Waves I, II, and III of the National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health (Add Health). The study used separate latent class analysis for males and females to determine how patterns of substance use clustered together. The study identified the following three classes of substance use: heavy, moderate, and normative substance use patterns. Multinomial logistic regression indicated that, for females only, incest histories also nearly doubled the risk of heavy-use class membership. In addition, experiencing depression, being single, and not living with parents serve as risk factors for males and females in the heavy-use group. Conversely, being Black, Hispanic, or living with parents lowered the likelihood of being in the group with the most substance use behaviors (i.e., heavy use). Findings highlight the need for interventions that target depression and female survivors of incest among emerging adults. PMID:25052877
Transepithelial transport of biperiden hydrochloride in Caco-2 cell monolayers.
Abalos, Ivana S; Rodríguez, Yanina I; Lozano, Verónica; Cereseto, Marina; Mussini, Maria V; Spinetto, Marta E; Chiale, Carlos; Pesce, Guido
2012-09-01
The aim of this research has been to determine the biperiden hydrochloride permeability in Caco-2 model, in order to classify it based on the Biopharmaceutics Classification System (BCS). The World Health Organization (WHO) as well as many other authors have provisionally assigned the drug as BCS class I (high solubility-high permeability) or III (high solubility-low permeability), based on different methods. We determined biperiden BCS class by comparing its permeability to 5 pre-defined compounds: atenolol and ranitidine hydrochloride (low permeability group) and metoprolol tartrate, sodium naproxen and theophylline (high permeability group). Since biperiden permeability was higher than those obtained for high permeability drugs, we classified it as a BCS class I compound. On the other hand, as no differences were obtained for permeability values when apical to basolateral and basolateral to apical fluxes were studied, this drug cannot act as a substrate of efflux transporters. As a consequence of our results, we suggest that the widely used antiparkinsonian drug, biperiden, should be candidate for a waiver of in vivo bioequivalence studies. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Effects of an education program on the health and illness profile of rural breast-fed babies.
Nakao, R M
1988-01-01
In the Philippines, researchers followed 135 babies born between August 1985-January 1986 to determine the effects of health education on infant health. Mothers in the experimental group learned about infant care, frequent nursing, personal hygiene, waiting until 4-6 months to begin supplementary foods, and the importance of the colostrum. Those in the control group received no such education. Both groups of mothers breast fed. 65% of the babies in the control group were healthy after 1 month, 48% after 4 months, 64% after 6 months, and 25% at 1 year while 57% of those from the experimental group were healthy after 1 month, 52% after 2 months, 3% after 5 months, and non at 1 year. There was a statistical difference in mean weights between the experimental and control groups at birth, 8 and 11 months. The average weights for babies in the experimental group were in the Class II category (weight for age 25th percentile and or = 50% percentile) while the average weight for those in the control group were in the Class I category (weight for age or = 25% percentile). Babies of multigravida mothers were more likely to be in Class III and IV (both classes 50th percentile) categories than those of primigravida mothers. No experimental group 5-7 month old babies had gastroenteritis while 6.1% 5 month olds, 16.1% 6 month olds, and 17.1% 7 months old in the control group had gastroenteritis. The incidence of respiratory infections was higher among control babies than experimental babies, except at 9 months. The incidence of fever was basically the same in both groups, except 9 and 12 month old experimental babies did not have any fever. Results of this study indicate that health education on infant health contributes to a lower incidence of gastroenteritis and respiratory infections and to higher weight gains.
Régis, Jean; Lagmari, Medhi; Carron, Romain; Hayashi, Motohiro; McGonigal, Aileen; Daquin, Géraldine; Villeneuve, Nathalie; Laguitton, Virginie; Bartolomei, Fabrice; Chauvel, Patrick
2017-06-01
Epilepsies associated with hypothalamic hamartomas (HHs) are frequently drug resistant with severe psychiatric and cognitive comorbidities. We performed a prospective trial to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Gamma Knife radiosurgery (GKS). Between October 1999 and October 2007, a total of 57 patients were investigated, included and treated by GKS in Timone University Hospital. Preoperative workup and 3-year postoperative evaluation consisted of seizure diary, neuropsychological, psychiatric, endocrinologic, visual field, and visual acuity examinations. Follow-up of >3 years was available for 48 patients. Topologic type was type I in 11 patients, type II in 15, type III in 17, type IV in one, type V in one, type VI in one, and mixed type in 2. The median marginal dose was 17 Gy (min 14 and max 25 Gy). The median target volume was 398 mm 3 (28-1,600 mm 3 ). Due to partial results, 28 patients (58.3%) required a second treatment. The median follow-up was 71 months (36-153 months). At last follow-up, the rate of Engel class I outcome was 39.6%, Engel class II was 29.2% (I+II 68.8%), and Engel class III was 20%. Global psychiatric comorbidity was considered cured in 28%, improved in 56%, stable in 8%, and continued to worsen in 8%. No permanent neurologic side effect was reported (in particular, no memory deficit). Nondisabling transient poikilothermia was observed in three patients (6.2%). A transient increase of seizure frequency was reported in 8 patients (16.6%) with a median duration of 30 days (9-90 days). Microsurgery was proposed because of insufficient efficacy of GKS in seven patients (14.5%) with a postoperative Engel class I-II in 28.6%. This prospective trial demonstrates very good long-term safety and efficacy of GKS for 2 patients. Beyond seizure reduction, the improvement of psychiatric and cognitive comorbidities along with better school performance and social functioning, being better socially integrated, having friends having a social life, working, participating to group activities turn out to be major benefits of GKS in this group of patients with frequently catastrophic epilepsy. Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 International League Against Epilepsy.
Xie, Lulu; Liu, Pingli; Zhu, Zhixin; Zhang, Shifan; Zhang, Shujiang; Li, Fei; Zhang, Hui; Li, Guoliang; Wei, Yunxiao; Sun, Rifei
2016-01-01
Polyketide synthases (PKSs) utilize the products of primary metabolism to synthesize a wide array of secondary metabolites in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. PKSs can be grouped into three distinct classes, types I, II, and III, based on enzyme structure, substrate specificity, and catalytic mechanisms. The type III PKS enzymes function as homodimers, and are the only class of PKS that do not require acyl carrier protein. Plant type III PKS enzymes, also known as chalcone synthase (CHS)-like enzymes, are of particular interest due to their functional diversity. In this study, we mined type III PKS gene sequences from the genomes of six aquatic algae and 25 land plants (1 bryophyte, 1 lycophyte, 2 basal angiosperms, 16 core eudicots, and 5 monocots). PKS III sequences were found relatively conserved in all embryophytes, but not exist in algae. We also examined gene expression patterns by analyzing available transcriptome data, and identified potential cis-regulatory elements in upstream sequences. Phylogenetic trees of dicots angiosperms showed that plant type III PKS proteins fall into three clades. Clade A contains CHS/STS-type enzymes coding genes with diverse transcriptional expression patterns and enzymatic functions, while clade B is further divided into subclades b1 and b2, which consist of anther-specific CHS-like enzymes. Differentiation regions, such as amino acids 196-207 between clades A and B, and predicted positive selected sites within α-helixes in late appeared branches of clade A, account for the major diversification in substrate choice and catalytic reaction. The integrity and location of conserved cis-elements containing MYB and bHLH binding sites can affect transcription levels. Potential binding sites for transcription factors such as WRKY, SPL, or AP2/EREBP may contribute to tissue- or taxon-specific differences in gene expression. Our data shows that gene duplications and functional diversification of plant type III PKS enzymes played a critical role in the ancient conquest of the land by early plants and angiosperm diversification. PMID:27625671
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-01-16
... Southern Railway Company in Chicago, Cook County, Ill.\\3\\ \\1\\ KMR is indirectly owned by noncarrier Koch Industries, Inc. (Koch). In addition to KMR, Koch also controls directly or indirectly three other Class III... Augustine Railroad, LLC), and Koch has sought Board authority to control a fourth Class III rail carrier...
40 CFR 144.28 - Requirements for Class I, II, and III wells authorized by rule.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... proposed test or measurement to be made; (D) The amount, size, and location (by depth) of casing to be left..., internal pressure, and axial loading; (iv) Hole size; (v) Size and grade of all casing strings; and (vi... Class III wells the owner or operator shall provide to the Director a qualitative analysis and ranges in...
Oliveira, Dauro Douglas; de Oliveira, Bruno Franco; Figueiredo, Daniel Santos Fonseca; Antunes, Alberto Nogueira da Gama; Seraidarian, Paulo Isaías
2017-10-01
This article reports the camouflage retreatment of an adult patient presenting an asymmetric Class III malocclusion and posterior open bite. Sliding jigs (SJs) associated with intermaxillary elastics were used. The long-term stability of the excellent results suggests that the use of SJs to correct asymmetric posterior occlusions may be effective.
Non-extraction treatment of a Class III skeletal case.
Gonzalez, Bulmario
2009-01-01
Adult Class III Skeletal treatment options have generally included some form of surgery (Maxillary advancement in midface deficient cases and/or Mandibular set-back). This article discusses non-surgical treatment of an adult patient using the combined concepts of mandibular molar distalization enhanced with TADs and non-extraction camouflage dental correction through maxillary incisor protraction and mandibular incisor lingualization.
YOUNG STELLAR OBJECTS IN THE GOULD BELT
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Dunham, Michael M.; Allen, Lori E.; Evans II, Neal J.
2015-09-15
We present the full catalog of Young Stellar Objects (YSOs) identified in the 18 molecular clouds surveyed by the Spitzer Space Telescope “cores to disks” (c2d) and “Gould Belt” (GB) Legacy surveys. Using standard techniques developed by the c2d project, we identify 3239 candidate YSOs in the 18 clouds, 2966 of which survive visual inspection and form our final catalog of YSOs in the GB. We compile extinction corrected spectral energy distributions for all 2966 YSOs and calculate and tabulate the infrared spectral index, bolometric luminosity, and bolometric temperature for each object. We find that 326 (11%), 210 (7%), 1248more » (42%), and 1182 (40%) are classified as Class 0 + I, Flat-spectrum, Class II, and Class III, respectively, and show that the Class III sample suffers from an overall contamination rate by background Asymptotic Giant Branch stars between 25% and 90%. Adopting standard assumptions, we derive durations of 0.40–0.78 Myr for Class 0 + I YSOs and 0.26–0.50 Myr for Flat-spectrum YSOs, where the ranges encompass uncertainties in the adopted assumptions. Including information from (sub)millimeter wavelengths, one-third of the Class 0 + I sample is classified as Class 0, leading to durations of 0.13–0.26 Myr (Class 0) and 0.27–0.52 Myr (Class I). We revisit infrared color–color diagrams used in the literature to classify YSOs and propose minor revisions to classification boundaries in these diagrams. Finally, we show that the bolometric temperature is a poor discriminator between Class II and Class III YSOs.« less
Epidemiological study of myasthenia gravis in the province of Reggio Emilia, Italy.
Guidetti, D; Sabadini, R; Bondavalli, M; Cavalletti, S; Lodesani, M; Mantegazza, R; Cosi, V; Solime, F
1998-06-01
We carried out a retrospective incidence, prevalence and mortality survey of myasthenia gravis in the province of Reggio Emilia in Northern Italy. Based on 49 patients, the mean incidence per year for the period 1980 through 1994 was 7.8 per 1,000,000. On 31 December 1994 the prevalence rate was 117.5 per 1,000,000 for all patients, either active or recovered (50 cases in a population of 427,493) and 103.4 per 1,000,000 for the active disease. In the 15-year period 1980-1994 the average mortality rate was 1.0 per 1,000,000 per year. The average age at onset was 44.6 +/- 21.0, and the average age at the time of prevalence determination was 51.1 +/- 19.6 for the active disease. At the time of diagnosis, 21 patients (36.8%) were classed in group I according to Osserman's criteria, 31 in group II (54.4%), (19 in group II-A and 12 in group II-B), and the other 5 (8.8%) in group III. Of all the prevalence cases, 6 (12%) were in remission without therapy and 6 with therapy, while most of the others 16 (32%) were classed in group I, 15 (30%) in group II, and 1 (2%) in group III. Thymectomy was performed in 20 patients (35.1%), 12 (21%) had thymoma (malignant in 4 cases), 6 had thymic hyperplasia while in two patients thymic histology was normal. The relation the grade of Osserman's scale at the time of incidence and the presence of thymoma were significant. Higher grades of Osserman's scale were associated were malignant thymoma. Furthermore the relationship between thymectomy and the grade of Osserman's scale at the date of prevalence was significant for the presence of lower grades of Osserman's scale in the patients submitted to thymectomy.
Cardiac-resynchronization therapy for mild-to-moderate heart failure.
Tang, Anthony S L; Wells, George A; Talajic, Mario; Arnold, Malcolm O; Sheldon, Robert; Connolly, Stuart; Hohnloser, Stefan H; Nichol, Graham; Birnie, David H; Sapp, John L; Yee, Raymond; Healey, Jeffrey S; Rouleau, Jean L
2010-12-16
Cardiac-resynchronization therapy (CRT) benefits patients with left ventricular systolic dysfunction and a wide QRS complex. Most of these patients are candidates for an implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD). We evaluated whether adding CRT to an ICD and optimal medical therapy might reduce mortality and morbidity among such patients. We randomly assigned patients with New York Heart Association (NYHA) class II or III heart failure, a left ventricular ejection fraction of 30% or less, and an intrinsic QRS duration of 120 msec or more or a paced QRS duration of 200 msec or more to receive either an ICD alone or an ICD plus CRT. The primary outcome was death from any cause or hospitalization for heart failure. We followed 1798 patients for a mean of 40 months. The primary outcome occurred in 297 of 894 patients (33.2%) in the ICD-CRT group and 364 of 904 patients (40.3%) in the ICD group (hazard ratio in the ICD-CRT group, 0.75; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.64 to 0.87; P<0.001). In the ICD-CRT group, 186 patients died, as compared with 236 in the ICD group (hazard ratio, 0.75; 95% CI, 0.62 to 0.91; P = 0.003), and 174 patients were hospitalized for heart failure, as compared with 236 in the ICD group (hazard ratio, 0.68; 95% CI, 0.56 to 0.83; P<0.001). However, at 30 days after device implantation, adverse events had occurred in 124 patients in the ICD-CRT group, as compared with 58 in the ICD group (P<0.001). Among patients with NYHA class II or III heart failure, a wide QRS complex, and left ventricular systolic dysfunction, the addition of CRT to an ICD reduced rates of death and hospitalization for heart failure. This improvement was accompanied by more adverse events. (Funded by the Canadian Institutes of Health Research and Medtronic of Canada; ClinicalTrials.gov number, NCT00251251.).
Mandibular dental arch changes with active self-ligating brackets combined with different archwires.
Atik, E; Akarsu-Guven, B; Kocadereli, I
2018-05-01
The aim was to compare mandibular arch and incisor inclinational changes by comparing active self-ligating brackets used with different forms of archwires with a control group in nonextraction cases. The sample of 50 patients with Class I malocclusion was divided into three groups: Group I was treated with active self-ligating brackets (Nexus, Ormco/Orange, CA, USA) used with Damon arch form copper nickel-titanium (Cu-NiTi) and stainless steel (SS) wires; Group II was treated with interactive self-ligating bracket system (Empower, American Orthodontics, Sheboygan, Wis, USA) used with standard Cu-NiTi and SS wires; and Group III was treated with Roth prescribed conventional brackets (Forestadent, Pforzheim, Germany) with standard Cu-NiTi and SS wires which was designed as a control group. Changes in dimension of mandibular arch and inclination of incisors were assessed on dental models and lateral cephalometric radiographs at pretreatment (T1) and posttreatment (T2) periods. Paired-t test and one-way analysis of variance were used to perform intragroup and intergroup comparisons, respectively. In all groups, an average increase of transversal distances occurred from pretreatment to the posttreatment period (P < 0.05). However, mandibular arch length increase was significantly different among the Groups I-III (P = 0.008) and I-II (P = 0.006). No significant intergroup difference was found with regard to incisor inclinational changes. Bracket type had no significant effect on the mandibular dimensional or incisor inclination changes. Besides this, archwire type had only little effect on the treatment results as active self-ligating bracket with Damon archwires increased mandibular arch length greater than other groups.
Modern trends in Class III orthognathic treatment: A time series analysis.
Lee, Chang-Hoon; Park, Hyun-Hee; Seo, Byoung-Moo; Lee, Shin-Jae
2017-03-01
To examine the current trends in surgical-orthodontic treatment for patients with Class III malocclusion using time-series analysis. The records of 2994 consecutive patients who underwent orthognathic surgery from January 1, 2004, through December 31, 2015, at Seoul National University Dental Hospital, Seoul, Korea, were reviewed. Clinical data from each surgical and orthodontic treatment record included patient's sex, age at the time of surgery, malocclusion classification, type of orthognathic surgical procedure, place where the orthodontic treatment was performed, orthodontic treatment modality, and time elapsed for pre- and postoperative orthodontic treatment. Out of the orthognathic surgery patients, 86% had Class III malocclusion. Among them, two-jaw surgeries have become by far the most common orthognathic surgical treatment these days. The age at the time of surgery and the number of new patients had seasonal variations, which demonstrated opposing patterns. There was neither positive nor negative correlation between pre- and postoperative orthodontic treatment time. Elapsed orthodontic treatment time for both before and after Class III orthognathic surgeries has been decreasing over the years. Results of the time series analysis might provide clinicians with some insights into current surgical and orthodontic management.
PCSK1 rs6232 is associated with childhood and adult class III obesity in the Mexican population.
Villalobos-Comparán, Marisela; Villamil-Ramírez, Hugo; Villarreal-Molina, Teresa; Larrieta-Carrasco, Elena; León-Mimila, Paola; Romero-Hidalgo, Sandra; Jacobo-Albavera, Leonor; Liceaga-Fuentes, Adriana E; Campos-Pérez, Francisco J; López-Contreras, Blanca E; Tusié-Luna, Teresa; Del Río-Navarro, Blanca E; Aguilar-Salinas, Carlos A; Canizales-Quinteros, Samuel
2012-01-01
Common variants rs6232 and rs6235 in the PCSK1 gene have been associated with obesity in European populations. We aimed to evaluate the contribution of these variants to obesity and related traits in Mexican children and adults. Rs6232 and rs6235 were genotyped in 2382 individuals, 1206 children and 1176 adults. Minor allele frequencies were 0.78% for rs6232 and 19.99% for rs6235. Rs6232 was significantly associated with childhood obesity and adult class III obesity (OR = 3.01 95%CI 1.64-5.53; P = 4 × 10⁻⁴ in the combined analysis). In addition, this SNP was significantly associated with lower fasting glucose levels (P = 0.01) and with increased insulin levels and HOMA-B (P = 0.05 and 0.01, respectively) only in non-obese children. In contrast, rs6235 showed no significant association with obesity or with glucose homeostasis parameters in any group. Although rs6232 is rare in the Mexican population, it should be considered as an important risk factor for extreme forms of obesity.
Altered Fructosamine and Lipid Fractions in Subclinical Hypothyroidism
Udupa, Sridevi V.; Manjrekar, Poornima A.; Udupa, Vinit A.; Vivian, D’Souza
2013-01-01
Background: Thyroid function disorders lead to changes in the lipoprotein metabolism. Objectives: To study the lipid and the glycaemic abnormalities in the subclinical hypothyroidism cases and to compare the same with the euthyroid, overt hypothyroid and the hyperthyroid subjects. Methodology: Four groups, euthyroid (Group-I), hypothyroid (Group-II), subclinical hypothyroid (Group-III) and hyperthyroid (Group-IV), which consisted of 30 subjects each, of either sex, who were aged 25-55 years, underwent Fasting Plasma Glucose (FPG), fructosamine, lipid profile and total T3, T4 and TSH estimations. The subjects who were on lipid lowering or thyroid disorder drugs and known diabetics were excluded from the study. Results: In Group-III, all the lipid fractions were comparable to those of Group-II and they were significantly deranged, as compared to those of Group-I. The fructosamine levels were significantly higher in Group-II and Group-III (p<0.05), but the subclinical hypothyroid pool had statistically lower levels than the hypothyroid pool (376.63±54.73, 587.80±65.10). In the Group-IV patients, the LDL-C levels were significantly higher as compared to those in the euthyroid pool. The fructosamine levels were significantly lower in comparison with both the euthyroid and the hypothyroid pools (both in Groups-II and III). The FPG levels were higher in all the classes of the thyroid abnormalities (subclinical hypothyroidnot significant) but within the reference range of 70-100mg/dl. Conclusion: Since the lipid derangement in subclinical hypothyroidism is on par with that in overt hypothyrodism, the subclinical hypothyroid cases also need to be treated similarly. The fructosamine values which are largely in excess of the FPG values, indicate a higher propensity to glycation and a decreased turnover of the proteins in the hypothyroid and the subclinical hypothyroid pools. Vice versa is true of the hyperthyroid pool. Fructosamine can be included in the thyroid work up of the patients to assess the metabolic function and the subsequent response after the initiation of the therapy. PMID:23449765
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Porta, Miquel; Facultat de Medicina, Universitat Autonoma de Barcelona; CIBER en Epidemiologia y Salud Publica
Background: The relationships between social factors and body concentrations of environmental chemical agents are unknown in many human populations. Some chemical compounds may play an etiopathogenic role in pancreatic cancer. Objective: To analyze the relationships between occupational social class and serum concentrations of seven selected organochlorine compounds (OCs) in exocrine pancreatic cancer: dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (p,p'-DDT), dichlorodiphenyldichloroethene (p,p'-DDE), 3 polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hexachlorobenzene, and {beta}-hexachlorocyclohexane. Methods: Incident cases of exocrine pancreatic cancer were prospectively identified, and interviewed face-to-face during hospital admission (n=135). Serum concentrations of OCs were analyzed by high-resolution gas chromatography with electron-capture detection. Social class was classified according to occupation.more » Results: Multivariate-adjusted concentrations of all seven compounds were higher in occupational social classes IV-V (the less affluent) than in classes I-II; they were higher as well in class III than in classes I-II for four compounds. Concentrations of six OCs were higher in manual workers than in non-manual workers (p<0.05 for PCBs). Social class explained statistically between 3.7% and 5.7% of the variability in concentrations of PCBs, and 2% or less variability in the other OCs. Conclusions: Concentrations of most OCs were higher in the less affluent occupational social classes. In pancreatic cancer the putative causal role of these persistent organic pollutants may not be independent of social class. There is a need to integrate evidence on the contribution of different social processes and environmental chemical exposures to the etiology of pancreatic and other cancers.« less
TargetSpy: a supervised machine learning approach for microRNA target prediction.
Sturm, Martin; Hackenberg, Michael; Langenberger, David; Frishman, Dmitrij
2010-05-28
Virtually all currently available microRNA target site prediction algorithms require the presence of a (conserved) seed match to the 5' end of the microRNA. Recently however, it has been shown that this requirement might be too stringent, leading to a substantial number of missed target sites. We developed TargetSpy, a novel computational approach for predicting target sites regardless of the presence of a seed match. It is based on machine learning and automatic feature selection using a wide spectrum of compositional, structural, and base pairing features covering current biological knowledge. Our model does not rely on evolutionary conservation, which allows the detection of species-specific interactions and makes TargetSpy suitable for analyzing unconserved genomic sequences.In order to allow for an unbiased comparison of TargetSpy to other methods, we classified all algorithms into three groups: I) no seed match requirement, II) seed match requirement, and III) conserved seed match requirement. TargetSpy predictions for classes II and III are generated by appropriate postfiltering. On a human dataset revealing fold-change in protein production for five selected microRNAs our method shows superior performance in all classes. In Drosophila melanogaster not only our class II and III predictions are on par with other algorithms, but notably the class I (no-seed) predictions are just marginally less accurate. We estimate that TargetSpy predicts between 26 and 112 functional target sites without a seed match per microRNA that are missed by all other currently available algorithms. Only a few algorithms can predict target sites without demanding a seed match and TargetSpy demonstrates a substantial improvement in prediction accuracy in that class. Furthermore, when conservation and the presence of a seed match are required, the performance is comparable with state-of-the-art algorithms. TargetSpy was trained on mouse and performs well in human and drosophila, suggesting that it may be applicable to a broad range of species. Moreover, we have demonstrated that the application of machine learning techniques in combination with upcoming deep sequencing data results in a powerful microRNA target site prediction tool http://www.targetspy.org.
TargetSpy: a supervised machine learning approach for microRNA target prediction
2010-01-01
Background Virtually all currently available microRNA target site prediction algorithms require the presence of a (conserved) seed match to the 5' end of the microRNA. Recently however, it has been shown that this requirement might be too stringent, leading to a substantial number of missed target sites. Results We developed TargetSpy, a novel computational approach for predicting target sites regardless of the presence of a seed match. It is based on machine learning and automatic feature selection using a wide spectrum of compositional, structural, and base pairing features covering current biological knowledge. Our model does not rely on evolutionary conservation, which allows the detection of species-specific interactions and makes TargetSpy suitable for analyzing unconserved genomic sequences. In order to allow for an unbiased comparison of TargetSpy to other methods, we classified all algorithms into three groups: I) no seed match requirement, II) seed match requirement, and III) conserved seed match requirement. TargetSpy predictions for classes II and III are generated by appropriate postfiltering. On a human dataset revealing fold-change in protein production for five selected microRNAs our method shows superior performance in all classes. In Drosophila melanogaster not only our class II and III predictions are on par with other algorithms, but notably the class I (no-seed) predictions are just marginally less accurate. We estimate that TargetSpy predicts between 26 and 112 functional target sites without a seed match per microRNA that are missed by all other currently available algorithms. Conclusion Only a few algorithms can predict target sites without demanding a seed match and TargetSpy demonstrates a substantial improvement in prediction accuracy in that class. Furthermore, when conservation and the presence of a seed match are required, the performance is comparable with state-of-the-art algorithms. TargetSpy was trained on mouse and performs well in human and drosophila, suggesting that it may be applicable to a broad range of species. Moreover, we have demonstrated that the application of machine learning techniques in combination with upcoming deep sequencing data results in a powerful microRNA target site prediction tool http://www.targetspy.org. PMID:20509939
Control of Flagellar Gene Regulation in Legionella pneumophila and Its Relation to Growth Phase▿ †
Albert-Weissenberger, Christiane; Sahr, Tobias; Sismeiro, Odile; Hacker, Jörg; Heuner, Klaus; Buchrieser, Carmen
2010-01-01
The bacterial pathogen Legionella pneumophila responds to environmental changes by differentiation. At least two forms are well described: replicative bacteria are avirulent; in contrast, transmissive bacteria express virulence traits and flagella. Phenotypic analysis, Western blotting, and electron microscopy of mutants of the regulatory genes encoding RpoN, FleQ, FleR, and FliA demonstrated that flagellin expression is strongly repressed and that the mutants are nonflagellated in the transmissive phase. Transcriptome analyses elucidated that RpoN, together with FleQ, enhances transcription of 14 out of 31 flagellar class II genes, which code for the basal body, hook, and regulatory proteins. Unexpectedly, FleQ independent of RpoN enhances the transcription of fliA encoding sigma 28. Expression analysis of a fliA mutant showed that FliA activates three out of the five remaining flagellar class III genes and the flagellar class IV genes. Surprisingly, FleR does not induce but inhibits expression of at least 14 flagellar class III genes on the transcriptional level. Thus, we propose that flagellar class II genes are controlled by FleQ and RpoN, whereas the transcription of the class III gene fliA is controlled in a FleQ-dependent but RpoN-independent manner. However, RpoN and FleR might influence flagellin synthesis on a posttranscriptional level. In contrast to the commonly accepted view that enhancer-binding proteins such as FleQ always interact with RpoN to fullfill their regulatory functions, our results strongly indicate that FleQ regulates gene expression that is RpoN dependent and RpoN independent. Finally, FliA induces expression of flagellar class III and IV genes leading to the complete synthesis of the flagellum. PMID:19915024
Garg, Surbhi; Arora, Sachit Anand; Chhina, Shivjot; Singh, Padam
2017-01-01
Background: Gingival recession involves both soft tissue and hard tissue loss. In this evolutionary era of dentistry, newer techniques have evolved for complete coverage of isolated recession defects. Since 2012, vestibular incision subperiosteal tunnel access (VISTA) technique was used with various regenerative membranes to treat multiple recession defects (MRDs). Platelet-rich fibrin (PRF) membrane, a pool of growth factors but have any added advantage to recession coverage techniques is controversial. Thus, in this case series, we compare the effect of VISTA with or without PRF-membrane for the treatment of Classes I and III MRDs. Subjects and Methods: Four patients between of age 30 and 40 years (two patients having bilateral Class I and another two having bilateral Class III MRDs) were selected from the Department of Periodontics, ITS Dental College, Greater Noida and designated as Case I–IV simultaneously. Recession defects at antagonist sites in each patient were corrected by VISTA approach with or without PRF-membrane. Recorded clinical parameters included recession depth, recession width, pocket probing depth, and clinical attachment level (CAL) at baseline and 6 months postoperatively. Results: Patients having Class I recession defects showed almost complete root coverage with VISTA technique alone and reflected no added advantage of PRF-membrane. However, patients with Class III recession defects treated with VISTA + PRF-membrane showed more reduction in recession depth and gain in CAL as compared to sites treated with VISTA only. Conclusion: VISTA alone is a convenient technique for treatment of Class I MRDs. Addition of PRF-membrane for Class III recession defects give better outcome in term of reduction of recession depth and gain in CAL 6 month postoperatively. PMID:29042736
Jermyn, Rita; Alam, Amit; Kvasic, Jessica; Saeed, Omar; Jorde, Ulrich
2017-03-01
The real-world impact of remote pulmonary artery pressure (PAP) monitoring on New York Heart Association (NYHA) class improvement and heart failure (HF) hospitalization rate is presented here from a single center. METHODS: Seventy-seven previously hospitalized outpatients with NYHA class III HF were offered PAP monitoring via device implantation in a multidisciplinary HF-management program. Prospective effectiveness analyses compared outcomes in 34 hemodynamically monitored patients to a group of similar patients (n = 32) who did not undergo device implantation but received usual care. NYHA class and 6-minute walk testing were assessed at baseline and 90 days. All hospitalizations were collected after 6 months of the implantation date (average follow-up, 15 months) and compared with the number of hospitalizations experienced prior to hemodynamic monitoring. Patients in both groups had similar distributions of age, sex, and ejection fraction. After 90 days, 61.8% of the monitored patients had NYHA class improvement of ≥1, compared with 12.5% in the controls (P < 0.001). Distance walked in 6 minutes increased by 54.5 meters in the monitored group (253.0 ± 25.6 meters to 307.4 ± 26.3 meters; P < 0.005), whereas no change was seen in the usual-care group. After implantation, 19.4% of the monitored group had ≥1 HF hospitalization, compared with 100% who had been hospitalized in the year prior to implantation. The monitored group had a significantly lower HF hospitalization rate (0.16; 95% confidence interval: 0.06-0.35 hospitalizations/patient-year) compared with the year prior (1.0 hospitalizations/patient-year; P < 0.001). Hemodynamic-guided HF management leads to significant improvements in NYHA class and HF hospitalization rate in a real-world setting compared with usual care delivered in a comprehensive disease-management program. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Videtic, Gregory M.M., E-mail: videtig@ccf.or; Reddy, Chandana A.; Chao, Samuel T.
Purpose: To explore whether gender and race influence survival in non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) in patients with brain metastases, using our large single-institution brain tumor database and the Radiation Therapy Oncology Group recursive partitioning analysis (RPA) brain metastases classification. Methods and materials: A retrospective review of a single-institution brain metastasis database for the interval January 1982 to September 2004 yielded 835 NSCLC patients with brain metastases for analysis. Patient subsets based on combinations of gender, race, and RPA class were then analyzed for survival differences. Results: Median follow-up was 5.4 months (range, 0-122.9 months). There were 485 male patients (M)more » (58.4%) and 346 female patients (F) (41.6%). Of the 828 evaluable patients (99%), 143 (17%) were black/African American (B) and 685 (83%) were white/Caucasian (W). Median survival time (MST) from time of brain metastasis diagnosis for all patients was 5.8 months. Median survival time by gender (F vs. M) and race (W vs. B) was 6.3 months vs. 5.5 months (p = 0.013) and 6.0 months vs. 5.2 months (p = 0.08), respectively. For patients stratified by RPA class, gender, and race, MST significantly favored BFs over BMs in Class II: 11.2 months vs. 4.6 months (p = 0.021). On multivariable analysis, significant variables were gender (p = 0.041, relative risk [RR] 0.83) and RPA class (p < 0.0001, RR 0.28 for I vs. III; p < 0.0001, RR 0.51 for II vs. III) but not race. Conclusions: Gender significantly influences NSCLC brain metastasis survival. Race trended to significance in overall survival but was not significant on multivariable analysis. Multivariable analysis identified gender and RPA classification as significant variables with respect to survival.« less
Clonidine versus nitroglycerin infusion in laparoscopic cholecystectomy.
Mishra, Manjaree; Mishra, Shashi Prakash; Mathur, Sharad Kumar
2014-01-01
Laparoscopic surgery offers the advantages of minimally invasive surgery; however, pneumoperitoneum and the patient's position induce pathophysiological changes that may complicate anesthetic management. We studied the effect of clonidine and nitroglycerin on heart rate and blood pressure, if any, in association with these drugs or the procedure, as well as the effect of these drugs, if any, on end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure and intraocular pressure. Sixty patients (minimum age of 20 years and maximum age of 65 years, American Society of Anesthesiologists class I or II) undergoing laparoscopic cholecystectomy were randomized into 3 groups and given an infusion of clonidine (group I), nitroglycerin (group II), or normal saline solution (group III) after induction and before creation of pneumoperitoneum. We observed and recorded the following parameters: heart rate, mean arterial blood pressure, end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure, and intraocular pressure. The mean and standard deviation of the parameters studied during the observation period were calculated for the 3 treatment groups and compared by use of analysis of variance tests. Intragroup comparison was performed with the paired t test. The critical value of P, indicating the probability of a significant difference, was taken as < .05 for comparisons. Statistically significant differences in heart rate were observed among the various groups, whereas comparisons of mean arterial pressure, intraocular pressure, and end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure showed statistically significant differences only between groups I and III and between groups II and III. We found clonidine to be more effective than nitroglycerin at preventing changes in hemodynamic parameters and intraocular pressure induced by carbon dioxide insufflation during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. It was also found not to cause hypotension severe enough to stop the infusion and warrant treatment.
Clonidine Versus Nitroglycerin Infusion in Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
Mishra, Manjaree; Mishra, Shashi Prakash
2014-01-01
Background and Objectives: Laparoscopic surgery offers the advantages of minimally invasive surgery; however, pneumoperitoneum and the patient's position induce pathophysiological changes that may complicate anesthetic management. We studied the effect of clonidine and nitroglycerin on heart rate and blood pressure, if any, in association with these drugs or the procedure, as well as the effect of these drugs, if any, on end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure and intraocular pressure. Methods: Sixty patients (minimum age of 20 years and maximum age of 65 years, American Society of Anesthesiologists class I or II) undergoing laparoscopic cholecystectomy were randomized into 3 groups and given an infusion of clonidine (group I), nitroglycerin (group II), or normal saline solution (group III) after induction and before creation of pneumoperitoneum. We observed and recorded the following parameters: heart rate, mean arterial blood pressure, end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure, and intraocular pressure. The mean and standard deviation of the parameters studied during the observation period were calculated for the 3 treatment groups and compared by use of analysis of variance tests. Intragroup comparison was performed with the paired t test. The critical value of P, indicating the probability of a significant difference, was taken as < .05 for comparisons. Results: Statistically significant differences in heart rate were observed among the various groups, whereas comparisons of mean arterial pressure, intraocular pressure, and end-tidal carbon dioxide pressure showed statistically significant differences only between groups I and III and between groups II and III. Conclusion: We found clonidine to be more effective than nitroglycerin at preventing changes in hemodynamic parameters and intraocular pressure induced by carbon dioxide insufflation during laparoscopic cholecystectomy. It was also found not to cause hypotension severe enough to stop the infusion and warrant treatment. PMID:25392635
[Morbidity rate and mental capacity of Moscow schoolchildren (longitudinal study)].
Sukhareva, L M; Rapoport, I K; Polenova, M A
2014-01-01
In the article there are presented data of longitudinal study of the health of Moscow schoolchildren (426 children), followed throughout from the 1st to 9th class, inclusively. Students were annually clinically examined in the school. There was performed a comprehensive study of mental health and functional state of the organism in the process of education students in high school (over 2700 pupils of 5-9th classes). The health status of students was shown to deteriorate due to the increase of the prevalence of chronic disease, the rise in occupancy of the III-IV health groups, the decrease of the number of children referred to I and II health groups. Unfavorable trends in the health state among boys are more pronounced than in girls, while they are also characterized by lower functional capabilities of the CNS and lower resistance to the development of training fatigue. Relatively favorable stage of school ontogeny is characterized by period with reduced morbidity in children studying in 4th-6th classes. Deterioration in the health of students as a significant rate of the rise of chronic diseases morbidity is observed in 7-9th classes. Along with this, in the 7th and 9th classes there is revealed the deterioration of mental capacity and high frequency of the pronounced signs of fatigue among schoolchildren.
Synthesis, properties and applications of 2D layered MIIIXVI (M = Ga, In; X = S, Se, Te) materials.
Xu, Kai; Yin, Lei; Huang, Yun; Shifa, Tofik Ahmed; Chu, Junwei; Wang, Feng; Cheng, Ruiqing; Wang, Zhenxing; He, Jun
2016-09-29
Group III-VI compounds M III X VI (M = Ga, In; X = S, Se, Te) are one class of important 2D layered materials and are currently attracting increasing interest due to their unique electronic and optoelectronic properties and their great potential applications in various other fields. Similar to 2D layered transition metal dichalcogenides (TMDs), M III X VI also have the significant merits of ultrathin thickness, ultrahigh surface-to-volume ratio, and high compatibility with flexible devices. More impressively, in contrast with TMDCs, M III X VI demonstrate many superior properties, such as direct band gap electronic structure, high carrier mobility, rare p-type electronic behaviors, high charge density, and so on. These unique characteristics cause high-performance device applications in electronics, optoelectronics, and optics. In this review, we aim to provide a summary of the state-of-the-art of research activities in 2D layered M III X VI materials. The scope of the review covers the synthesis and properties of 2D layered M III X VI materials and their van der Waals heterostructures. We especially focus on the applications in electronics and optoelectronics. Moreover, the review concludes with some perspectives on future developments in this field.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Wang, Qiwen; Jiangsu Co-innovation Center for Prevention and Control of Important Animal Infectious Diseases and Zoonoses, Yangzhou 225009; Bijie Pilot Area Research Institute of Bijie University, Bijie 551700
Highlights: •Cadmium can promote early upregulation of autophagy in PC-12 cells. •Autophagy precedes apoptosis in cadmium-treated PC-12 cells. •Cadmium-induced autophagy is cytoprotective in PC-12 cells. •Class III PI3K/beclin-1/Bcl-2 signaling pathway plays a positive role in cadmium-triggered autophagy. -- Abstract: Laboratory data have demonstrated that cadmium (Cd) may induce neuronal apoptosis. However, little is known about the role of autophagy in neurons. In this study, cell viability decreased in a dose- and time-dependent manner after treatment with Cd in PC-12 cells. As cells were exposed to Cd, the levels of LC3-II proteins became elevated, specific punctate distribution of endogenous LC3-II increased,more » and numerous autophagosomes appeared, which suggest that Cd induced a high level of autophagy. In the late stages of autophagy, an increase in the apoptosis ratio was observed. Likewise, pre-treatment with chloroquine (an autophagic inhibitor) and rapamycin (an autophagic inducer) resulted in an increased and decreased percentage of apoptosis in contrast to other Cd-treated groups, respectively. The results indicate that autophagy delayed apoptosis in Cd-treated PC-12 cells. Furthermore, co-treatment of cells with chloroquine reduced autophagy and cell activity. However, rapamycin had an opposite effect on autophagy and cell activity. Moreover, class III PI3 K/beclin-1/Bcl-2 signaling pathways served a function in Cd-induced autophagy. The findings suggest that Cd can induce cytoprotective autophagy by activating class III PI3 K/beclin-1/Bcl-2 signaling pathways. In sum, this study strongly suggests that autophagy may serve a positive function in the reduction of Cd-induced cytotoxicity.« less
Childhood lupus nephritis: 12 years of experience from a developing country's perspective.
Samanta, Moumita; Nandi, Madhumita; Mondal, Rakesh; Hazra, Avijit; Sarkar, Sumatra; Sabui, Tapas; Kundu, Chanchal Kumar; Biswas, Arnab
2017-09-01
To assess the long-term outcome of lupus nephritis in children with systemic lupus erythematosus followed up over 12 years at a tertiary care teaching hospital in Eastern India. This is a retrospective observational study of the clinicopathological presentation, management, and outcome in 46 children with lupus nephritis over a period of 12 years at a tertiary teaching hospital in Eastern India. Mortality was compared between different lupus classes and therapy groups with Kaplan-Meier analysis and log-rank test. The incidence of lupus nephritis was 58.97% [95% confidence interval (CI) 48.06%-59.89%] with the mean age at presentation being 10.2±2.43 years (range 5.5-14.5) years. Majority belonged to class IV (30.43%), followed by class II (26.91%), class III (23.91), and class V (8.70%). Outcome analysis of children with lupus nephritis over 12 years revealed that 24 (52.17%) achieved complete remission of disease activity, 5 attained partial remission, 4 continued to have active disease, 5 developed end-stage renal disease (ESRD), and 8 died. Overall mortality thus observed was 17.39% with septicemia in the background of ESRD being the commonest cause. No significant difference in mortality was observed between different lupus nephritis classes or therapy arm groups. The study throws light on various aspects of lupus nephritis and their long-term outcome patterns in children from developing countries such as India.
He, Weiguo; Qin, Qinbo; Liu, Shaojun; Li, Tangluo; Wang, Jing; Xiao, Jun; Xie, Lihua; Zhang, Chun; Liu, Yun
2012-01-01
Through distant crossing, diploid, triploid and tetraploid hybrids of red crucian carp (Carassius auratus red var., RCC♀, Cyprininae, 2n = 100) × topmouth culter (Erythroculter ilishaeformis Bleeker, TC♂, Cultrinae, 2n = 48) were successfully produced. Diploid hybrids possessed 74 chromosomes with one set from RCC and one set from TC; triploid hybrids harbored 124 chromosomes with two sets from RCC and one set from TC; tetraploid hybrids had 148 chromosomes with two sets from RCC and two sets from TC. The 5S rDNA of the three different ploidy-level hybrids and their parents were sequenced and analyzed. There were three monomeric 5S rDNA classes (designated class I: 203 bp; class II: 340 bp; and class III: 477 bp) in RCC and two monomeric 5S rDNA classes (designated class IV: 188 bp, and class V: 286 bp) in TC. In the hybrid offspring, diploid hybrids inherited three 5S rDNA classes from their female parent (RCC) and only class IV from their male parent (TC). Triploid hybrids inherited class II and class III from their female parent (RCC) and class IV from their male parent (TC). Tetraploid hybrids gained class II and class III from their female parent (RCC), and generated a new 5S rDNA sequence (designated class I-N). The specific paternal 5S rDNA sequence of class V was not found in the hybrid offspring. Sequence analysis of 5S rDNA revealed the influence of hybridization and polyploidization on the organization and variation of 5S rDNA in fish. This is the first report on the coexistence in vertebrates of viable diploid, triploid and tetraploid hybrids produced by crossing parents with different chromosome numbers, and these new hybrids are novel specimens for studying the genomic variation in the first generation of interspecific hybrids, which has significance for evolution and fish genetics.
Bowden, Harriet Wood; Gelfand, Matthew P.; Sanz, Cristina; Ullman, Michael T.
2009-01-01
This study examines the storage vs. composition of Spanish inflected verbal forms in L1 and L2 speakers of Spanish. L2 participants were selected to have mid-to-advanced proficiency, high classroom experience, and low immersion experience, typical of medium-to-advanced foreign language learners. Participants were shown the infinitival forms of verbs from either Class I (the default class, which takes new verbs) or Classes II and III (non-default classes), and were asked to produce either first-person singular present-tense or imperfect forms, in separate tasks. In the present tense, the L1 speakers showed inflected-form frequency effects (i.e., higher frequency forms were produced faster, which is taken as a reflection of storage) for stem-changing (irregular) verb-forms from both Class I (e.g., pensar-pienso) and Classes II and III (e.g., perder-pierdo), as well as for non-stem-changing (regular) forms in Classes II/III (e.g., vender-vendo), in which the regular transformation does not appear to constitute a default. In contrast, Class I regulars (e.g., pescar-pesco), whose non-stem-changing transformation constitutes a default (e.g., it is applied to new verbs), showed no frequency effects. L2 speakers showed frequency effects for all four conditions (Classes I and II/III, regulars and irregulars). In the imperfect tense, the L1 speakers showed frequency effects for Class II/III (-ía-suffixed) but not Class I (-aba-suffixed) forms, even though both involve non-stem-change (regular) default transformations. The L2 speakers showed frequency effects for both types of forms. The pattern of results was not explained by a wide range of potentially confounding experimental and statistical factors, and does not appear to be compatible with single-mechanism models, which argue that all linguistic forms are learned and processed in associative memory. The findings are consistent with a dual-system view in which both verb class and regularity influence the storage vs. composition of inflected forms. Specifically, the data suggest that in L1, inflected verbal forms are stored (as evidenced by frequency effects) unless they are both from Class I and undergo non-stem-changing default transformations. In contrast the findings suggest that at least these L2 participants may store all inflected verb-forms. Taken together, the results support dual-system models of L1 and L2 processing in which, at least at mid-to-advanced L2 proficiency and lower levels of immersion experience, the processing of rule-governed forms may depend not on L1 combinatorial processes, but instead on memorized representations. PMID:20419083
Marcel Robischon; Juan Du; Eriko Miura; Andrew Groover
2011-01-01
The secondary growth of a woody stem requires the formation of a vascular cambium at an appropriate position and proper patterning of the vascular tissues derived from the cambium. Class III homeodomain-leucine zipper (HD ZIP) transcription factors have been implicated in polarity determination and patterning in lateral organs and primary vascular tissues and in the...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2013-04-25
... approach to gain FDA approval of Class III or certain licensed in vitro diagnostic devices in cases when a... approach to gain FDA approval of Class III or certain licensed in vitro diagnostic devices in cases when a... fulfilled in order for a sponsor to utilize the migration study approach in support of the change. The FDA...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2012-07-23
... & Western Railroad Company, the Estate of Douglas M. Head, and the DMH Trust fbo Martha M. Head--Continuance... Class III rail carrier, and the Estate of Douglas M. Head (the Estate), a noncarrier, to continue in control of Sisseton Milbank Railroad Company (SMRC) upon SMRC's becoming a Class III rail carrier in a...
Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014
2011-08-16
... completion of a PDP is not filed by the latter of the two dates, and no IDE is in effect, the device is... availability of a preamendments class III devices strategy document. The strategy document set forth FDA's... approved PMA or a declared completed PDP is required to be in effect for any such devices on or before 180...
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-07-01
... filing an application on paper, per class $375.00 (ii) For filing an application through TEAS, per class $325.00 (iii) For filing a TEAS Plus application under § 2.22, per class $275.00 (iv) Additional...
Obesity Cardiometabolic Comorbidity Prevalence in Children in a Rural Weight-Management Program.
O'Hara, Valerie; Browne, Nancy; Fathima, Samreen; Sorondo, Barbara; Bayleran, Janet; Johnston, Starr; Hastey, Kathrin
2017-01-01
This descriptive study examines the prevalence of obesity-related cardiometabolic (CM) risk factors using CM laboratory metrics, in 3 to 19 year olds presenting to a rural American Academy of Pediatrics stage 3 multidisciplinary weight management clinic based on gender, age ranges, and obesity classes. From 2009 to 2016, 382 children (body mass index ≥85th percentile) enrolled. Multiple logistic regression determined the effects of age, gender, or obesity class on CM risk factors. Odds of elevated insulin were more significant in 15 to 19 year olds than in 3 to 5 year olds, or in 6 to 11 year olds. Obesity class III had higher odds than class II, class I, and overweight in having elevated insulin; twice likely than class II for having low high-density lipoprotein; and twice as likely than class I for high triglycerides. Adolescents and obesity class III categories have significant CM risk but the burden in younger and less severe obesity cohorts cannot be underestimated.
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Dunn, Lloyd M.; Mueller, Max W.
The purpose of this study was to investigate, with underprivileged first-grade children, the efficacy of the Initial Teaching Alphabet (i.t.a.) in teaching beginning reading and of the Peabody Language Development Kit (PLDK) in stimulating oral language and verbal intelligence. From 17 classes in nine schools, four groups, consisting of 100, 104,…
Regional patterns of total nitrogen concentrations in the National Rivers and Streams Assessment
Omernik, James M.; Paulsen, Steven G.; Griffith, Glenn E.; Weber, Marc H.
2016-01-01
Patterns of nitrogen (N) concentrations in streams sampled by the National Rivers and Streams Assessment (NRSA) were examined semiquantitatively to identify regional differences in stream N levels. The data were categorized and analyzed by watershed size classes to reveal patterns of the concentrations that are consistent with the spatial homogeneity in natural and anthropogenic characteristics associated with regional differences in N levels. Ecoregions and mapped information on human activities including agricultural practices were used to determine the resultant regions. Marked differences in N levels were found among the nine aggregations of ecoregions used to report the results of the NRSA. We identified distinct regional patterns of stream N concentrations within the reporting regions that are associated with the characteristics of specific Level III ecoregions, groups of Level III ecoregions, groups of Level IV ecoregions, certain geographic characteristics within ecoregions, and/or particular watershed size classes. We described each of these regions and illustrated their areal extent and median and range in N concentrations. Understanding the spatial variability of nutrient concentrations in flowing waters and the apparent contributions that human and nonhuman factors have on different sizes of streams and rivers is critical to the development of effective water quality assessment and management plans. This semi-quantitative analysis is also intended to identify areas within which more detailed quantitative work can be conducted to determine specific regional factors associated with variations in stream N concentrations.
Thompson, Claudia E; Freitas, Loreta B; Salzano, Francisco M
2018-01-01
Alcohol dehydrogenases belong to the large superfamily of medium-chain dehydrogenases/reductases, which occur throughout the biological world and are involved with many important metabolic routes. We considered the phylogeny of 190 ADH sequences of animals, fungi, and plants. Non-class III Caenorhabditis elegans ADHs were seen closely related to tetrameric fungal ADHs. ADH3 forms a sister group to amphibian, reptilian, avian and mammalian non-class III ADHs. In fishes, two main forms are identified: ADH1 and ADH3, whereas in amphibians there is a new ADH form (ADH8). ADH2 is found in Mammalia and Aves, and they formed a monophyletic group. Additionally, mammalian ADH4 seems to result from an ADH1 duplication, while in Fungi, ADH formed clusters based on types and genera. The plant ADH isoforms constitute a basal clade in relation to ADHs from animals. We identified amino acid residues responsible for functional divergence between ADH types in fungi, mammals, and fishes. In mammals, these differences occur mainly between ADH1/ADH4 and ADH3/ADH5, whereas functional divergence occurred in fungi between ADH1/ADH5, ADH5/ADH4, and ADH5/ADH3. In fishes, the forms also seem to be functionally divergent. The ADH family expansion exemplifies a neofunctionalization process where reiterative duplication events are related to new activities.
Steward, Jackie A; Lever, Mark S
2012-08-01
Laboratories throughout the world that perform work with Risk Group 4 Pathogens generally adopt one of two approaches within BSL-4 environments: either the use of positive pressure air-fed suits or using Class III microbiological safety cabinets and isolators for animal work. Within the UK at present, all laboratories working with Risk Group 4 agents adopt the use of Class III microbiological safety cabinet lines and isolators. Operator protection factors for the use of microbiological safety cabinets and isolators are available however; there is limited published data on the operator protection factors afforded by the use of positive pressure suits. This study evaluated the operator protection factors provided by positive pressure air suits against a realistic airborne microbiological challenge. The suits were tested, both intact and with their integrity compromised, on an animated mannequin within a stainless steel exposure chamber. The suits gave operator protection in all tests with an intact suit and with a cut in the leg. When compromised by a cut in the glove, a very small ingress of the challenge was seen as far as the wrist. This is likely to be due to the low airflow in the gloves of the suit. In all cases no microbiological penetration of the respiratory tract was observed. These data provide evidence on which to base safety protocols for use of positive pressure suits within high containment laboratories.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arthurs, Leilani A.; Kreager, Bailey Zo
2017-10-01
Engaging students in active learning is linked to positive learning outcomes. This study aims to synthesise the peer-reviewed literature about 'active learning' in college science classroom settings. Using the methodology of an integrative literature review, 337 articles archived in the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) are examined. Four categories of in-class activities emerge: (i) individual non-polling activities, (ii) in-class polling activities, (iii) whole-class discussion or activities, and (iv) in-class group activities. Examining the collection of identified in-class activities through the lens of a theoretical framework informed by constructivism and social interdependence theory, we synthesise the reviewed literature to propose the active learning strategies (ALSs) model and the instructional decisions to enable active learning (IDEAL) theory. The ALS model characterises in-class activities in terms of the degrees to which they are designed to promote (i) peer interaction and (ii) social interdependence. The IDEAL theory includes the ALS model and provides a framework for conceptualising different levels of the general concept 'active learning' and how these levels connect to instructional decision-making about using in-class activities. The proposed ALS model and IDEAL theory can be utilised to inform instructional decision-making and future research about active learning in college science courses.
Braithwaite, Gavin J C; Daley, Michael J; Toledo-Velasquez, David
2016-01-01
Hyaluronic acid of various molecular weights has been in use for the treatment of osteoarthritis knee pain for decades. Worldwide, these products are regulated as either as drugs or devices and in some countries as both. In the US, this class of products is regulated as Class III medical devices, which places specific regulatory requirements on developers of these materials under a Pre-Market Approval process, typically requiring data from prospective randomized controlled clinical studies. In 1984 pharmaceutical manufacturers became able to file an Abbreviated New Drug Application for approval of a generic drug, thus establishing standards for demonstrating equivalence to an existing chemical entity. Recently, the first biosimilar, or 'generic biologic', was approved. Biosimilars are biological products that are approved by the FDA because they are 'highly similar' to a reference product, and have been shown to have no clinically meaningful differences from the reference product. For devices, Class II medical devices have a pathway for declaring equivalence to an existing product by filing a 510 k application for FDA clearance. However, until recently no equivalent regulatory pathway was available to Class III devices. In this paper, we consider the critical mechanical performance parameters for intra-articular hyaluronic products to demonstrate indistinguishable characteristics. Analogous to the aforementioned pathways that allow for a demonstration of equivalence, we examine these parameters for an existing, marketed device and compare molecular weight and rheological properties of multiple batches of a similar product. We propose that this establishes a scientific rationale for establishing Class III medical device equivalence.
Payal, Abhishek R; Sola-Del Valle, David; Gonzalez-Gonzalez, Luis A; Cakiner-Egilmez, Tulay; Chomsky, Amy S; Vollman, David E; Baze, Elizabeth F; Lawrence, Mary; Daly, Mary K
2016-07-01
To explore the association of American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) classification with cataract surgery outcomes. Five Veterans Affairs Medical Centers, United States. Retrospective observational cohort study. The study analyzed the outcomes of cataract surgery cases. Corrected distance visual acuity (CDVA), unanticipated events, and vision-related quality of life (VRQL) were assessed using the National Eye Institute Visual Function Questionnaire (NEI-VFQ), comparing ASA classes I through IV. For some analyses, ASA classes I and II were designated as Group A and ASA classes III and IV were designated Group B. Of the 4923 cases, 875 (17.8%) were in Group A, 4032 (81.9%) were in Group B, and 16 (0.3%) had missing data. The mean CDVA and mean composite NEI-VFQ score improved after cataract surgery in both groups (P < .0001); however, Group A had a better mean postoperative CDVA and postoperative VFQ composite scores than Group B (P < .0001, both outcomes). A higher ASA class was associated with an increased risk for 2 unanticipated events; that is, clinically significant macular edema (CSME) (Group A: 4 [0.47%] versus Group B: 50 [1.28%]; adjusted odds ratio [OR], 3.02; 95% confidence interval [CI], 1.02-13.05; P = 0.04) and readmission to the hospital within 30 days (2 [0.23%] versus 56 [1.41%]; OR, 8.26; 95% CI, 1.71-148.62; P = .004) CONCLUSIONS: Among United States veterans, the ASA classification could be an important predictor of VRQL and visual outcomes. In this cohort, it was associated with an increased risk for 2 serious unanticipated events-CSME and readmission to the hospital-both costly, unwanted outcomes. Dr. Vollman is a consultant to Forsight Vision5. None of the authors has a financial or proprietary interest in any material or method mentioned. Copyright © 2016 ASCRS and ESCRS. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.